VOYAGER NET INC
S-1/A, 1999-06-11
COMPUTER PROCESSING & DATA PREPARATION
Previous: CORTELCO SYSTEMS INC, S-1/A, 1999-06-11
Next: PNC MORTGAGE SECURITIES CORP MORT PASS THRO CERT SER 1999-5, 8-K, 1999-06-11



<PAGE>


  As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 11, 1999

                                      Registration Statement No. 333-77917

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            Washington, D.C. 20549

                                  ----------

                             AMENDMENT NO. 1

                                    TO

                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     Under
                          The Securities Act of 1933

                                  ----------
                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.
            (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
         Delaware                    7389                    38-3431501
     (State or Other     (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer
       Jurisdiction       Classification Code Number)   Identification No.)
   of Incorporation or
      Organization)

</TABLE>

                                  ----------

                       4660 S. Hagadorn Road, Suite 320
                            East Lansing, MI 48823
                                (517) 324-8940
  (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of
                   Registrant's principal executive office)

                                  ----------
                             Christopher P. Torto
                     President and Chief Executive Officer
                               Voyager.net, Inc.
                       4660 S. Hagadorn Road, Suite 320
                            East Lansing, MI 48823
                                (517) 324-8940
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                             of agent for service)

                                  ----------
                                    Copies to:

         David F. Dietz, P.C.                   Mark G. Borden, Esq.
         John B. Steele, Esq.               Thomas L. Barrette, Jr., Esq.
      Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP                 Hale and Dorr LLP
            Exchange Place                         60 State Street
   Boston, Massachusetts 02109-2881          Boston, Massachusetts 02109
            (617) 570-1000                         (617) 526-6000

                                  ----------
   Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

   If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. [_]

   If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and
list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same offering. [_]

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

   If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement
for the same offering. [_]

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
please check the following box. [_]

                                  ----------

   The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or
dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant
shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this
registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with
Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement
shall become effective on such date as the SEC, acting pursuant to Section
8(a), may determine.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++
+We will amend and complete the information in this prospectus. Although we    +
+are permitted by U.S. federal securities law to offer these securities using  +
+this prospectus, we may not sell them or accept your offer to buy them until  +
+the documentation filed with the SEC relating to these securities has been    +
+declared effective by the SEC. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these  +
+securities or our solicitation of your offer to buy these securities in any   +
+jurisdiction where that would not be permitted or legal.                      +
+                                                                              +
++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++++

                  SUBJECT TO COMPLETION -- JUNE 11, 1999

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Prospectus

     , 1999

                               Voyager.net, Inc.

                               Shares of Common Stock

                                     [LOGO]

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>  <C>
    Voyager.net, Inc.:     The Offering:


    . We are the largest   . Voyager.net is
      Internet service       offering    of the
      provider focused       shares and selling
      on the Midwestern      stockholders are
      United States.         offering    of the
                             shares.


    . Voyager.net, Inc.
      4660 South           . The underwriters
      Hagadorn Road          have an option to
     Suite 320               purchase an
     East Lansing,           additional  shares
    Michigan 48823           from Voyager.net
     (517) 324-8940          and existing
                             stockholders to
                             cover the
                             underwriter's
                             over-allotment
                             options.

    Proposed symbol &
    market:

    . VOYN/Nasdaq
      National Market

                           . This is our
                             initial public
                             offering, and no
                             public market
                             currently exists
                             for our shares.

                           . We plan to use the
                             proceeds from this
                             offering to repay
                             our senior bank
                             debt, to redeem
                             our outstanding
                             preferred stock
                             and subordinated
                             notes, and for
                             general corporate
                             purposes,
                             including
                             potential
                             acquisitions and
                             capital
                             expenditures.

                           . Closing:      ,
</TABLE>                     1999.

<TABLE>
    ---------------------------------------------------
<CAPTION>
                                        Per Share Total
    ---------------------------------------------------
     <S>                                <C>       <C>
     Public offering price:               $       $
     Underwriting fees:                   $       $
     Proceeds to Voyager.net:             $       $
     Proceeds to selling stockholders:    $       $
    ---------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

  This investment involves risk. See "Risk Factors" beginning on Page 9.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has determined whether this
prospectus is truthful or complete. Nor have they made, nor will they make, any
determination as to whether anyone should buy these securities. Any
representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette

                       First Union Capital Markets Corp.

                                                              CIBC World Markets

                     Facilitator of Internet distribution.

                                 DLJdirect Inc.
<PAGE>


                             [GRAPHIC DESCRIPTION]

   An outline of a map showing the States of Wisconsin, Illinois, Michigan,
Indiana and Ohio will be centered. Superimposed on the map of these five states
will be the d/b/a names of EXEC-PC, Freeway, Voyager, Netlink, exchangeNet,
Infinite Systems and Hoosier On-Line, and their respective logos, pointing to
the markets where each provides Internet access services.

   Above the map will be the name Voyager.net and to the left of the name will
be Voyager.net's logo. Voyager.net's company philosophy, the services it
provides, its customer service approach and its network are described in
paragraphs surrounding the five state map. Voyager.net's Web address is included
below the map to the right.


                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Page
<S>                           <C>
Prospectus Summary..........     1
Risk Factors................     9
Use of Proceeds.............    20
Dividend Policy.............    20
Capitalization..............    21
Dilution....................    22
Selected Consolidated
 Financial and Other Data ..    23
Management's Discussion and
 Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of
 Operations.................    25
Business....................    39
Management..................    55
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Page
<S>                          <C>
Certain Transactions with
 Related Parties............   66
Principal and Selling
 Stockholders...............   69
Description of Capital
 Stock......................   71
Shares Eligible For Future
 Sale.......................   75
Underwriting................   77
Legal Matters...............   79
Experts.....................   79
Change in Independent
 Accountants................   80
Where You Can Find More
 Information................   80
Index to Financial
 Statements.................  F-1
</TABLE>
<PAGE>


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

   This is only a summary and may not contain all of the information that you
should consider before investing in our common stock. You should read the
entire prospectus carefully, including the "Risk Factors" section and our
consolidated financial statements and the notes to those financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                               Voyager.net, Inc.

   Voyager.net is the largest Internet service provider focused on the
Midwestern United States. At May 31, 1999, we had approximately 221,000
subscribers. We operate the largest dial-up Internet network in the Midwest in
terms of geographic coverage, with approximately 150 Voyager.net-owned points
of presence in Michigan, Wisconsin, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana and Minnesota.
Points of presence, or POPs, are facilities located in a particular market
which allow our subscribers to access the Internet through a local telephone
call.

   We serve residential and business customers in markets within our target
region which we believe have been historically under-served by the larger,
national providers of Internet service. Our primary service offering is
Internet access to residential and business subscribers. Residential
subscribers use our dial-up service, which allows them to access the Internet
using standard modems in computers. Our business subscribers use either our
dial-up service or our dedicated service, which allows them to have continuous
access to the Internet using traditional telecommunications lines. We offer a
variety of additional Internet services such as maintaining customer Web sites
on our servers, known as Web hosting, and providing telecommunications
facilities for customer-owned Web servers and related equipment, known as co-
location, as well as electronic commerce. In addition, we offer enhanced
communications services such as broadband Internet access services using
digital subscriber lines, which provide high-speed communications over
traditional telephone lines, and modems integrated with cable television
services, or cable modems, and the resale of long distance voice services
bundled with our Internet access products.

   The business model that we have developed has resulted in substantial
revenue growth, reduced costs for acquiring new customers and significant
EBITDA while maintaining high customer satisfaction. We define EBITDA as
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-recurring,
non-cash compensation charges. EBITDA is not a measure of financial performance
under generally accepted accounting principles and should not be construed as a
substitute for net income or cash flows from operating activities. Our
subscriber base has increased from approximately 17,000 subscribers as of
December 31, 1997 to approximately 188,000 subscribers as of March 31, 1999,
including approximately 5,000 Web hosting customers and approximately 900
dedicated access subscribers. For the three months ended March 31, 1999 our pro
forma revenues, EBITDA and cash flows from operating activities were $9.7
million, $2.7 million, and $4.0 million, respectively, representing EBITDA as a
percentage of revenues of 27.8%. We believe that our business model is scalable
and can be sustained at any level. Our business model is based on the following
key principles:

  . We focus on the Midwestern United States. Our regional focus on markets
      within the Midwest enables us to conduct highly targeted sales and
      marketing
<PAGE>


      programs, cultivate local brand-name recognition and generate a
      significant number of word-of-mouth referrals. As a result, we believe
      that our costs to acquire new customers are significantly less than
      those of our competitors. Our regional operations also provide us with
      a competitive advantage over national Internet service providers
      operating in our markets due to our ability to provide broader dial-in
      capability using local telephone calls within our region.

  . We deliver superior customer care and service. Over 60% of our employees
      are dedicated to providing customer and technical support from our two
      network operating centers. This customer-oriented operating focus has
      allowed us to achieve high customer satisfaction and customer retention
      rates which are significantly greater than industry averages. We have
      also developed a proprietary Web-based customer care and billing system
      which is user-friendly and enables subscribers to sign-up for our
      services immediately. Despite our regional focus, we ranked 10th among
      national and regional Internet service providers in a recent survey
      conducted by PC World Magazine in terms of access speed and
      reliability, customer satisfaction and product offerings.

  .We own and manage our network equipment. We believe that we are the only
      large regional or national consumer-focused Internet service provider
      that owns and operates 100% of its network equipment and customer care
      operations. Since we own the network equipment at each of our points of
      presence, rather than lease services from national carriers, we have
      much greater control over the utilization, efficiency, scalability and
      quality of our network. This enables us to reduce our telecommunication
      cost per customer, the single largest expense for an Internet service
      provider.

  .We efficiently integrate acquired businesses. Our integration model
      generates significant cost savings and economies of scale within a
      short time after completing an acquisition while offering improved
      performance and a broader range of Internet services to our newly
      acquired customers. We typically realize significant cost savings by
      transferring network traffic from the acquired Internet service
      provider's customers to our regional network and eliminating duplicated
      network infrastructure. We also consolidate many operations after an
      acquisition, such as sales and marketing, network operations, customer
      support, billing and accounting and human resources, into our
      operations. In addition, we use our significant purchasing power to re-
      negotiate more favorable pricing on telecommunication access lines,
      equipment purchases and other vendor services.

Our Market Opportunity

   We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on the significant market
opportunity to provide Internet products and services to our target market:
residential and business customers in the Midwest. For example, International
Data Corporation estimates that:

  .   the number of U.S. users accessing the World Wide Web will increase
      from 51.6 million at the end of 1998 to 135.9 million in 2002;

  .   the percentage of U.S. households with Internet access will increase
      from 29.5% at the end of 1998 to 64.0% at the end of 2002;

                                       2
<PAGE>


  .  revenues from U.S. consumer Internet access services will increase from
     $4.7 billion in 1998 to $10.6 billion in 2002;

  .  the percentage of U.S. households with broadband Internet access will
     grow from 1.0% at the end of 1998 to 13.2% at the end of 2002; and

  .  revenues from U.S. corporate Internet access services will increase from
     $2.9 billion in 1998 to $10.1 billion in 2002.

   The rapid expansion of the Internet and its use has resulted in a highly
fragmented Internet service provider market, with over 4,850 providers in the
United States at the end of 1998 according to Boardwatch Magazine. While
approximately 180 of these entities are national service providers, the vast
majority of them are small, local operators with fewer than 10,000 customers
each.

   We believe our target markets in the Midwest have been under-served by both
large national providers and by small local providers. Many of the national on-
line service providers do not maintain the same level of marketing presence,
network accessibility and quality of service in small markets within the
Midwest as they do in larger markets. In many of our markets, customers of
national on-line service providers are required to access the Internet through
a long-distance phone call, which can be more expensive for subscribers.
Currently, approximately 98% of our dial-up subscribers can access our network
through a local phone call. While smaller Internet service providers may have a
stronger local presence in certain markets than larger providers, they
typically do not provide a full range of Internet services and lack the
resources to provide high quality, reliable Internet access service, customer
support, and 24 hour per day, seven days per week network monitoring. We
anticipate that a significant number of these local operators, which typically
are not profitable and have limited financial resources to expand their
operations, will make attractive acquisition candidates for us in the future.
We believe that our strong regional presence, high quality Internet products
and services, emphasis on customer care, experienced management team and
financial resources position us to compete effectively in our target markets
against both large and small Internet service providers.

Our Growth Strategy

   Our strategy is to capitalize on the substantial growth of the Internet and
be the dominant Internet service provider in the Midwest. We plan to grow our
business through both internal growth initiatives as well as through strategic
acquisitions, as follows:

  .   maintain our superior customer care and service in order to increase
      customer referrals and customer retention;

  .   continue to invest in our network to provide our subscribers with the
      most reliable, high quality, high speed Internet access services at
      lower costs;

  .   continue our highly focused sales and marketing efforts and use of
      strategic reseller agreements;

                                       3
<PAGE>


  .  offer enhanced communications services such as digital subscriber lines,
      or DSL, Internet access through the integration with cable television
      systems, or cable modems, and the resale of bundled voice and data
      services at competitive rates; and

  .  continue to acquire and integrate local and regional Internet service
      providers to increase network utilization and enter new markets.

Our History

   Voyager Information Networks, Inc., our wholly-owned operating subsidiary,
was incorporated in 1994 in the State of Michigan and began offering Internet
access services to residential and business customers in 1995. We incorporated
in 1998 in the State of Delaware under the name Voyager Holdings, Inc. We
changed our name to Voyager.net, Inc. on April 29, 1999. Our principal
executive office is located at 4660 South Hagadorn Road, Suite 320, East
Lansing, Michigan 48823. Our telephone number is (517) 324-8940. Our primary
Web page is at http://www.voyager.net. The information on all of our Web sites
is not a part of this prospectus.

                                       4
<PAGE>

                              Recent Developments

   In order to provide greater flexibility in pursuing our growth strategy, we
recently amended our revolving senior credit facility with a syndicate of banks
managed by Fleet National Bank to provide for up to $70.0 million of credit.
The credit facility matures on March 31, 2005. The credit facility is to be
used to fund working capital and permitted acquisitions. Our obligations under
the senior bank debt agreements are secured by all of our assets.

   We recently completed the following acquisitions:

  .   In April, we acquired approximately 5,900 dial-up consumer and Web
      hosting subscribers in the greater Chicago, Illinois area from StarNet,
      Inc., a Chicago-based Internet service provider;

  .   In May, we acquired all of the outstanding capital stock of GDR
      Enterprises, Inc., a Dayton, Ohio-based provider of Internet services
      with approximately 20,000 dial-up, dedicated and Web hosting
      subscribers in southern Ohio and parts of Kentucky; and

  .   In June, we acquired approximately 5,500 dial-up, dedicated and Web
      hosting subscribers in the Minneapolis, Minnesota area from Edgeware,
      Inc., d/b/a PCLink.com, located in Wayzata, Minnesota.

                                  The Offering

Common stock offered:

  By Voyager.net .....................             shares
  By the selling stockholders ........             shares
                                               ------------
    Total ..........................               shares

Common stock to be outstanding
   after this offering................             shares

Estimated net proceeds to Voyager.net...       $

Use of Proceeds ........................

                                                To repay our senior bank debt,
                                                to redeem our outstanding
                                                preferred stock and
                                                subordinated notes and for
                                                general corporate purposes,
                                                including potential
                                                acquisitions and capital
                                                expenditures. See "Use of
                                                Proceeds."

Proposed Nasdaq National Market
 symbol ............................           VOYN


                                       5
<PAGE>

   The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this
offering is based on the number outstanding as of March 31, 1999. It excludes:

  .       shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the over-allotment
      option granted to the underwriters;

  .       shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of stock options
      outstanding as of March 31, 1999, with a weighted average exercise
      price of $  per share, of which options to purchase    shares were then
      exercisable; and

  .    shares of common stock available for future grant under our stock
      option plan as of March 31, 1999.

   See "Management--Executive Compensation" and "Management--1998 Stock Option
and Incentive Plan."

                                 -------------


   The name Voyager.net and our logo are names and marks which belong to us. We
have a registered trademark for the name VoyagerLink and have registrations for
other names and marks used in this prospectus. This prospectus also contains
the trademarks and trade names of other entities which are the property of
their respective owners.

   Unless otherwise stated in this prospectus, the information contained in
this prospectus assumes that the underwriters' over-allotment option is not
exercised and that we have completed a  -for-one stock split of our common
stock effected as a dividend which is expected to occur prior to the
consummation of this offering. Unless the context otherwise requires, all
references to Voyager.net includes all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries.

                                       6
<PAGE>

                 Summary Consolidated Financial and Other Data
                (In thousands, except per share and other data)

   You should read the following summary consolidated historical financial and
other data along with the sections entitled "Use of Proceeds," "Selected
Consolidated Financial and Operating Data" and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated
financial statements and notes and other financial and operating data included
elsewhere in this prospectus.

   This summary consolidated historical financial and other data includes a
presentation of EBITDA. EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes,
depreciation, amortization and non-recurring, non-cash compensation charges.
EBITDA is provided because it is a measure commonly used by investors to
analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance. EBITDA is
not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting
principles and should not be construed as a substitute for operating income,
net income or cash flows from operating activities for purposes of analyzing
our operating performance, financial position and cash flows. EBITDA, as
calculated by Voyager.net, is not necessarily comparable with similarly titled
measures for other companies.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           Three Months Ended March
                                  Years Ended December 31,                            31,
                          -----------------------------------------------  ---------------------------
                                                                   Pro                          Pro
                                                                  Forma                        Forma
                           1995     1996      1997       1998    1998 (1)   1998      1999    1999 (1)
<S>                       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data:
Revenue.................  $  202   $ 1,707   $ 3,454   $ 10,722  $ 25,743  $ 1,135  $  8,519  $ 9,661
Operating expenses......     893     3,215     4,212     13,271    36,583    1,032     9,749   11,484
                          ------   -------   -------   --------  --------  -------  --------  -------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............    (691)   (1,508)     (758)    (2,549)  (10,840)     103    (1,230)  (1,823)
Other income (expense)..      17        10       (62)      (912)   (3,618)     (39)     (771)  (1,012)
                          ------   -------   -------   --------  --------  -------  --------  -------
Net income (loss).......    (674)   (1,498)     (820)    (3,461)  (14,458)      64    (2,001)  (2,835)
Preferred stock
 dividends..............      --        --       (74)      (348)     (348)     (50)     (166)    (166)
                          ------   -------   -------   --------  --------  -------  --------  -------
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $ (674)  $(1,498)  $  (894)  $ (3,809) $(14,806) $    14  $ (2,167) $(3,001)
                          ======   =======   =======   ========  ========  =======  ========  =======
Per Share Data:
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $(0.09)  $ (0.35)  $ (0.12)  $  (0.27) $  (1.04) $  0.00  $  (0.12) $ (0.16)
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding.....   7,231     4,316     7,160     14,238    14,238   12,096    18,539   18,539
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA (as defined).....  $ (563)  $(1,088)  $  (364)  $  1,721  $  5,630  $   229  $  2,297  $ 2,684
EBITDA margin...........  (278.7)%   (63.7)%   (10.5)%     16.1%     21.9%    20.2%     27.0%    27.8%
Capital expenditures....     411       759       661      1,514     1,743      171     1,321    1,406
Other Data:
Subscribers at end of
 period (approximate)...   3,000    10,000    17,000    142,000   160,000   19,000   188,000  208,000
POPs....................       5        25        32        138       158       35       146      166

Cash Flow Data:
Cash flow provided by
 (used in):
Operating activities....  $ (538)  $  (877)  $  (398)  $  2,702  $  7,292  $   215  $  3,432  $ 3,957
Investing activities....    (408)     (759)     (574)   (34,336)  (35,192)    (171)  (10,692) (10,778)
Financing activities....   1,980       583     1,488     33,466    30,753       34     9,336   (6,821)
</TABLE>


                                       7
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 As of March 31, 1999
                                         -------------------------------------
                                                     Pro forma         As
                                         Actual   (unaudited) (1) Adjusted (2)
<S>                                      <C>      <C>             <C>
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents............... $ 4,427      $5,701
Working capital.........................  (6,269)     (7,232)
Total assets............................  52,459      63,310
Total long-term debt, notes payable and
 capital leases, including current
 maturities.............................  43,062      52,261
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)....    (725)     (1,498)
</TABLE>
- --------------------

(1) The summary pro forma financial and other data gives effect to the
    acquisition of Freeway, Inc., EXEC-PC, Inc., NetLink Systems, L.L.C. and
    GDR Enterprises, Inc. as if the acquisition of each of these businesses was
    completed as of January 1, 1998. The historical financial data of
    Voyager.net, Inc. and the pre-acquisition results of operations of Freeway,
    Inc., EXEC-PC, Inc., NetLink Systems, L.L.C. and GDR Enterprises, Inc. were
    combined with certain pro forma adjustments to calculate the summary pro
    forma financial data for 1998. Additionally, the historical financial data
    of Voyager.net, Inc. and the pre-acquisition results of operations of GDR
    Enterprises, Inc. were combined with certain pro forma adjustments to
    calculate the summary pro forma financial data for March 31, 1999.

(2) Gives effect to the sale of the    shares of common stock being offered in
    this prospectus and the receipt and application of the net proceeds from
    this offering as discussed in this prospectus.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                  RISK FACTORS

   You should carefully consider the following factors and all other
information contained in this prospectus before purchasing our common stock. If
any of the events described in the risk factors below actually occur, our
business could be adversely affected. In that case, the trading price of our
common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of the money you
paid to buy our common stock.

   This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements that involve risks
and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those
anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors,
including the risks described below and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Our recent substantial growth and planned future growth could strain our
managerial, operational and financial resources

   We have expanded our operations rapidly during the past eighteen months and
intend to continue to aggressively pursue existing and potential market
opportunities. Much of this growth is attributable to several recent
acquisitions, including the acquisition of substantially all of the assets of
EXEC-PC, Inc., which was double our size at the time of acquisition. Our rapid
growth has placed, and is expected to continue to place, a strain on our
managerial, operational and financial resources. In order to manage our growth,
we must improve our operational systems, procedures and controls on a timely
basis, retain key employees and maintain our customer relationships. Also, if
the demands placed on our network resources by our growing subscriber base
outpace our growth and operating plans, the quality and reliability of our
service may decline, our relationships with our customers may be harmed and, as
a result, our business may suffer.

Our growth strategy and acquisitions may not be successful

   Our growth strategy is largely dependent upon acquiring the business and
assets of Internet service providers within the Midwest. We may not be
successful, however, in locating or acquiring additional businesses in the
future. We also may encounter substantial competition from other Internet
service providers and telecommunications providers which are seeking to
consolidate operations within our region. Some of these competitors may have a
larger subscriber base and greater financial resources. Our inability to
continue acquiring these businesses on favorable terms in the future could have
an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

Our business could be adversely affected if we fail to integrate our
acquisitions successfully

   Our continued success as a regional Internet service provider will depend in
large part on our ability to successfully integrate the operations and
management of the Internet service provider businesses that we have acquired
and will acquire in the future. A significant component of our growth is
attributable to our acquisitions, particularly the EXEC-PC acquisition. Failure
to successfully integrate EXEC-PC and the other businesses

                                       9
<PAGE>

we have acquired or will acquire in the future may result in significant
operating inefficiencies, which may hurt our operating results. In addition, to
integrate these acquired businesses, we may have to expend substantially more
managerial, operating, financial and other resources than we have planned,
which would have an adverse effect on our results of business, financial
condition and results of operations. Any future acquisition could result in the
use of significant amounts of cash, potentially dilutive issuances of equity
securities, or the incurrence of debt or amortization expenses related to
goodwill and other intangible assets, any of which could adversely affect our
business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, acquisitions
involve numerous risks, including:

  .difficulties in the assimilation of the operations, technologies, products
      and personnel of the acquired company;

  .the diversion of management's attention from other business concerns;

  .risks of entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience;
      and

  .the potential loss of key employees of the acquired company.

We have a limited operating history at our current scale and may face
difficulties encountered by companies operating in new and rapidly evolving
markets

   We were incorporated in June 1994 and began offering Internet access to the
public in December 1995. Only recently have we grown significantly, primarily
as a result of our acquisitions. As a result, we have only operated at this
size for a limited time. When making your investment decision and evaluating
our business and prospects, you should consider the risks and difficulties we
may encounter in the new and rapidly evolving Internet service provider market,
especially given our limited operating history at this size. These risks
include our ability to:

  .expand our subscriber base and increase subscriber revenues;

  .compete favorably in a highly competitive market;

  .attract and retain qualified employees;

  .develop strategic relationships;

  .introduce new products and services; and

  .continue to develop and upgrade our network systems and infrastructure.

   We cannot be certain that we will successfully address any of these risks.

We have a history of operating losses and expect future losses

   We incurred net losses of approximately $1.5 million, $0.8 million and $3.5
million in the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998,
respectively. Although we have grown our revenues substantially in recent
periods, we cannot assure you that we will be able to sustain these growth
rates or avoid future net losses. We expect to continue to make significant
operating and capital expenditures and, as a result, we will need to generate
significant revenues to achieve and maintain profitability. If we do achieve
profitability, we cannot be certain that we will be able to sustain our
profitability in future periods.

                                       10
<PAGE>

Our annual and quarterly operating results are subject to significant
fluctuations and, as a result, period-to-period comparisons of our results of
operations are not necessarily meaningful and should not be relied upon as
indicators of future performance

   We have experienced significant fluctuations in our results of operations on
a quarterly and annual basis. We expect to continue to experience significant
fluctuations in our future quarterly and annual results of operations due to a
variety of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including:

  .demand for and market acceptance of our services;

  .customer retention;

  .the timing and magnitude of capital expenditures, including costs relating
      to the expansion of operations and network infrastructure;

  .introductions of new services or enhancements by us and our competitors;

  .increased competition in our markets within the Midwest;

  .growth of Internet use and establishment of Internet operations by
      mainstream enterprises;

  .changes in our and our competitors' pricing policies; and

  .general economic conditions affecting our industry.

We face intense competition in our business from other Internet service
providers and telecommunications providers

   We face intense competition in conducting our business, and we expect the
competition to intensify as the Internet becomes more popular in the future.
Our competitors include national, regional and local Internet service
providers, telecommunications companies, competitive local exchange carriers
and cable television operators. Some of these competitors have much larger
subscriber bases than ours and in some cases greater financial, technical and
marketing resources. Furthermore, a number of our competitors offer a broader
variety of access and data services, including Internet access through high
speed digital subscriber lines and cable modems, and may have done so for
longer periods of time. Every local market within the region in which we
participate or intend to participate is served by multiple Internet access
providers of various type. As a result of increased competition in our
industry, we expect to encounter significant pricing pressure. We cannot be
certain that we will be able to offset the effects of any required price
reductions through an increase in the number of our subscribers, higher
revenues from our enhanced business services, cost reductions or otherwise, or
that we will have the resources to continue to compete successfully. You should
read "Business--Competition" for a more complete discussion on the competitive
factors and competitors in our industry.

We face the uncertainty of customer retention

   We believe that our long-term success depends largely on our ability to
retain our existing customers while continuing to attract new customers. We
continue to invest significant resources in our network infrastructure and
customer and technical support

                                       11
<PAGE>

capabilities to provide high levels of customer care. We cannot be certain that
these investments will maintain or improve our customer retention rate. We
believe that intense competition from our competitors, some of which offer free
hours of service or other enticements for new customers, has caused, and may
continue to cause, some of our customers to switch to our competitors'
services. We are also susceptible to losing customers that we acquire through
our acquisitions due to the customers' lack of familiarity with Voyager.net and
the billing and network difficulties which sometimes occur after an
acquisition. In addition, some new subscribers use the Internet only as a
novelty and do not become consistent users of Internet services and, therefore,
may be more likely to discontinue their service. These factors may adversely
affect our subscriber retention rates, which would have an adverse effect on
our business and operating results.

If we are unable to obtain the additional capital required to continue to grow
our business, we may be required to modify our growth and operating plans

   Our ability to grow depends significantly on our ability to expand our
operations through internal growth and by acquiring other Internet service
providers, which require significant capital resources. We anticipate that our
cash requirements for 1999 will include disbursements for some or all of the
following purposes:

  .potential acquisitions;

  .expansion of our network infrastructure;

  .development of enhanced services offerings;

  .interest expense and repayment of senior indebtedness; and

  .working capital and general corporate purposes.

   If the proceeds from this offering, after these and other expenditures, are
not sufficient to meet our cash requirements, we will need to seek additional
capital from public or private equity and debt sources to fund our growth and
operating plans and respond to other contingencies, which may include:

  .increases in our growth rate;

  .shortfalls in anticipated revenues or increases in expenses;

  .the development of new products and services; or

  .the expansion of our customer care operations, including the recruitment
      of additional customer care and support personnel.

   We cannot be certain that we will be able to raise additional capital in the
future on terms acceptable to us or at all. If alternative sources of financing
are insufficient or unavailable, we may be required to modify our growth and
operating plans in accordance with the extent of available financing.

Our ability to provide access services to our customers would be interrupted if
our third-party suppliers and telecommunications carriers discontinue doing
business with us and we were unable to find adequate replacements

   We depend on third-party suppliers of hardware components and
telecommunications carriers to provide equipment and telecommunications
services

                                       12
<PAGE>


in a reliable and secure manner. We currently acquire hardware components used
in our network system from a few primary sources, including high performance
routers and servers manufactured by Cisco Systems, Inc. and modems manufactured
by Lucent Technologies, Inc. and 3Com Corporation. We currently rely on several
local telephone companies, such as Ameritech Corporation, GTE Corporation and
MCI WorldCom, to lease to us data communications capacity via local
telecommunications lines and leased long-distance lines. We also have
relationships with competitive local exchange carriers such as Brooks Fiber
(MCI WorldCom) and Phone Michigan (Mcleod). Our suppliers and
telecommunications carriers also sell or lease products and services to our
competitors and may be, or may become, our competitors. Expansion of our
network infrastructure and other competitors' needs will continue to place a
significant demand on our suppliers and telecommunications carriers. We cannot
be certain that our suppliers and telecommunications carriers will continue to
sell or lease their products and services to us at commercially reasonable
prices or at all. Difficulties in developing alternative sources of supply, if
required, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and
operating results. Moreover, failure of our telecommunications providers to
promptly provide the data communications capacity required by us could cause
interruptions in our ability to provide access services to our customers, which
may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to continue to upgrade our network infrastructure to meet
additional demand and changing subscriber requirements, our business and
financial results could be adversely affected

   Our network infrastructure is composed of a complex system of routers,
switches, transmission lines and other hardware used to provide Internet access
and other services. The future success of our business will depend on the
capacity, reliability and security of this network infrastructure. We will have
to continue to upgrade and adapt our network infrastructure as the number of
customers and the amount and type of information they wish to transmit over the
Internet increases. This development of our network infrastructure will require
substantial financial, operational and managerial resources. We cannot be
certain that we will be able to upgrade or adapt our network infrastructure to
meet additional demand or changing customer requirements on a timely basis and
at a commercially reasonable cost, or at all. If we fail to upgrade our network
infrastructure on a timely basis or adapt it to an expanding customer base,
changing customer requirements or evolving industry standards, our business
could be adversely affected.

Disruptions of our services due to system failure could result in subscriber
cancellations which may adversely affect our business and financial results

   A significant portion of our computer equipment, including critical
equipment dedicated to our Internet access services, is presently located at
two network operating centers: one in East Lansing, Michigan and the other in
New Berlin, Wisconsin. The occurrence of a natural disaster, the failure of one
of our systems or the occurrence of other unanticipated problems at our network
operating centers or at one of our points of

                                       13
<PAGE>

presence could cause interruptions in our services. Extensive or multiple
interruptions in providing customers with Internet access and other services
are a primary reason for customer decisions to cancel the use of Internet
access services. Accordingly, any disruption of our services due to system
failure could have an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

We must adapt to technology trends and evolving industry standards to remain
competitive

   The Internet market is characterized by rapid changes due to technological
innovation, evolving industry standards, changes in customer needs and frequent
new service and product introductions. New services and products based on new
technologies or new industry standards expose us to risks of equipment
obsolescence. We will need to use leading technologies effectively, continue to
develop our technical expertise and enhance our existing services on a timely
basis to compete successfully in the Internet access industry. We cannot be
certain that we will be successful in these efforts.

   We are also at risk due to fundamental changes in the way that Internet
access may be delivered in the future. Currently, Internet access services are
accessed primarily by computers connected by telephone lines. Recently, several
companies, including Voyager.net through our relationship with Millennium
Digital Media Systems, L.L.C., began offering continuous, high speed Internet
access through the use of cable television systems and cable modems. These
cable modems have the ability to transmit data at substantially faster speeds
than the modems currently used by our customers over phone lines. As the
Internet becomes accessible by broad segments of the U.S. population through
these cable modems and other consumer electronic devices, such as Web-TV, or as
customer requirements change the means by which Internet access is provided, we
will have to modify our technologies to accommodate these developments and
remain competitive. Our continued development and implementation of these
technological advances may require substantial time and expense, and we cannot
be certain that we will succeed in adapting our Internet access services
business to alternative access devices and conduits. Our failure to respond in
a timely and effective manner to these and other new and evolving technologies
could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition and operating
results.

If Internet usage does not continue to grow, we may not be able to continue our
business plan

   Widespread use of the Internet is a relatively recent phenomenon. Our future
success depends on continued growth in the use of the Internet and the
continued development of the Internet as a viable commercial medium. We cannot
be certain that Internet usage will continue to grow at or above its historical
rates or that extensive Internet content will continue to be developed or
accessible for free or at nominal cost to users. If Internet use does not
continue to grow or users do not accept our products and services, our
business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely
affected.


                                       14
<PAGE>

State and federal government regulation could require us to change our business

   We provide Internet access and other services, in part, using
telecommunications services provided by carriers that are subject to the
jurisdiction of state and federal regulators. Due to the increasing popularity
and use of the Internet, state and federal regulators may adopt additional laws
and regulations relating to content, user privacy, pricing, copyright
infringement and other matters. We cannot predict the impact, if any, that
future regulation or regulatory changes may have on our business. You should
read "Business--Government Regulation" for a more detailed discussion of the
government regulation to which we may be subject.

We will be subject to additional government regulation relating to our
competitive local exchange carrier status

   One of our subsidiaries, EriNet Telecom, Inc., is authorized as a
competitive local exchange carrier, or CLEC, with the State of Ohio and we may
in the future seek CLEC status in other states within our operating region. To
the extent we conduct business as a CLEC, the telecommunications services that
we provide will be subject to federal, state and local regulation, which may
include tariff and price listing requirements and state certification
proceedings. We could incur substantial legal and administrative expenses if a
third party challenged our filed tariffs or our status as a competitive local
exchange carrier. In addition, some state statutes include provisions requiring
competitive local exchange carriers to obtain additional approval in the event
of certain changes in the ownership of the outstanding voting securities of
CLECs. In connection with our acquisition of GDR Enterprises, Inc. we have
filed a petition for approval of change in ownership of EriNet Telecom which
approval we anticipate will be obtained prior to consummation of this offering.
We cannot assure you that this approval will be granted at such time or at all.
You should read "Business--Government Regulation" for a more detailed
discussion of the regulations to which we will be subject as a result of our
status as a competitive local exchange carrier.

We face potential liability for material transmitted through our network or
retrieved through our services

   The law relating to the liability of Internet services providers for
information carried on or disseminated through their networks is unsettled. In
addition, the Federal Telecommunications Act of 1996 imposes fines on any
entity that knowingly permits any telecommunications facility under its control
to be used to make obscene or indecent material available to minors via an
interactive computer service. We cannot predict whether any claim under the
federal statute, similar state statutes or common law will be asserted against
us, or if asserted, whether it will be successful. As the law in this area
develops, we may be required to expend substantial resources or discontinue
certain services to reduce our exposure to the potential imposition of
liability. Any costs that we incur as a result of contesting any asserted
claims or the consequent imposition of liability could adversely affect our
business and operating results.


                                       15
<PAGE>

   In addition, because our users may download materials and subsequently
distribute them to others, persons may potentially make claims against us for
defamation, negligence, copyright or trademark infringement, personal injury or
other claims based on the nature, content, publication and distribution of such
materials. We also could be exposed to liability with respect to the offering
of third-party content that may be accessible through our services. It is also
possible that if any third-party content provided through our services contains
errors, third parties who access this material could make claims against us for
losses incurred in reliance on this information. We also offer e-mail services,
which expose us to other potential risks, such as liabilities or claims
resulting from unsolicited e-mail, lost or misdirected messages, illegal or
fraudulent use of e-mail or interruptions or delays in e-mail service. These
claims, whether with or without merit, likely would divert management's time
and attention, may result in negative publicity and could result in significant
costs to investigate and defend.

We are subject to risks associated with year 2000 compliance

   Many currently installed computer systems and software products are coded to
accept only two digit entries in the date code field. These date code fields
will need to accept four digit entries to distinguish 21st century dates from
20th century dates. Confusion of dates may bring about system failures or
miscalculations causing disruptions of operations, including, among other
things, a temporary inability to process transactions, send invoices or engage
in similar business activities. As a result, many companies' software and
computer systems need to be upgraded or replaced in order to comply with such
"year 2000" requirements.

   We rely on third party telecommunications and information systems equipment
and software that may not be year 2000 compliant to provide our services. We
are in the early stages of conducting an audit of our own systems and of our
third-party suppliers as to the year 2000 compliance of their systems. Based
upon the results of this assessment, we have developed and implemented a
remediation plan with respect to third-party software, computer technology and
services that may fail to be year 2000 compliant. At this time, the expenses
associated with this assessment and remediation plan cannot be determined. We
presently believe that the most reasonably likely worst case scenario related
to the year 2000 issue is associated with third-party services and products,
specifically our network, telecommunications lines and equipment. The
disruption to or failure of our internal computer systems or of third-party
equipment or software to operate without year 2000 complications could result
in the interruption or failure of our services, could require us to incur
significant unanticipated expenses to remedy any problems, could expose us to
claims for losses incurred by our users due to year 2000 complications and
could cause customers to seek alternative Internet service providers. The
defense of any claims, whether with or without merit, could require us to incur
substantial costs and would divert management's time and attention, which could
have an adverse effect on our business and operating results. In addition, we
are subject to external forces that might generally affect industry and
commerce, such as utility company year 2000 compliance failures and related
service interruptions. You should read "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations--Year 2000 Compliance."

                                       16
<PAGE>

Our success is dependent upon our senior management team

   Our success will depend in large part on the continued availability of our
senior management team. The loss of the services of any of the members of our
senior management team could have an adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations. We maintain a key man life insurance
policy on each of our executive officers, however the proceeds from insurance
policies are not an adequate replacement for these individuals' services.
Although we have entered into employment agreements and noncompetition
agreements with each of our executive officers, we cannot assure you that these
agreements will be enforceable or that we will enjoy the continued service of
our senior management. You should read "Management--Employment Agreements" for
a more detailed description of our arrangements with senior management.

There has been no prior public market for our common stock

   Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock.
We have applied to the Nasdaq National Market to list our common stock, but we
cannot offer any assurance that an active trading market for these shares will
develop or continue or how liquid that market might become following this
offering, or that purchasers in this offering will be able to resell their
shares at prices equal to or greater than the initial public offering price.
The initial public offering price will be determined through negotiations
between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of the market price
for these shares following this offering. You should read "Underwriting" for a
discussion of the factors to be considered in determining the initial public
offering price.

The market price of our shares of common stock may experience extreme price and
volume fluctuations

   The stock market has, from time to time, experienced extreme price and
volume fluctuations. Many factors may adversely affect the market price for our
common stock following this offering, including:

  .the demand for our common stock;

  .the number of market makers for our common stock;

  .investor perception of the Internet, the Internet industry generally and
      the Internet service provider industry in particular;

  .general technology or economic trends;

  .revenues and operating results failing to meet or surpass the expectations
      of securities analysts or investors in any quarter; and

  .changes in securities analysts' estimates or general market conditions.

   In the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price
of their stock have been the object of securities class action litigation. If
we become the object of securities class action litigation, it could result in
substantial costs and a diversion of our management's attention and resources
and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

                                       17
<PAGE>

Our existing stockholders will control all matters requiring a stockholder vote
and, as a result, could prevent or delay a change in control

   Upon the closing of this offering, our existing directors, officers and
stockholders will beneficially own approximately  % of our outstanding common
stock. In particular, Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership will retain approximately  %
of our outstanding stock in the aggregate. If all of these stockholders were to
vote their shares of common stock together as a group, these stockholders would
have the ability to exert significant influence over our board of directors and
its policies. Control by existing stockholders could have the effect of
delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control because these
stockholders will be in a position to control the outcome of all stockholder
votes, including votes concerning director elections, by-law amendments and
possible mergers, corporate control contests and other significant corporate
transactions. See "Principal and Selling Stockholders."

Provisions of Delaware law and of our charter and by-laws may make a takeover
more difficult

   Provisions in our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as amended and
restated, and in the Delaware corporate law may make it difficult and expensive
for a third party to pursue a tender offer, change in control or takeover
attempt which is opposed by our management. Stockholders who might desire to
participate in such a transaction may not have an opportunity to do so, and the
ability of stockholders to change our management could be substantially impeded
by these anti-takeover provisions. We also will have a staggered board of
directors that has the right under our charter documents to issue preferred
stock without further stockholder approval, which could adversely affect the
holders of our common stock and the potential for a tender offer or change in
control. See "Description of Capital Stock."

The estimated initial public offering price is significantly higher than the
book value of our common stock and you will experience immediate and
substantial dilution in the value of your investment

   As a purchaser of our common stock in this offering, you will experience
immediate and substantial dilution of $  per share in the net tangible book
value of the common stock from the initial public offering price. To the extent
outstanding options to purchase common stock are exercised, you will experience
further dilution. See "Dilution."

The future sale of shares of our common stock could adversely affect the market
price of our common stock

   Substantial sales of our common stock in the public market following this
offering, or the perception by the market that such sales could occur, could
lower the market price of our common stock or make it difficult for us to raise
additional equity capital in the future. The shares of common stock which are
being sold in this offering will generally be freely tradeable without
restriction, and:


                                       18
<PAGE>

  . the remaining    shares of common stock outstanding will be "restricted
      securities" as defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and may be
      sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act
      subject to compliance with the provisions of Rule 144 or any other
      applicable exemption under the Securities Act; and

  . existing stockholders have registration rights requiring us to register
      up to    shares of common stock for sale under the Securities Act.

   Upon expiration of lock-up agreements entered into with the underwriters,
180 days after the date of this prospectus,     shares of common stock, and
shares of common stock issuable as a result of the exercise of vested options,
will be eligible for resale in accordance with the provisions of the Securities
Act.

   You should read "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a more detailed
description of these risks.

Covenants in our debt agreements may restrict our business

   Our existing senior bank debt agreements contain a number of significant
covenants. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things, borrow
additional money, create liens, make some types of investments, issue
additional equity securities, declare and pay dividends and sell significant
assets. They also require us to meet certain financial tests. Our ability to
meet those financial tests may be affected by events beyond our control. If we
are unable to meet our debt service obligations or comply with these covenants,
we will be in default under these agreements. A default, if not waived, could
result in acceleration of our repayment obligations, which would have a
significantly adverse effect on our financial condition. You should read
"Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations--Liquidity and Capital Resources" for a more detailed description of
our debt agreements.

We do not intend to pay dividends

   We have never declared nor paid any cash dividends on shares of our common
stock. We currently intend to retain our earnings for future growth and,
therefore, do not anticipate paying any dividends in the foreseeable future. In
addition, under the terms of our senior bank debt agreements, we are prohibited
from paying any cash dividends to our stockholders. See "Dividend Policy."

                                       19
<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   We estimate that our net proceeds from the sale of our common stock will be
approximately $   million, at an assumed initial offering price of $   per
share and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering. If the
underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full, we estimate that our
net proceeds will be approximately $  million. We expect to use all of these
estimated net proceeds as follows:

  .to repay approximately $   million of senior bank debt under our senior
      credit facility with a number of lending institutions, including
      accrued and unpaid interest, which senior bank debt bears interest at a
      variable rate, currently set at 8.0% per annum, and matures on March
      31, 2005;

  .to redeem all 82,748 outstanding shares of series A preferred stock in the
      aggregate face amount of approximately $8.3 million, plus cumulative
      undeclared dividends;

  .to repay approximately $   million of subordinated notes owed to Horizon
      Cable I Limited Partnership, including accrued and unpaid interest,
      which notes bear interest at a rate of 8.0% compounded annually; and

  .for general corporate purposes, including potential acquisitions and
      capital expenditures.

   Except for repayment of the outstanding bank debt and subordinated notes and
the redemption of the shares of outstanding series A preferred stock, the net
proceeds will be invested in government securities and other short-term,
government-grade investment securities until allocated for specific use. We
will receive no proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering by the
selling stockholders.

   We used the borrowings under our senior credit facility and the proceeds
that we received from the issuance of the series A preferred stock and
subordinated notes primarily to finance our consummated acquisitions as well as
for general corporate purposes. The shares of series A preferred stock and,
indirectly through Horizon, the subordinated notes are held by
Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership, Media/Communications
Investors Limited Partnership and Messrs. Friedly, Baird and Heinze, each a
Voyager.net stockholder.

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

   We have never declared nor paid any dividends on our common stock. Under the
terms of our senior bank debt agreements, we are prohibited from paying any
dividends to our stockholders other than dividends payable in shares of common
stock to our stockholders. In addition, we currently intend to retain our
earnings for future growth and, therefore, do not anticipate paying cash
dividends in the foreseeable future.

                                       20
<PAGE>

                                 CAPITALIZATION

   The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 1999:

  .on an actual basis;

  .on a pro forma basis to give effect to the acquisition of GDR Enterprises,
      Inc.; and

  .on an as adjusted basis to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net
      proceeds from the sale of the    shares of common stock offered by
      Voyager.net at an assumed initial public offering price of $  per
      share, after deduction of underwriting discounts and estimated expenses
      payable in connection with the offering, and the use of the net
      proceeds as described in "Use of Proceeds."

   You should read this table in conjunction with "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial
statements and the notes to those statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus.

   The table below excludes    shares of common stock issuable upon exercise of
outstanding stock options at a weighted average exercise price of $  per share
and    additional shares of common stock available for future grant under our
1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan as of March 31, 1999. See "Management--
Executive Compensation" and "Management--1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan."

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                    As of March 31, 1999
                                               --------------------------------
                                                         Pro Forma
                                               Actual   (unaudited) As Adjusted
                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                            <C>      <C>         <C>
Cash and cash equivalents..................... $ 4,427    $ 5,701      $
                                               =======    =======      ====
Current portion of long-term debt:
  Capital leases.............................. $   392    $   392
  Notes payable, related party................   2,297      2,297
                                               -------    -------      ----
  Total current portion of long-term debt.....   2,689      2,689
                                               -------    -------      ----
Long-term debt:
  Obligations under capital leases............     973        973
  Long-term debt..............................  39,400     48,600
                                               -------    -------      ----
Total long-term debt.......................... $40,373    $49,573      $
                                               -------    -------      ----
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
  Series A preferred stock, $0.01 par value
   per share: 100,000 shares authorized;
   82,748 shares issued and
   outstanding actual (includes 6,667 shares
   subject to purchase at March 31, 1999 that
   were purchased on May 3, 1999);    shares,
   as adjusted................................   8,275      8,275
  Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share:
   25,000,000 shares authorized; 18,916,380
   shares issued and outstanding actual,
      shares, as adjusted.....................       2          3
  Additional paid-in capital..................   6,413      6,462
Receivable for preferred and common stock.....  (6,667)    (6,667)
Accumulated deficit...........................  (8,748)    (9,571)
                                               -------    -------      ----
  Total stockholders' equity (deficit)........    (725)    (1,498)
                                               -------    -------      ----
    Total capitalization...................... $42,337    $50,764      $
                                               =======    =======      ====
</TABLE>

                                       21
<PAGE>

                                    DILUTION

   As of March 31, 1999, we had a pro forma net tangible book value of
($34,576,995) or ($1.87) per share. Pro forma net tangible book value per share
is equal to our total tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the
number of shares of our outstanding common stock. Without taking into account
any other changes in net tangible book value after March 31, 1999, other than
to give effect to our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from the sale of
the    shares of common stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public
offering price of $   per share, our pro forma net tangible book value as of
March 31, 1999 would have been $  , or $   per share. This represents an
immediate increase in pro forma net tangible book value of $   per share to our
existing stockholders and an immediate dilution of $   per share to new
investors. If the initial public offering price is higher or lower than $   per
share, the dilution to new stockholders will be lower or higher, respectively.
The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                <C>  <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share...................      $
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this
      offering....................................................... $
     Increase per share attributable to new investors................
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering...      $
                                                                           ----
   Dilution per share to new investors...............................      $
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>

   Assuming the underwriters exercise their right to purchase    additional
shares from us, the pro forma net tangible book value per share as of March 31,
1999 would have been $  , representing an immediate increase in net tangible
book value per share of $   to our existing stockholders and an immediate
dilution in net tangible book value per share of $   to new investors.

   The following table summarizes, on a pro forma basis as of March 31, 1999,
the difference between existing stockholders and new investors with respect to
the number of shares of common stock purchased, the total consideration paid
and the average price per share paid:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                         Shares Purchased      Total Consideration
                         -------------------   ---------------------   Average Price
                         Number    Percent      Amount     Percent       Per Share
<S>                      <C>       <C>         <C>        <C>          <C>
Existing stockholders...                     %  $                    %      $
New investors...........
                                    ---------              ----------
  Total.................                100.0%  $               100.0%
                                    =========              ==========
</TABLE>

   The foregoing table excludes:

  .    shares to be issued pursuant to the underwriters' over-allotment
      option;

  .shares of common stock subject to outstanding options at March 31, 1999 at
      a weighted average exercise price of $   per share; and

  .an aggregate of    shares available for future grant under our 1998 Stock
      Option and Incentive Plan as of March 31, 1999.

   To the extent these options are exercised and the underlying shares are
granted, there will be further dilution to new investors. See "Management" and
the notes to our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

                                       22
<PAGE>

                 SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
                (In thousands, except per share and other data)

   The following tables sets forth selected consolidated financial information
and other data for Voyager.net. The selected consolidated results of operations
and the selected historical consolidated balance sheet data for the years ended
December 31, 1995, 1996, 1997, and 1998 have been derived from the audited
consolidated financial statements of Voyager.net. The selected consolidated
financial information and other data as of March 31, 1999 and for the three
months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 are unaudited; however, in the opinion of
our management the unaudited data includes all adjustments (consisting of
normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the
information. The results of operations for the three months ended March 31,
1999 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year
ending December 31, 1999 or any other future period. The pro forma information
and other data for the year ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended
March 31, 1999 are unaudited. The pro forma information and other data is not
necessarily indicative of the results of operations that would actually have
occurred if the acquired business transactions included therein had been
consummated as of January 1, 1998. For all periods presented, the related
financial information has been presented using consistent methods of
accounting.

   You should read the following selected historical consolidated financial
statements and other data in conjunction with our consolidated financial
statements and notes thereto and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

   The selected consolidated financial data as of and for the year ended
December 31, 1994 are not presented since we had just begun operations. As of
December 31, 1994, total assets were approximately $140,000 and total revenue
for the year then ended was approximately $20,000.

   The selected consolidated financial and other data includes a presentation
of EBITDA. As used in this prospectus, EBITDA represents earnings before
interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-recurring, non-cash
compensation charges. EBITDA is provided because it is a measure commonly used
by investors to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating
performance. EBITDA is not a measurement of financial performance under
generally accepted accounting principles, and should not be construed as a
substitute for operating income, net income or cash flows from operating
activities for purposes of analyzing our operating performance, financial
position and cash flows. EBITDA, as calculated by Voyager.net, is not
necessarily comparable with similarly titled measures for other companies.



                                       23
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Years Ended December 31,                 Three Months Ended March 31,
                          ----------------------------------------------  ---------------------------------
                                                                  Pro                             Pro
                                                                 Forma                           Forma
                           1995     1996      1997      1998    1998 (1)    1998      1999      1999 (1)
<S>                       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>
Consolidated Statement
 of Operations Data:
Revenues:
 Internet access
  service...............  $  202   $ 1,707   $ 3,440   $10,589  $ 25,593  $  1,132  $   8,405  $    9,547
 Other..................     --        --         14       133       150         3        114         114
                          ------   -------   -------   -------  --------  --------  ---------  ----------
 Total revenue..........     202     1,707     3,454    10,722    25,743     1,135      8,519       9,661
                          ------   -------   -------   -------  --------  --------  ---------  ----------
Operating expenses:
 Internet access service
  costs.................     143     1,002     1,318     3,608     9,620       370      2,790       3,108
 Sales and marketing....     101       638     1,038     1,987     2,923       181        969       1,053
 General and
  administrative........     521     1,155     1,462     3,406     7,570       355      2,463       2,816
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........     128       420       394     3,862    16,062       126      3,527       4,507
 Compensation charge for
  issuance of common
  stock and stock op-
  tions.................     --        --        --        408       408       --         --          --
                          ------   -------   -------   -------  --------  --------  ---------  ----------
 Total operating
  expenses..............     893     3,215     4,212    13,271    36,583     1,032      9,749      11,484
                          ------   -------   -------   -------  --------  --------  ---------  ----------
Income (loss) from
 operations ............    (691)   (1,508)     (758)   (2,549)  (10,840)      103     (1,230)    (1,823)
Other income (expense)..      17        10       (62)     (912)   (3,618)      (39)      (771)    (1,012)
                          ------   -------   -------   -------  --------  --------  ---------  ----------
Net income (loss).......  $ (674)  $(1,498)  $  (820)  $(3,461) $(14,458) $     64  $  (2,001) $  (2,835)
Preferred stock
 dividends..............     --        --        (74)     (348)     (348)      (50)      (166)      (166)
                          ------   -------   -------   -------  --------  --------  ---------  ----------
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $ (674)  $(1,498)  $  (894)  $(3,809) $(14,806) $     14  $  (2,167) $  (3,001)
                          ======   =======   =======   =======  ========  ========  =========  ==========
Per Share Data:
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $(0.09)  $ (0.35)  $ (0.12)  $ (0.27) $  (1.04) $   0.00  $   (0.12) $   (0.16)
                          ======   =======   =======   =======  ========  ========  =========  ==========
Weighted average common
 shares
 outstanding............   7,231     4,316     7,160    14,238    14,238    12,096     18,539      18,539
Other Financial Data:
EBITDA (as defined).....  $ (563)  $(1,088)  $  (364)  $ 1,721  $  5,630  $    229  $   2,297  $    2,684
EBITDA margin...........  (278.7)%   (63.7)%   (10.5)%   16 .1%     21.9%     20.2%      27.0%       27.8%
Capital expenditures....     411       759       661     1,514     1,743       171      1,321       1,406

Other Data:
Subscribers at end of
 period
 (approximate)..........   3,000    10,000    17,000   142,000   160,000    19,000    188,000     208,000
POPs....................       5        25        32       138       158        35        146         166

Cash Flow Data:
Cash flow provided by
 (used in):
Operating activities....  $ (538)  $  (877)  $  (398)  $ 2,702  $  7,292  $    215  $   3,432  $    3,957
Investing activities....    (408)     (759)     (574)  (34,336)  (35,192)     (171)   (10,692)   (10,778)
Financing activities....   1,980       583     1,488    33,466    30,753        34      9,336     (6,821)

Consolidated Balance
 Sheet Data:
Cash and cash
 equivalents............  $1,055   $     3   $   519   $ 2,350  $  4,121  $    597  $   4,427  $    5,701
Working capital.........     917      (275)   (1,785)   (6,242)   (7,243)   (1,902)    (6,269)    (7,232)
Total assets............   1,603     1,186     2,101    41,725    45,014     2,297     52,459      63,310
Total long-term debt,
 notes payable and capi-
 tal leases, including
 current maturities.....      73       871     2,155    33,308    34,307     2,189     43,062      52,261
Total stockholders'
 equity (deficit).......   1,350      (148)     (539)    1,276     1,324      (475)      (725)    (1,498)
</TABLE>
- ---------------------

(1) The selected pro forma financial and other data gives effect to the
    acquisition of Freeway, Inc., EXEC-PC, Inc., NetLink Systems, L.L.C. and
    GDR Enterprises, Inc. as if the acquisition of each of these businesses was
    completed as of January 1, 1998. The historical financial data of
    Voyager.net, Inc. and the pre-acquisition results of operations of Freeway,
    Inc., EXEC-PC, Inc., NetLink Systems, L.L.C. and GDR Enterprises, Inc. were
    combined with certain pro forma adjustments to calculate the summary pro
    forma financial data for 1998. Additionally, the historical financial data
    of Voyager.net, Inc. and the pre-acquisition results of operations of GDR
    Enterprises, Inc. were combined with certain pro forma adjustments to
    calculate the summary pro forma financial data for March 31, 1999.

                                       24
<PAGE>

   MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
                                   OPERATIONS

Read the following discussion together with the financial statements and
related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The results discussed
below are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in any
future periods. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based on
current expectations and which involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results
and the timing of certain events may differ significantly from those projected
in such forward-looking statements due to a number of factors, including those
set forth herein, in the section entitled "Risk Factors" and elsewhere in this
prospectus.

General

   We are the largest Internet service provider focused on the Midwestern
United States. We incorporated in June 1994 and began offering Internet access
to residential and business customers in Michigan in 1995. From 1995 to 1997,
we focused on building our network infrastructure in Michigan as well as
developing the core competencies to grow our business. We funded the initial
build-out of our network and development of our operations primarily through an
aggregate $2.5 million in debt and equity capital from Horizon Cable I Limited
Partnership, Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership. In 1998, we began pursuing
an acquisition program focused on acquiring regional and local Internet service
providers throughout the Midwest. This program allowed us to expand into new
markets as well as to increase the utilization of Voyager.net-owned points of
presence network infrastructure and operations. During 1998, we acquired seven
Internet service providers in the Midwest with approximately 100,000
subscribers, including the acquisition of EXEC-PC, Inc., a consumer-based
Internet service provider located in Milwaukee, Wisconsin with 80,000
subscribers. We funded these acquisitions primarily with $4.8 million of equity
capital raised from private equity investors and through a $40.0 million
revolving credit facility with a group of banks led by Fleet National Bank. The
credit facility was increased to $70.0 million on April 13, 1999. Thus far in
1999, we have acquired an additional six Internet service providers with
approximately 60,000 subscribers in the aggregate. We currently operate the
largest dial-up Internet network in the Midwest in terms of geographic
coverage, with approximately 150 Voyager.net-owned points of presence in
Michigan, Wisconsin, Ohio, Illinois, Indiana and Minnesota. Through a
combination of internal growth and acquisitions, we have increased our
subscriber base from approximately 17,000 subscribers at the end of December
1997 to approximately 188,000 subscribers as of March 31, 1999, including
approximately 5,000 Web hosting subscribers and approximately 900 dedicated
access subscribers.

Revenues and Expenses

   Our revenues are generally composed of:

  .dial-up Internet access services, or services which allow customers to
      access the Internet through a local telephone call using standard
      modems in computers;


                                       25
<PAGE>


  .dedicated Internet access services, or continuous connection to the
      Internet using dedicated, high-speed access lines; and

  .additional Web and communications services, such as Web hosting, or
      maintaining customer Web sites on our servers and computers, co-
      location, or providing telecommunications facilities for customer owned
      Web servers and equipment, electronic commerce, and other broadband
      voice and data services.

   Dial-up Internet access service revenues consist of monthly, quarterly,
semi-annual and annual prepaid subscriptions for Internet access services. We
offer dial-up Internet access to residential and small- and medium-sized
business customers. Advance collections relating to prepaid subscriptions for
future access services are recorded as deferred revenue when collected and
revenue is recognized ratably over the term of the prepaid subscription.
Subscribers may cancel their subscriptions at any time, in which case we charge
the subscribers for their subscription to the date of cancellation and refund
any remaining amounts prepaid. Cash received from prepaid subscribers is
classified as deferred revenue when received, and no cash reserves are
maintained for potential refund obligations. A majority of our residential
subscribers pay their monthly fee automatically by a pre-authorized monthly
charge to their credit card.

   Dedicated Internet access services revenues are offered on a monthly,
yearly, three-year and five-year subscription basis. We offer dedicated
Internet access services using leased dedicated telecommunication lines
primarily to business customers, with Internet access using digital subscriber
lines and cable modems offered to both residential and business customers. The
revenue recognition policies and customer cancellation practices described for
the dial-up Internet access services also apply to the dedicated access
services.

   We also provide a wide range of Web services such as Web hosting, co-
location, registering customer domain names and Internet addresses, and
electronic commerce. We derive recurring revenue from Web site hosting
primarily on a fixed-rate monthly basis. We charge our co-location customers
monthly fees based on the physical use of our facilities. Other services such
as domain name and Internet address registration, e-commerce services and other
consulting services are typically offered at a fixed-rate basis or time plus
materials basis. We also provide long distance voice services offered through a
reseller relationship with IXC Communications Services, Inc. Revenue from long-
distance service is recognized as used by the customer. Payments from customers
for prepaid calling card services are recorded as deferred revenue when
collected and revenue is recognized as the prepaid subscription is used.

   The average monthly rate at which we experienced customer cancellations and
non-renewals of subscriptions, or churn rate, was 2.6% and 2.1% for the year
ended December 31, 1998 and the three months ended March 31, 1999,
respectively. We calculate our churn rate by dividing (1) the number of
subscriber cancellations and non-renewals during the month (excluding
cancellations made by new customers during the first 30 days of service) by (2)
the average number of subscribers during the month. We devote

                                       26
<PAGE>

substantial resources to maintain high quality customer care, and we are
continually upgrading and expanding our network infrastructure to ensure high
levels of customer satisfaction. We believe that our emphasis and focus on
customer care has resulted in one of the lowest churn rates in the industry,
and we expect to maintain or improve this rate by ensuring that customer
support and care are always high priorities for all of our employees.

   Our operating costs and expenses include the following:

  .internet access service cost;

  .sales and marketing expenses;

  .general and administrative expenses; and

  .depreciation and amortization expenses.

   Internet access service costs includes costs for providing local telephone
lines into each Voyager.net-owned point of presence, costs associated with
leased lines connecting each point of presence to our two network operation
centers, costs for our connections from our network operating centers to the
Internet, billing and bad debt expense and other technical related expenses.
Telecommunication costs include the costs of data circuits, dial-in line
expenses and connectivity fees. Billing costs include credit card processing
fees, banking fees and customer billing expenses. Internet access service costs
for Web hosting consists primarily of telecommunication costs. Internet access
service costs for other non-recurring value added services consists of
licensing fees and cost of labor and overhead performing the service. Internet
access service costs for reselling of long distance services consists of third-
party wholesale costs of the products resold. Other technical related expenses
primarily consist of maintenance contracts and domain name registration costs.
As we execute our acquisition strategy in the future, we expect increased
Internet access service costs on an absolute dollar basis, but lower Internet
access service costs on a percentage basis as a result of continued revenue
growth, reduction of redundant costs, consolidation of operations and re-
negotiation of pricing on telecommunication, equipment and other vendor
contracts.

   Sales and marketing costs consist of salaries and commissions for sales,
marketing and business support personnel, advertising and promotion expenses
and commissions for value added resellers. Since 1998, we have expanded our
marketing and sales efforts as we have expanded our geographic coverage,
increased our subscriber base, acquired additional businesses and introduced
new products and services. We expect increases in the absolute spending for
sales and marketing, but we expect these costs to be more than offset by the
increase in customer revenues that will be achieved. We do not defer any costs
associated with obtaining or retaining customers or entering new markets.

   General and administrative expenses consist of compensation costs for
business development, finance, accounting and billing, customer and technical
support and administration personnel and occupancy costs. Since January 1998,
we have hired several members of our senior management. We are currently
seeking to hire additional personnel to support our growth. We expect increases
in general and administrative expenses on an

                                       27
<PAGE>


absolute dollar basis as we continue to execute our acquisition strategy and
expand our operations, but we expect these costs to be more than offset by the
increase in customer revenues that will be achieved. On a monthly per customer
basis and as a percentage of revenue, we expect our general and administrative
expenses to decrease over time.

   Depreciation expense is recognized over the estimated useful lives of our
property and equipment ranging from three to ten years on a straight-line
basis. Capital investment typically consists of networking equipment such as
routers, servers, and various internal network components, telecommunications
gear such as access modems, computer equipment and general office equipment
with a useful life in excess of one year. Equipment acquired under a capital
lease is depreciated over the related lease term or the estimated productive
useful life, depending on the criteria met in determining their qualification
as a capital lease. Amortization expense generally consists of the costs
associated with acquiring our customer base, which is amortized using the
straight-line method over three years. Additional amortization expenses consist
of bank debt financing fees and miscellaneous costs associated with the
development of other assets such as our proprietary customer care and billing
system.

   We have historically not paid any income taxes due to our net losses. As of
December 31, 1998, we had deferred tax assets for federal income tax purposes
of approximately $1.5 million, which are primarily related to net operating
loss carryforwards. These deferred tax assets have been offset by recognition
of corresponding valuation allowances. These deferred tax assets expire in the
years 2013 and 2018.

   We have historically experienced negative cash flow from operations and have
incurred net losses as a result of our efforts to build our network
infrastructure, develop our management team, provide quality customer care
programs and acquisition-related spending. We had net losses of $1.5 million,
$0.8 million and $3.5 million for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and
1998, respectively, and net income of $64,000 and net loss of $2.0 million for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 and 1999, respectively. At March 31,
1999, we had an accumulated deficit of $8.7 million.

   We intend to capitalize on our successful business model to expand our
geographic operations and increase our subscriber base through continued
internal growth as well as through strategic acquisitions. As a result, we
expect that our Internet access service costs, sales and marketing, general and
administrative, and depreciation and amortization costs will increase on an
absolute dollar basis. However, we expect continued growth in our revenues to
result in increased operating cash flow and EBITDA, both in terms of absolute
results and as a percentage of revenues. Our revenues, cash flows from
operations and EBITDA were $8.5 million, $3.4 million and $2.3 million,
respectively, for the three months ended March 31, 1999, representing an EBITDA
margin of 27.0%, compared to revenues, cash flows from operations and EBITDA of
$1.1 million, $215,000 and $229,000, respectively, for the three months ended
March 31, 1998, representing an EBITDA margin of 20.2%. Our ability to generate
positive cash flow from operations and achieve profitability is dependent upon
our ability to continue to grow our revenue base and achieve operating
efficiencies.


                                       28
<PAGE>


   As used in this prospectus, EBITDA represents earnings before interest,
taxes, depreciation, amortization and non-recurring, non-cash compensation
charges. EBITDA is provided because it is a measure commonly used by investors
to analyze and compare companies on the basis of operating performance. EBITDA
is not a measurement of financial performance under generally accepted
accounting principles, and should not be construed as as substitute for
operating income, net income or cash flows from operating activities for
purposes of analyzing our operating performance, financial position and cash
flows. EBITDA, as calculated by Voyager.net, is not necessarily comparable with
similarly titled measures for other companies.

Acquisitions

   Our acquisition strategy is designed to leverage our existing network and
administrative operations to allow us to enter new markets within the Midwest,
as well as to expand our presence in existing markets, and to realize economies
of scale. Since July 1, 1998 we have acquired 13 Internet service provider
businesses in the Midwest totaling approximately 160,000 subscribers. Below is
a summary of our completed acquisitions, with the number of customers acquired
calculated at the respective date of acquisition:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               Number of
    Company                          Date     Location         Customers
   <S>                               <C>      <C>              <C>
    CDL Corp.                        7/1/98   Monroe, MI           550
    Internet-Michigan, Inc.          7/1/98   Hastings, MI       1,000
    Freeway, Inc.                    7/31/98  Petoskey, MI      10,000
    EXEC-PC, Inc.                    9/23/98  Milwaukee, WI     80,000
    Netimation, Inc.                 10/2/98  East Lansing, MI     500
    NetLink Systems, L.L.C.          10/2/98  Kalamazoo, MI      7,500
    Add, Inc.                        11/20/98 Waupaca, WI          500
    Hoosier On-Line Systems, Inc.    1/15/99  Seymour, IN        8,000
    Infinite Systems, Ltd.           2/24/99  Columbus, OH      12,500
    Exchange Network Services, Inc.  3/10/99  Cleveland, OH      8,000
    StarNet, Inc.                    4/23/99  Chicago, IL        5,900
    GDR Enterprises, Inc.            5/7/99   Dayton, OH        20,000
    PCLink.com                       6/4/99   Wayzata, MN        5,500
</TABLE>

   Our acquisition activity has primarily been financed with $4.8 million of
equity capital from private equity investors and loans from a $40.0 million
revolving credit facility with a group of banks managed by Fleet National Bank.
We increased the overall capacity of our credit facility to $70.0 million on
April 13, 1999.

   Voyager.net is currently in various levels of acquisition discussions with a
number of Internet service providers in targeted markets in the Midwest.
However, we cannot assure you that we will successfully complete any of the
acquisitions we are currently evaluating.

Results of Operations

   The following table sets forth certain consolidated statement of operations
data for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the three months
ended March 31, 1998 and 1999 as a percentage of revenue. This information
should be read with our consolidated financial statements and notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus.


                                       29
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              Three Months
                               Year Ended December 31,       Ended March 31,
                               ---------------------------   ----------------
                                1996      1997      1998      1998     1999
                                                               (unaudited)
<S>                            <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>      <C>
Revenue:
  Internet access service.....   100.0%     99.6%     98.8%     99.7%    98.7%
  Other.......................      --       0.4       1.2       0.3      1.3
                               -------   -------   -------   -------  -------
    Total revenues............   100.0     100.0     100.0     100.0    100.0
                               -------   -------   -------   -------  -------
Operating expenses:
  Internet access service
   costs......................    58.7      38.2      33.6      32.6     32.7
  Sales and marketing.........    37.4      30.0      18.5      15.9     11.4
  General and administrative..    67.6      42.3      31.8      31.3     28.9
  Depreciation and
   amortization...............    24.6      11.4      36.0      11.1     41.4
  Compensation charge for
   issuance of common stock
   and stock options..........      --        --       3.8        --       --
                               -------   -------   -------   -------  -------
    Total operating expenses..   188.3     121.9     123.7      90.9    114.4
                               -------   -------   -------   -------  -------
Other income (expense), net...     0.6      (1.8)     (8.5)     (3.4)    (9.1)
                               -------   -------   -------   -------  -------
    Net income (loss).........   (87.7)%   (23.7)%   (32.2)%     5.7%   (23.5)%
                               =======   =======   =======   =======  =======
    EBITDA Margin.............   (63.7)%   (10.5)%    16.1%     20.2%    27.0%
                               =======   =======   =======   =======  =======
</TABLE>

Three Months Ended March 31, 1999 Compared to March 31, 1998

   Revenues. Total consolidated revenues increased from $1.1 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1998 to $8.5 million for the three months ended
March 31, 1999, representing an increase of 650.6%. The revenue growth was
primarily driven by the increase in our customer base from approximately 19,000
at March 31, 1998 to approximately 188,000 at March 31, 1999. The growth in
customers was primarily the result of our acquisitions. We also experienced
strong internal growth from our effort to provide high quality customer and
technical service and support, geographic expansion in our coverage areas and
low churn rates. In addition, we introduced several new service offerings, such
as DSL and long distance telephone service, which generated additional revenue
from our customer base.

   Internet access service costs. Internet access service costs increased from
$370,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $2.8 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1999. Internet access service costs as a percent
of revenue remained relatively constant at approximately 33.0% due to improved
telecommunication contracts and economies of scale. The increase in absolute
spending for the three months ended March 31, 1999 was driven by a significant
increase in customers and their associated network expenses and an increase in
billing costs. We expect to improve our gross margins in the future as we more
fully integrate our acquired companies and leverage our existing network and
back office infrastructure over a larger customer base.

   Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense increased from $181,000 for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $1.0 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1999. The increase in spending was attributable to the growth
in our customer base and support functions and the expansion of our geographic
coverage area. As a percentage of revenue, sales and marketing costs decreased
from 15.9% for the three months ended

                                       30
<PAGE>

March 31, 1998 to 11.4% for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The
improvement in sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues
reflects lower customer acquisition costs from our effective customer care and
referral programs spread over a larger revenue base.

   General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
from $355,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $2.5 million for the
three months ended March 31, 1999. The absolute increase in spending was due to
the growth of our business and the administrative functions necessary to
support our growth. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative
costs decreased from 31.3% for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to 28.9%
for the three months ended March 31, 1999. The improvement on a percentage
basis represents leveraging of resources across an increased customer base.

   Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased from $126,000 for the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $3.5
million for the three months ended March 31, 1999. This increase was a result
of the amortization of intangible assets related to acquiring our customer base
since March 31, 1998, as well as increased capital spending for expanded
network operations and infrastructure.

   Other income (expense), net. Other expenses, net increased from $39,000 for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 to $0.8 million for the three months
ended March 31, 1999. This increase is the result of the higher average balance
on our $40.0 million line-of-credit which was used to fund acquisitions
completed during 1998.

   Net income (loss). As a result of the above, we reported net income of
$64,000, or less than $0.01 per share applicable to common stockholders, for
the three months ended March 31, 1998 as compared to net loss of $2.0 million,
or $0.12 per share applicable to common stockholders, for the three months
ended March 31, 1999.

   EBITDA. EBITDA increased from $229,000 for the three months ended March 31,
1998 to $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 1999. As a percentage
of revenues, EBITDA increased from 20.2% for the three months ended March 31,
1998 to 27.0% for the three months ended March 31, 1999.

Year Ended December 31, 1998 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1997

   Revenues. Total consolidated revenues increased from $3.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997 to $10.7 million for the year ended December 31,
1998, representing an increase of 210.4%. The revenue growth was primarily
driven by the increase in our customer base from approximately 17,000 at
December 31, 1997 to approximately 142,000 at December 31, 1998. The growth in
customers was primarily a result of the seven acquisitions during 1998, which
added approximately 100,000 subscribers to our customer base.

   Internet access service costs. Internet access service costs increased from
$1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $3.6 million for the year
ended December 31, 1998. Internet access service costs as a percent of revenue
decreased from

                                       31
<PAGE>

38.2% for the year ended December 31, 1997 to 33.6% for the year ended December
31, 1998 due to improved telecommunication contracts and economies of scale.
The increase in absolute spending for the year ended December 31, 1998 was
driven by a significant increase in customers and their associated network
expenses and an increase in billing costs.

   Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense increased from $1.0 million
for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $2.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1998. The increase in absolute spending was a result of the rapid
growth of our operations and the acquisitions completed during 1998. As a
percentage of revenue, sales and marketing costs decreased from 30.0% for the
year ended December 31, 1997 to 18.5% for the year ended December 31, 1998. The
improvement of sales and marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues
reflects the efficiencies of our marketing programs over a larger customer
base.

   General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
from $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $3.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 1998. The absolute increase in spending was due to the
increase in support functions and basic infrastructure necessary to support the
expansion of our business and the acquisition activity. As a percentage of
revenue, general and administrative expenses decreased from 42.3% for the year
ended December 31, 1997 to 31.8% for the year ended December 31, 1998. The
improvement on a percentage basis represents efficiencies achieved through the
integration of acquired businesses and leveraging resources across an increased
customer base.

   Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
increased from $394,000 for the year ended December 31, 1997 to $3.9 million
for the year ended December 31, 1998. This increase was a result of the
amortization of intangible assets related to acquiring our customer base since
December 31, 1997, as well as increased capital spending for expanded network
operations and infrastructure.

   Compensation charge for issuance of common stock and stock options. We
incurred a charge of $408,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998 related to
the issuance of common stock and stock options during the year ended December
31, 1998. The amount of this charge was based on the issuance and grant of
common stock and options at purchase and exercise prices below fair market
value. We believe these charges to be non-recurring in nature. However, upon
the closing of this offering the vesting provisions of some issued and
outstanding stock options and restricted common stock will accelerate, which
acceleration will result in additional compensation expense of approximately
$38,000 from April 1, 1999 through the anticipated closing date of this
offering.

   Other income (expense), net. Other expenses, net increased from $62,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997 to $0.9 million for the year ended December
31, 1998. This increase is the result of the higher average balance on our $40
million line-of-credit which was used to fund acquisitions completed during
1998.

   Net income (loss). As a result of the above, we reported a net loss of $0.8
million, or $0.12 per share applicable to common stockholders, for the year
ended December 31,

                                       32
<PAGE>

1997 as compared to a net loss of $3.5 million, or $0.27 per share applicable
to common stockholders, for the year ended December 31, 1998.

   EBITDA. EBITDA increased from ($364,000) for the year ended December 31,
1997 to $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 1998. As a percentage of
revenues, EBITDA increased from (10.5%) for the year ended December 31, 1997 to
16.1% for the year ended December 31, 1998.

Year Ended December 31, 1997 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 1996

   Revenues. Total consolidated revenues increased from $1.7 million for the
year ended December 31, 1996 to $3.5 million for the year ended December 31,
1997, representing an increase of 102.5%. The revenue growth was primarily
driven by the increase in our customer base from approximately 10,000 at
December 31, 1996 to approximately 17,000 at December 31, 1997. The growth in
customers was the result of the development of our core Internet access service
business.

   Internet access service costs. Internet access service costs increased from
$1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $1.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1997. Internet access service costs as a percent of revenue
decreased from 58.7% for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 38.2% for the year
ended December 31, 1997 due to economies of scale in the increased size of our
operations. The increase in absolute spending for the year ended December 31,
1997 was driven by a significant increase in customers and their associated
network expenses and an increase in billing costs due to rapid customer growth.

   Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expense increased from $0.6 million
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $1.0 million for the year ended
December 31, 1997. The increase in sales and marketing on an absolute basis was
the result of the subscriber growth during 1997. As a percentage of revenue,
sales and marketing costs decreased from 37.4% for the year ended December 31,
1996 to 30.0% for the year ended December 31, 1997.

   General and administrative. General and administrative expenses increased
from $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $1.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 1997. The absolute increase in spending was due to the
increase in administrative functions to support our growing subscriber base. As
a percentage of revenue, general and administrative costs decreased from 67.6%
for the year ended December 31, 1996 to 42.3% for the year ended December 31,
1997.

   Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense
decreased from $420,000 for the year ended December 31, 1996 to $394,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1997.

   Other income (expense), net. Other income, net decreased from $10,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1996 to ($62,000) for the year ended December 31,
1997.

   Net income (loss). As a result of the above, we reported a net loss of $1.5
million, or $0.35 per share applicable to common stockholders, for the year
ended December 31, 1996 as compared to a net loss of $0.8 million, or $0.12 per
share applicable to common stockholders, for the year ended December 31, 1997.


                                       33
<PAGE>

   EBITDA. EBITDA increased from ($1.1) million for the year ended December 31,
1996 to ($364,000) for the year ended December 31, 1997. As a percentage of
revenues, EBITDA increased from (63.7%) for the year ended December 31, 1996 to
(10.5%) for the year ended December 31, 1997.

Quarterly Results of Operations

   The following tables set forth the statement of operations data for the
periods indicated. This information has been derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements, which in management's opinion has been
prepared on substantially the same basis as the audited financial statements
and includes all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the financial condition and results of
operations for these periods. The operating results for any quarter are not
necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Three Months Ended
                         --------------------------------------------------------
                         March 31, June 30,  September 30, December 31, March 31,
                           1998      1998        1998          1998       1999
                          (In thousands, except per share and subscriber data)
<S>                      <C>       <C>       <C>           <C>          <C>
Revenue:
  Internet access
   service..............  $ 1,132  $ 1,222      $ 2,042      $ 6,193     $ 8,405
  Other.................        3       --            4          126         114
                          -------  -------      -------      -------     -------
    Total revenues......    1,135    1,222        2,046        6,319       8,519
Operating expenses:
  Internet access
   service costs........      370      429          818        1,991       2,790
  Sales and marketing...      181      224          390        1,192         969
  General and
   administrative.......      355      466          657        1,928       2,463
  Depreciation and
   amortization.........      126      143          345        3,248       3,527
  Compensation charge
   for issuance of
   common stock and
   stock options........       --       --          408           --          --
                          -------  -------      -------      -------     -------
    Total operating
     expenses...........    1,032    1,262        2,618        8,359       9,749
                          -------  -------      -------      -------     -------
Income (loss) from
 operations.............      103      (40)        (572)      (2,040)     (1,230)
Other income (expense),
 net....................      (39)     (38)         (96)        (739)       (771)
                          -------  -------      -------      -------     -------
Net income (loss).......  $    64  $   (78)     $  (668)     $(2,779)    $(2,001)
Preferred stock
 dividends..............      (51)     (51)         (80)        (166)       (166)
                          -------  -------      -------      -------     -------
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $    13  $  (129)     $  (748)     $(2,945)    $(2,167)
                          =======  =======      =======      =======     =======
Basic earnings net
 (loss) per share
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $  0.00  $ (0.01)     $ (0.05)     $ (0.16)    $ (0.12)
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding.....   12,096   12,114       14,722       17,912      18,539
EBITDA (as defined).....      229      103          180        1,209       2,297

Subscribers
 (approximate)..........   19,000   20,000      118,000      142,000     188,000
</TABLE>

   Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated and will continue to
fluctuate from period-to-period depending upon certain factors. Factors that
may contribute to the variability of operating results include: the growth rate
of new customers, retention of

                                       34
<PAGE>

existing customers, the timing of the expansion of our operations, the payment
of interest related to the fully utilized revolving credit facility, the
introduction of new and enhanced services by us, competitive pricing
pressures, changes in our ability to negotiate favorable rates for the use of
its network infrastructure, customer demand for Internet services and
increased costs for retaining employees.

   In view of the significant growth of our operations, management believes
that period-to-period comparisons of its financial results should not be
relied upon as an indication of future performance and that we may experience
in the future significant period-to-period fluctuations in operating results.
We expect to focus in the near term on building and increasing our revenue
base, which will require additional expenses for personnel, marketing, and
network infrastructure that may adversely impact short term operating results.
As a result, there can be no assurance that we will be profitable on a
quarterly basis in the future and management believes that it will incur
losses in at least the near term.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   Our principal capital and liquidity needs historically have related to
funding the cash portion of our acquisitions, our sales and marketing
activities, the development and expansion of our network infrastructure, the
establishment of our customer service and support operations and general
working capital needs. The capital needs of our company were initially met in
1996 and 1997 by loan advances from Horizon Cable I Limited Partnership and
private placements of our securities to our principal stockholders, as further
described below. As we grew our operations during 1998, we received capital
from other sources, including cash provided by operating activities, proceeds
from the issuance of debt and notes payable and through private placements of
our securities, as further described below.

   Net cash provided by operating activities was $2.7 million in 1998,
compared to net cash used in operating activities of $398,000 in 1997. The
primary sources of cash from operating activities in 1998 were increases in
deferred revenue of $1.2 million, increases in accounts payable and accrued
expenses of $1.3 million, and $3.9 million in depreciation and amortization.
These sources were partially offset by a $3.5 million net loss and increased
accounts receivable of $0.5 million.

   Net cash used in investing activities was $34.3 million in 1998, compared
to net cash used in investing activities of $0.6 million in 1997. Cash used in
investing activities in 1998 consisted of $32.9 million to acquire seven
Internet service provider businesses and $1.5 million for the purchase of
capital equipment. Cash used in investing activities in 1997 primarily relates
to the purchase of capital equipment.

   Net cash provided by financing activities was $33.5 million in 1998,
compared to cash provided in financing activities of $1.5 million in 1997. The
primary sources of cash from financing activities in 1998 were net borrowings
of $30.0 million under our revolving credit facility, net proceeds of $2.8
million from the issuance of notes payable and net proceeds of $2.1 million
from the issuance of series A preferred stock, partially offset by a payment
of $1.3 million for bank financing fees.

                                      35
<PAGE>

   In September 1998, we entered into a $40.0 million revolving credit facility
with a bank group led by Fleet National Bank. At March 31, 1999, $39.4 million
was outstanding. On April 13, 1999, we increased our availability under our
credit facility to $70.0 million on similar terms and conditions. Interest is
payable quarterly with the first payment on December 31, 1998. The bank
agreements allow us to elect an interest rate as of any borrowing date of
either the (1) prime rate or (2) LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 1.5% to 3.5%
depending upon our funded debt to EBITDA ratio. The elected rate as of March
31, 1999 was approximately 8.0%. Automatic and permanent reductions of the
maximum commitments begin September 30, 2000 and continue until maturity.

   In September 1998, we issued series A preferred stock and common stock for
gross proceeds of approximately $0.5 million to private investors and
cancellation of outstanding promissory notes. In July 1998, $4.3 million was
raised through the issuance of preferred stock, common stock and promissory
notes to private investors. In 1997, we raised $0.5 million from the issuance
of series A preferred stock to private investors.

   As of March 31, 1999, our principal sources of liquidity consisted of $4.4
million of cash and cash equivalents, and approximately $0.6 million of
available credit under our revolving credit facility. In the opinion of
management, we will be able to finance our business as currently conducted and
as currently planned from operating cash flow, current working capital,
available borrowing capacity under our line-of-credit and the net proceeds of
this offering for a period of at least the next twelve months.

Year 2000 Compliance

   Introduction. The term "year 2000 issue" is generally used to describe the
various computer and other problems that may result from the improper
processing of dates and date-sensitive calculations as the year 2000 approaches
and is reached. These problems arise from hardware and software unable to
distinguish dates in the "2000s" from dates in the "1900s" and from other
sources such as the use of special codes and conventions in software that use a
date field. These problems could result in a system failure of miscalculations
causing disruptions of operations, including among other things, a temporary
inability to process transactions, send invoices or engage in other normal
business activities. The year 2000 issue may pose additional problems due to
the fact the year 2000 is a leap year and some computers and programs may fail
to recognize the extra day.

   Our State of Readiness. We have undertaken an assessment of our
vulnerability to the year 2000 issue with respect to our software, equipment,
and other information systems. We based this assessment upon a review of our
network and software, communications with our software vendors,
telecommunications providers and third-party suppliers. To date, we have not
experienced any problems with year 2000 issues with either third-party or
internal systems. Our year 2000 readiness program is supervised by our
executive committee and we review our year 2000 program on a monthly basis.

                                       36
<PAGE>


   Our overall year 2000 readiness program consists of the following steps:

  .  developing a complete inventory of our hardware and software and
     assessing whether each specific piece of equipment or software is year
     2000 compliant;

  .  contacting all of our major equipment vendors to ensure that the
     equipment or software purchase has been tested and verified as year 2000
     compliant;

  .  testing all of our internal equipment and software to insure that it is
     year 2000 compliant;

  .  upgrading, repairing, or replacing all internal or purchase equipment or
     software to ensure that it is year 2000 compliant; and

  .  developing contingency plans to address potential year 2000 problems
     which are not directly in our control or have not previously been tested
     or repaired.

  Specific areas in our year 2000 program which have been completed:

  .  upgrading our internal customer care system which includes our billing,
     technical support, and customer support modules and which is now year
     2000 compliant;

  .  contacting our major equipment providers, including Oracle, Cisco,
     Gateway, 3Com, and Sun Microsystems, and receiving disclosure statements
     that all of the equipment or software purchased from these vendors is
     year 2000 compliant; and

  .  replacing all modems, servers and other telecommunications equipment
     which had been tested and reviewed as non-year 2000 compliant.

   Contingency Plans for Year 2000 problems. For the equipment and software
which is directly in our control, we have started the development of various
contingency plans for year 2000 problems. We do rely, however, on equipment
purchased by third-party vendors, over which we have no control. We have and
will continue to take the necessary steps in order to assure that the equipment
purchased from third-party vendors is year 2000 compliant. We expect to
complete all of our year 2000 testing by October 1, 1999.

   Cost to Address Year 2000 Issues. Our historical costs to assess our year
2000 readiness have been negligible. We are not currently able to estimate the
final aggregate cost of addressing the year 2000 issue because funds may be
required as a result of future findings. We do not expect these costs to have
an adverse effect on our business and financial results.

   Risks Presented by Year 2000 Issues. We are still in the process of
evaluating potential disruptions or complications that might result from year
2000-related problems. Our failure to correct a material year 2000 problem
could result in a complete failure or degradation of the performance of our
network or other systems, including the disruption of operations and normal
business activities. Presently, however, we believe that the most reasonably
likely worst case scenario related to the year 2000 issue is associated with
third-party services and products. Specifically, Voyager.net is heavily
dependent on a significant number of third-party vendors to provide both
network services, telecommunications lines and equipment. A significant year
2000-related disruption of the services provided to us by third-party vendors
could cause customers to consider seeking

                                       37
<PAGE>

alternate Internet access providers or cause an unmanageable burden on customer
service and technical support, which in turn could materially and adversely
affect our results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. We are not
presently aware of any vendor-related year 2000 issue that is likely to result
in such a disruption. Furthermore, Voyager.net's business depends on the
continued operation of, and widespread access to, the Internet. To the extent
the year 2000 issue disrupts the normal operation of the Internet, our results
of operations, liquidity and financial condition could be materially and
adversely affected. Although there is inherent uncertainty in the year 2000
issue, we expect that as we progress with our year 2000 readiness plan, the
level of uncertainty about the impact of the year 2000 issue on us will be
reduced and we should be better positioned to identify the nature and extent of
material risk to us as a result of any year 2000 disruptions.

Forward-Looking Statements

   This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial
risks and uncertainties. You can identify these statements by forward-looking
words such as "may," "will," "expect," "anticipate," "believe," "estimate" and
"continue" or similar words. You should read statements that contain these
words carefully because they discuss our future expectations, contain
projections of our future results of operations or of our financial condition
or state other "forward-looking" information. We believe that it is important
to communicate our future expectations to our investors. However, there may be
events in the future that we are not able to accurately predict or control. The
factors listed in the sections captioned "Risk Factors" as well as any
cautionary language in this prospectus, provide examples of risks,
uncertainties and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially
from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. Before you
invest in our common stock, you should be aware that the occurrence of the
events described in the "Risk Factors" section and elsewhere in this prospectus
could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and
financial condition.

                                       38
<PAGE>

                                    BUSINESS

Overview

   Voyager.net is the largest Internet service provider focused on the
Midwestern United States. We serve residential and business customers in
markets within our target region which we believe have been historically under-
served by the larger, national Internet service providers. Our primary service
offering is Internet access to residential and business subscribers. We also
offer a variety of additional Internet services such as maintaining customer
Web sites on our servers, known as Web-hosting, and providing telecommunication
facilities for customer-owned Web servers and related equipment, known as co-
location, and electronic commerce. In addition, we offer enhanced
communications services such as broadband Internet access services using high
speed digital service technology through traditional copper telephone lines,
known as digital subscriber lines, or DSL, and modems integrated with cable
television services, or cable modems, and the resale of long distance voice
services bundled with our Internet access products. We operate the largest
dial-up Internet network in the Midwest in terms of geographic coverage, with
approximately 150 Voyager.net-owned points of presence in Michigan, Wisconsin,
Ohio, Illinois, Indiana and Minnesota.

Industry Background

   The Internet has rapidly developed into an integral business and personal
communications tool. Consumers and businesses are demanding solutions which
provide them with the ability to access and utilize the Internet in a fast,
secure and reliable manner. Factors driving the growth in the number of
Internet users and Web sites include the large and growing installed base of
low-cost personal computers, advances in the performance and speed of personal
computers and modems, improvements in network infrastructure, easier access to
the Internet and the increasing importance of the Internet as a communications
and commercial medium. International Data Corporation, estimates that the
number of Internet users in the United States is expected to increase 27.4%
annually from 51.6 million in 1998 to 135.9 million in 2002.

   U.S. consumers account for the highest concentration of global Internet
users. According to International Data Corporation, the number of household on-
line subscriptions is expected to increase from 29.8 million in 1998 to 67.6
million in 2002. This implies that the on-line penetration rate for U.S.
households will rise from 29.5% in 1998 to 64.0% by 2002. Industry experts
expect a substantial share of the residential growth to be derived from the
small office and home office market. This segment represents heavy users of
personal computers and communications services, resulting in high Internet
access service needs. According to International Data Corporation, residential
Internet access service revenues will more than double from $4.7 billion in
1998 to $10.6 billion in 2002.

   Businesses have also rapidly established corporate Internet sites and
connectivity as a means to expand customer reach and improve communications
efficiency. Many businesses are utilizing the Internet as a lower cost
alternative to certain traditional telecommunications services. The Strategis
Group estimates that the penetration of U.S. businesses connected to the
Internet will rise from 66% in 1998 to nearly 80% in 2003, resulting in 4.1
million businesses being connected to the Internet by 2003. The number of
individual U.S.

                                       39
<PAGE>


corporate users is expected to increase from 34.9 million users in 1998 to 50.3
million users in 2003. According to International Data Corporation, U.S.
corporate Internet access service revenues are expected to more than triple
from $2.9 billion in 1998 to $10.1 billion in 2002.

   The Internet service provider market is highly fragmented. As of the end of
1998, there were over 4,850 providers in the U.S., according to Boardwatch
Magazine. These Internet service providers vary widely in their geographic
coverage, customer focus and the nature and the quality of their services. The
Internet service provider market is generally segmented into three broad
categories:

  .national providers are typically full-service providers that offer a
      broad range of Internet access and other services to businesses;

  .regional providers which include the regional telephone operators,
      competitive local exchange carriers and Internet access providers,
      such as Voyager.net; and

  .local providers which are typically closely-held start-ups or small
      companies serving a single market.

   The vast majority of Internet service providers are small, local operations
with fewer than 10,000 customers each. According to Boardwatch Magazine, there
are approximately 40 national backbone providers and there are approximately
180 national dial-up providers.

   Despite the growth in the Internet service provider industry, very few
Internet service providers are profitable. In addition, the dramatic growth of
Internet usage and dependency has prompted customers to demand from their
providers more enhanced technology and services and reliable, high speed,
quality Internet access. Thus, Internet service providers will be faced with
expending significant capital resources to attract and retain subscribers. As a
result, the industry is expected to undergo substantial consolidation over the
next few years, particularly among the local providers, who typically lack the
financial resources necessary to continue to compete. We believe that the
anticipated growth in Internet use and the significant number of under-
capitalized local providers within our region meeting our acquisition criteria
provides us with an excellent opportunity to extend our scalable business model
and become one of the largest Internet service providers in the U.S.

The Voyager.net Solution

   The business model that we have developed has resulted in substantial
revenue growth, reduced customer acquisition costs and significant EBITDA while
maintaining high customer satisfaction. Our business model is based on the
following key principles:

  .we control our costs of acquiring new customers by focusing on markets in
      the Midwestern United States, thereby reducing the need for more
      expensive, broad-based marketing campaigns;

  .we focus on delivering high quality products and services and superior
      customer care which we believe results in significant word of mouth
      referrals and customer retention greater than industry average;

                                       40
<PAGE>


  .we own and manage 100% of our network equipment and customer care
      operations which significantly reduces our telecommunication costs and
      provides us with greater control over our network utilization,
      efficiency, scalability and quality; and

  .we realize significant cost savings and economies of scale from our
      acquired businesses by eliminating duplicated network infrastructure
      and consolidating sales and marketing, network operations, customer
      support and back office operations.

   The success of our business model is evidenced by a recent survey conducted
by PC World Magazine in which we ranked 10th among national and regional
Internet service providers in the U.S. in terms of access speed and
reliability, customer satisfaction and product offerings.

Our Growth Strategy

   Our overall strategy is to continue as the dominant Internet access
provider to residential and business customers in the Midwest. We intend to
continue to capitalize on our scalable business model and strong regional
presence by executing a regional growth strategy through internal growth and
strategic acquisitions.

Internal Growth Strategy. The key principles of our internal growth strategy
are as follows:

 .   Maintain our superior customer care and service in order to increase
    customer referrals and customer retention. Customer care is at the heart
    of running an Internet service provider. In general, the Internet service
    provider industry has struggled to provide a consistent quality of
    service. Busy signals and inattentive customer support staff represent the
    principal causes for subscriber cancellations. We believe that we are
    well-positioned with established systems, procedures and a core management
    team and staff to manage significant growth without sacrificing quality.
    We have staffed our two large call centers located in East Lansing,
    Michigan and New Berlin, Wisconsin with more than 170 employees, or more
    than 60% of all our employees. We have complemented our customer service
    support by developing a proprietary, customer care and billing solution
    designed with several Internet functions. We believe this system gives us
    a competitive advantage versus other Internet service providers and offers
    the following benefits:

  .easy internal use from any computer connected to the Internet;

  .beginning to end customer service tracking including automated service
      rendering and tracking of marketing channels;

  .complete technical support history by account;

  .real-time third-party account creation (order fulfillment);

  .automated billing and creation of new service plans (including usage
      based billing);

  .tracking of usage and creation of usage reports;

  .automated marketing reports and information on subscriber churn; and

  .third-party accessibility and controllable levels of customer
      interactivity.

                                      41
<PAGE>


      As a result of these customer care initiatives, our customer support
  telephone hold times are consistently close to two minutes, and our average
  monthly customer churn is 2.6%, each of which is significantly less than
  the industry average.

 .   Continue to invest in our network to provide our subscribers with the most
    reliable, high quality, high speed Internet access services at lower costs.
    We believe that continually improving our network capacity and speed
    increases our customers' satisfaction and decreases subscriber churn and
    our cost of acquiring new subscribers. The number of subscribers per phone
    line, or contention ratio, is a critical factor in the Internet service
    provider business, since overloading and significant busy signals are the
    primary causes of subscriber churn. Our goal is to have zero busy signals.
    Our network capacity includes approximately 150 points of presence and
    approximately 21,000 phone lines equipped with dial-in digital modems for
    our customers. As a result, our average ratio of subscribers to dial-in
    modems, or contention ratio, is approximately 9:1, significantly better
    than the industry average of approximately 13:1. More importantly, we focus
    on utilization ratios at each of our points of presence to ensure that each
    dial-in location maintains sufficient phone lines. We also recently
    upgraded the speed, capacity and reliability of our telecommunications
    infrastructure by leasing lines from multiple incumbent local exchange
    carriers and competitive local exchange carriers. We connect our points of
    presence to our two main network operating centers in East Lansing,
    Michigan and New Berlin, Wisconsin using high speed leased line
    connections, and from there we have multiple high-speed connections to the
    Internet. Since we own and manage 100% of all network equipment at our
    points of presence, rather than lease the equipment from national carriers,
    we are able to more efficiently load our customers on to each point of
    presence and reduce our telecommunication cost per customer, the single
    largest expense for an Internet service provider.

 .   Continue our highly focused sales and marketing efforts and use of
    strategic reseller arrangements. We market our services through a
    combination of local, direct advertising and word-of-mouth referrals.
    Because we currently focus exclusively on markets in contiguous states in
    the Midwest, including numerous small- to medium-sized markets, we can
    avoid broad-based and expensive advertising campaigns and have lower costs
    of acquiring new customers than most of our competitors. Our attention to
    customer care has fostered brand names within our region leading to
    significant customer-to-customer referrals, which account for over 70% of
    all new sales. We also benefit from the ease of use of our customer
    application and support system. Our customer sign-up process is customer-
    friendly and is easily accomplished through our Web site or by calling our
    customer support personnel, and, unlike many service providers' sign-up
    procedures, a Voyager.net user can be on-line in a matter of minutes. In
    addition, we have entered into strategic reseller agreements with several
    companies to further market our services within local communities.

 .   Offer enhanced communications services such as digital subscriber lines,
    Internet access through the integration with cable television systems,
    cable modems, and the resale bundled voice and data services at competitive
    rates. We presently offer a broad range of Internet services to residential
    and business customers such as dial-up and dedicated access, Web hosting,
    Web server co-location, domain name registration and various e-commerce
    services. We believe, however, that consumer users, businesses and
    residential users, including home office

                                       42
<PAGE>

    users, are increasingly seeking high-speed, high-capacity Internet access
    and a single source for their Internet and telecommunications needs. To
    meet these demands, we have begun offering more enhanced services to our
    subscribers, such as:

  .expanded high speed Internet access through digital subscriber lines and
      cable modems;

  .bundled voice and data telecommunications services; and

  .branded Web-TV services for Internet access without a computer.

      As part of our goal to offer our subscribers these enhanced services,
  we recently acquired EriNet Telecom, Inc., which is authorized by the State
  of Ohio as a competitive local exchange carrier. As a competitive local
  exchange carrier, we will gain access to wholesale telecommunication rates
  and related network elements and be able to offer a comprehensive package
  of bundled voice and data telecommunications services to our subscribers.
  We believe that providing enhanced service product offerings will satisfy
  this emerging customer trend of desiring a single source vendor for all
  telecommunications services, adding to our competitive strengths and
  further entrenching us with an expanding customer base. We anticipate
  filing for status as a competitive local exchange carrier in other states
  within our region in the future.

External Growth Strategy.

   Our external growth strategy is to continue to acquire and integrate local
and regional Internet service providers to increase network utilization and
enter new markets. The key elements of our acquisition strategy are as
follows:

 .  Identify suitable acquisition candidates. Our management conducts an
   extensive review of Internet service providers within our target universe
   to identify promising potential acquisition candidates. Desired target
   characteristics include:

  .  high customer growth and customer retention rates;

  .  compatibility of product/service mix;

  .  cash flow positive operations;

  .  dominant local market presence;

  .  identifiable scale efficiencies; and

  .  expanded contiguous market reach within the Midwest or increased
     utilization of existing points of presence.

     Using this criteria, during the past 12 months our acquisition team has
  successfully identified and consummated the purchase of 13 Internet service
  provider businesses, representing approximately 160,000 subscribers. These
  acquisitions have helped us become one of the 20 largest Internet service
  providers in the U.S. in terms of subscribers.

     We believe that consolidation in the Internet service provider industry
  will continue and that significant opportunities exist for future growth
  through the acquisition of Internet service providers within our region. We
  have currently

                                      43
<PAGE>


  identified approximately 50 additional companies in the Midwest with
  between 5,000 and 20,000 subscribers, representing approximately 500,000
  potential subscribers, which meet our acquisition criteria. We believe that
  our regional focus, experienced management team and proven integration plan
  provides us with a competitive advantage over national Internet service
  providers and other consolidators and allows us to more efficiently
  integrate the acquired businesses. By acquiring businesses within one
  region, we also are able to leverage our existing network and
  administrative operations while gaining a foothold in markets within the
  region, thereby achieving significant economies of scale.

 .  Manage the acquisition process. Our acquisition team is an important element
   of this acquisition strategy. We have a dedicated acquisition team whose
   responsibility is to manage the acquisition process, including the
   identification, selection and integration of the acquired business. Our
   acquisition team is continually evaluating acquisition opportunities, and
   has developed strong relationships with Midwest Internet service provider
   operators and mergers and acquisitions professionals. Our acquisition team
   also works closely with our sales and marketing, network engineering and
   executive management teams to identify potential cost savings and synergies
   for each acquisition candidate and to develop a detailed acquisition and
   integration plan.

 .  Integrate the acquired businesses. We also have developed a detailed
   integration plan for our acquired companies which focuses on reducing
   redundant costs and consolidating operations within a short time after
   closing. The first step of our integration process is to assume control of
   all the financial operations as of the date of acquisition to ensure strict
   financial controls over cash and financial reporting. We also centralize all
   of the accounting and related financial functions at our main office in East
   Lansing and incorporate the acquired subscriber accounts into our customer
   care and billing system to take advantage of the functionality and
   scalability of our systems. Once the acquired company's systems are
   transferred, we then consolidate all of the customer support and network
   operations into our two call centers in East Lansing, Michigan and New
   Berlin, Wisconsin, thus eliminating various offices, personnel and their
   related costs. The final component of our integration process is to
   capitalize on our scale economies. We eliminate duplicate network costs and
   connections to the Internet, thereby significantly reducing costs. We also
   realize cost savings by re-negotiating more favorable pricing on
   telecommunication lines and equipment purchases. Our scale allows us to
   demand better pricing from other third-party vendors as well. Our successful
   integration of the acquired companies and the realization of the scale
   economies relating to our acquisitions has contributed to the increase in
   our EBITDA margins since 1998.

Voyager.net Service Offerings

   Internet Access Services. We offer a full range of dial-up Internet access
services to residential subscribers and dedicated and dial-up Internet access
to business customers. By

                                       44
<PAGE>

selecting between the various types of access services and pricing plans
available, subscribers can select services that fit their specific needs.

 .   Dial-up access. Our residential access services are designed to provide
    our subscribers with reliable Internet access through standard dial-up
    modems. Our dial-up Internet access service includes:

  .local access numbers;

  .personal Web space;

  .multiple e-mail accounts;

  .toll-free customer support;

  .light usage plans; and

  .Internet chat and news groups.

     The price plans for our dial-up access services range from $9.95 to
  $19.95 per month. We also offer prepaid plans for quarterly, semi-annual
  and annual access. A majority of our residential subscribers pay their
  monthly fee automatically by a pre-authorized monthly charge to their
  credit card.

 .   Dedicated access. We offer continuous connections to both business and
    residential subscribers at a range of speeds using traditional
    telecommunications lines, integrated services digital network lines and
    frame relay communications services for those customers requiring greater
    speed and reliability. The price plans for dedicated access services range
    from $30 to $1,000 per month.

 .   Cable modems. Through a reseller arrangement with Millennium Digital Media
    Systems, L.L.C., we offer broadband Internet access in certain locations
    through the use of modems integrated with cable television systems and
    provide the technical and billing support to this fast-growing segment of
    the Internet access business. The retail price for the cable modem service
    is $49.90 per month for residential customers and $79.95 per month for
    business customers, including the modem for 500 Kilobits per second, or
    kbps, two-way access.

 .   Digital subscriber lines. Through various reseller arrangements with
    competitive local exchange carriers, we offer high-speed Internet access
    using digital service technology through traditional telephone lines,
    known as digital subscriber lines or DSL, to both residential and business
    customers in selective areas. The retail price for this service ranges
    from $90 to $225 per month depending upon the speed of the service. We
    currently offer DSL Internet access at speeds of 384 Kbps, 768 Kbps, and
    1.5 megabits per second.

 .   Set-top television access. We have begun offering in certain markets
    Internet access via alternative mediums, such as set-top television boxes
    that seek to provide customers with basic Internet and connectivity
    service that complements traditional computer-based access.

   Web Services. Our Web services help organizations and individuals implement
their Web site goals. We offer various Web hosting and other services that
enable customers to establish a Web site presence without maintaining their
own Web servers and high speed connectivity to the Internet.


                                      45
<PAGE>


 .   Web hosting. Our Web hosting service, or maintaining customer-owned Web
    servers and related equipment on our servers, includes state-of-the-art Web
    servers, high speed connections to the Internet at our network operations
    centers, registering the customer's domain name and Internet address, Web
    page design, development, maintenance and traffic reporting and consulting
    services. We currently have over 5,000 Web hosting subscribers. The price
    plans for our Web services range from $25 to $100 per month.

 .   Co-location. We offer co-location services, providing telecommunications
    facilities for customer-owned Web servers, for customers who prefer to own
    and have physical access to their servers but require the reliability,
    security and performance of our on-site facilities. Our co-location
    customers house their equipment at our secure network operating centers and
    receive direct high speed connections to the Internet.

 .   E-commerce. We recently introduced our electronic commerce solution for
    business customers through an agreement with INEX, which allows businesses
    to create and operate an on-line "storefront" within minutes and sell
    merchandise over the Internet. Our e-commerce services include secure on-
    line payment processing services, technical support and additional e-mail
    accounts.

 .   Local content. We offer our subscribers customized, local, community-
    specific content, such as weather, sports and news, through relationships
    with national providers of local content, such as Snap.com! and Planet
    Direct as well as various local providers.

   Other Services and Offerings. We also offer other enhanced communications
services to meet the one-stop shopping demands of residential and business
customers.

 .   Virtual private networks. Our custom virtual private networks solutions
    enable our customers to deploy tailored, Internet protocol-based mission-
    critical business applications for internal enterprise, business-to-
    business and business-to-customer data communications on our network while
    also affording high-speed access to the Internet. We offer our customers a
    secure network on which to communicate and access information between an
    organization's geographically dispersed locations, collaborate with
    external groups or individuals, including customers, suppliers, and other
    business partners and use the Web to access information on the Internet and
    communicate with other Web users.

 .   Long distance and other telecommunications. We currently resell long
    distance telecommunications services provided by IXC Communications
    Services, Inc. as well as an 800 service, calling cards and prepaid cards
    to our Internet customers through our VoyagerLink operations. We currently
    offer this interstate and intrastate long-distance service to our customers
    at 9 cents per minute, with no set-up or monthly charges. We also have
    begun offering bundled voice and data services to customers who seek
    Internet access and telecommunications services from a single service. We
    also recently acquired a business which is licensed as a competitive local
    exchange carrier in the State of Ohio, and we plan to file applications for
    authorization in other states within our region.

Sales and Marketing

   Marketing. Our marketing philosophy is based on the belief that a consumer's
selection of an Internet service provider is often strongly influenced by a
personal referral.

                                       46
<PAGE>


Accordingly, we believe that the high customer satisfaction of our subscriber
base has led to significant word-of-mouth referrals. Our referral incentive
program awards subscribers one month of free service for every customer which
joins us from their recommendation. As a result, over 70% of our new sign-ups
come from existing subscriber referrals. Our proprietary customer care and
billing system automatically tracks and credits the subscriber's account, thus
providing us with valuable marketing information and flexibility with this
program. We also market our services through strategic relationships with value
added resellers in the local communities, such as computer stores, trade
associations, unions, Web development companies, local area network
administrators and other retail stores which represent and promote us on a
commission basis. These relationships are a significant source of new
customers. In addition, we offer free Internet training classes within our
markets to cultivate interest in the Internet and increase brand recognition.
We do not use mass marketing media as a major source of acquiring new
customers, but instead believe that by providing superior customer service and
developing strong relationships within local communities, particularly in
small- and medium-sized markets, we can continue to grow organically at rates
greater than the industry average with very low costs for acquiring new
customers.

   Web-based Marketing. We maintain a Web site (www.voyager.net) that provides
Internet users with the opportunity to learn about us and enroll in one of our
Internet access service plans. Upon viewing information on our services,
potential customers can either subscribe online or contact a customer support
employee for enrollment. Customers who sign-up on-line or through our 800
number have their accounts created instantly and are thus able to use their
accounts within minutes of account activation.

   Free CDs and Diskettes. Upon the request of prospective customers, we
distribute free software via CD and diskettes that contain both the Netscape
browser software for Win95, Windows 3.1 and Macintosh as well as Microsoft's
Internet Explorer 4.0. The software is configured to facilitate installation
and connection to a point of presence. Individuals receiving the CD or
diskettes have the opportunity to obtain the free browser software contained on
the CD by opening an account with us, either online or via a toll-free
telephone number. New customers can be on-line in a matter of minutes after
opening an account on-line or by calling our toll-free telephone number.

   Business Sales and Support. We have a business sales and support team
dedicated to selling and providing customized support to our growing small- and
medium-sized business customers. Our business teams include well-trained
support personnel located throughout our target region. This strong local
presence allows us to meet face-to-face with our business customers to evaluate
their needs and respond with customized solutions. Our locally-based sales and
support teams are supported by additional network engineers at our headquarters
for trouble-shooting on specific problems.

Customer Service and Technical Support

   We believe that customer care and support has been critical in our success
in retaining and attracting subscribers. We provide our customer service and
technical support through our two large call centers located in East Lansing,
Michigan and New Berlin, Wisconsin.

                                       47
<PAGE>


We provide 100% of our customer care internally, and do not outsource any
customer operations to third party providers. We have staffed these call
centers with over 170 employees, or more than 60% of our workforce. These two
centers are fully-integrated so that both centers can handle calls from
subscribers located anywhere within our region. This interoperability allows us
to more efficiently handle support calls, thereby reducing telephone hold
times. We recently upgraded our phone system that intelligently routes calls,
tracks important call-in data, automatically answers certain questions and
moves customers quickly through the call-in process. Our comprehensive staff
training program and incentive compensation program linked to customer
satisfaction has led to significant improvements in the time required to move
our subscribers through the various calling queues. In addition to using our
call centers, subscribers can also e-mail questions directly to our technical
support staff, as well as find solutions on-line through the use of the
tutorials found at our Web site. Our free Internet training and educational
classes within our markets also allow our customers and potential subscribers
to ask questions about the Internet and our services.

Network and Technology

   We operate the largest dial-up Internet network in the Midwest in terms of
geographic coverage, with approximately 150 Voyager.net-owned points of
presence in Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Minnesota, Ohio and Wisconsin.

   Network Infrastructure. Our network infrastructure and related systems are
designed to provide fast, reliable, high quality Internet access services,
including dedicated access. We designed and built our network to specifically
service Internet (data) traffic. The network is comprised primarily of the
latest Cisco Systems' routing and switching equipment, which provides a common
platform for increased flexibility and maintenance while allowing for the use
of advanced routing protocols to quickly and dependably deliver customer
traffic. Our network points of presence are linked by high speed capacity
connections. In addition, we have two network operating centers to oversee
traffic flows and general network operations, as opposed to a single network
operating center as found in many national networks, which helps create
redundancy and ensures a secure and reliable network. We are continuously
improving our network infrastructure and connectivity costs through our
relationships with incumbent local exchange carriers such as Ameritech
Corporation and GTE Corporation as well as with competitive local exchange
carriers such as Brooks Fiber (MCI WorldCom), Phone Michigan (McLeod), Time
Warner, Coast to Coast and Focal Communications.

   Our points of presence are linked to regional network points, or hubs, which
for us happen to be the two network operating centers. These network points are
linked to the Internet by fiber optic connections and employ asynchronous
transfer mode, or ATM, frame relay and other methods of handling traffic
efficiently. Interlinked network points allow Internet users to access sites
located on other network points. In the event that one of our subscribers
wishes to access a Web site that is located on another service provider's
network, data is directed to a network access point where information sharing
is conducted under arrangements known as peering. The flow of information
across a network access

                                       48
<PAGE>

point allows information to be downloaded from one service provider's network
to a subscriber on another service provider's network.

   Points of Presence. Our approximately 150 dial-in points of presence
primarily utilize digital access servers manufactured by 3Com Corporation and
Lucent Technologies, Inc. These servers allow for a variety of customer
connections from standard dial-up to traditional telecommunications lines,
including integrated digital services network. Our entire network has been
reconfigured to include redundant data circuits which will automatically route
customer traffic in the event of a failure. Our network topology offers high
levels of performance and security. Through various relationships with
competitive local exchange carriers, we have been able to reduce the overall
number of points of presence by consolidating several of them into "SuperPOPs"
with expanded calling areas. The SuperPOP allows us to consolidate our
equipment into one large modem bank and eliminate various telecommunication
links from our points of presence back to the network operating center, thereby
creating enhanced network reliability and reducing telecommunication costs. We
have aggressively worked with our providers to create additional SuperPOPs and
we will continue to explore opportunities to create additional SuperPOPs in the
future.

   Network Operation Centers. We have two main network operation centers, or
hubs, in East Lansing, Michigan and New Berlin, Wisconsin. These two hubs house
all of our internal network equipment (servers, routers, mail, hosting, disk
arrays, etc.) as well as our main routing equipment and connection to the
Internet. The two hubs have recently been interconnected to provide redundancy
and to insure the highest quality network. The hubs are monitored on a 24 hours
per day, seven days per week basis in order to provide the highest level of
network performance.

   Peering Relationships. Peering is the act of exchanging data across
networks, typically at specific, discrete locations. By allowing separate
networks to exchange data, users on a particular Internet service provider's
network are able to access information and communicate with users on another
provider's network. Many formal peering points exist where several dozen
Internet service providers and other providers exchange data, including network
access points. Internet service providers can also run connections to peer with
several different providers (known as multihoming). Multihoming allows an
Internet service provider to provide better service, as inbound and outbound
data can go over different routes if a particular network is overloaded. We
have multihoming relationships at multiple points with several different
organizations, including Verio, Inc. in Ann Arbor, Michigan, NAP.net in
Chicago, and MCI and Savvis in Kalamazoo, Michigan, thereby building in network
redundancy that allows for better connectivity for its customers.

   Integrating Acquired Networks. As we continue to play a leading role in
consolidating the Internet service provider industry, one of our most important
tasks is to configure the acquired equipment and network into our regional
Internet-based network. We will continue to gain scale economies by eliminating
redundant and expensive Internet connectivity and better utilizing our current
infrastructure. Our integration plan calls for

                                       49
<PAGE>

connecting the acquired points of presence directly to our network at the most
cost effective point and eliminating duplicate Internet telecommunication
costs. We typically connect within three to six months after the acquisition so
as to allow for a prompt yet smooth integration of the acquired networks and to
reduce service disruptions.

Competition

   The Internet services market is extremely competitive and highly fragmented.
We face competition from numerous types of providers in our five state region
and anticipate that competition will only intensify in the future as the
Internet service provider industry consolidates. We believe that the primary
competitive factors determining success as an Internet service provider are:

  .accessibility and performance of service;

  .quality customer support;

  .price;

  .access speed;

  .brand awareness;

  .ease of use; and

  .scope of geographic coverage.

   We believe that we have competed favorably based on these factors,
particularly due to:

  .regionally focused operating strategy;

  .superior customer care and service;

  .high performance of Voyager.net-owned network facilities; and

  .competitive, multi-tiered pricing policy.

   Our current competitors include many large companies that have substantially
greater market presence, brand name recognition and financial resources than
us. Some of our local or regional competitors may also enjoy greater
recognition within a particular community. We currently compete, or expect to
compete, with the following types of companies:

  .   established on-line information service providers, which provide basic
      Internet access as well as proprietary information not available
      through public Internet access, such as America Online, Inc.;

  .   national Internet service providers, including EarthLink Network, Inc.
      and MindSpring Enterprises, Inc.;

  .   numerous regional and local Internet service providers, some of which
      have significant market share in their particular market area;

  .   providers of Web hosting, co-location and other Internet-based
      business services, such as Verio, Inc.;


                                       50
<PAGE>


  .   computer hardware and software and other technology companies that
      provide Internet connectivity with their products, including IBM and
      Microsoft Corporation;

  .   national long distance carriers such as AT&T Corporation, MCI WorldCom
      and Sprint Corporation;

  .   regional Bell operating companies and local telephone companies;

  .   cable operators, including Tele-Communications, Inc. and Time Warner
      Cable; and

  .   nonprofit or educational Internet service providers.

   Many of the major cable companies and some other Internet access providers
have begun to offer or are exploring the possibility of offering Internet
connectivity through the use of cable modems. Cable companies, however, are
faced with large-scale upgrades of their existing plant equipment and
infrastructure in order to support connections to the Internet backbone via
high-speed cable access devices. We believe that there is a trend toward
horizontal integration through acquisitions or joint ventures between cable
companies and telecommunications carriers. The acquisition of
TeleCommunications, Inc. by AT&T Corporation is indicative of this trend. Other
alternative service companies have also announced plans to enter the Internet
connectivity market with various wireless terrestrial and satellite-based
service technologies. In addition, several competitive local exchange carriers
and other Internet access providers have launched national or regional digital
subscriber line programs providing high speed Internet access using the
existing copper telephone infrastructure. Several of these competitive local
exchange carriers have announced strategic alliances with local Internet
service providers to provide broadband Internet access. We also believe that
manufacturers of computer hardware and software products, media and
telecommunications companies and others will continue to enter the Internet
services market, which will intensify competition. Any of these developments
could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and
financial condition.

Government Regulation

   The Federal Communications Commission exercises jurisdiction over all
facilities of, and services offered by, telecommunications carriers to the
extent that they involve the provision, origination or termination of
jurisdictional interstate or international communications. Some state
regulatory commissions retain jurisdiction over the same facilities and
services to the extent they involve origination or termination of
jurisdictional intrastate communications. In addition, as a result of the
passage of the Telecommunications Act of 1996, state and federal regulators
share responsibility for implementing and enforcing the domestic pro-
competitive policies of the Act. In particular, state regulatory commissions
have substantial oversight over the provision of interconnection and non-
discriminatory network access by incumbent local exchange carriers. Municipal
authorities generally have some jurisdiction over access to rights of way,
franchises, zoning and other matters of local concern.


                                       51
<PAGE>


   Internet operations are currently not subject to direct regulation by the
Federal Communications Commission or any other governmental agency (other than
regulations applicable to businesses generally). Due to the increasingly
widespread use of the Internet, however, it is possible that additional laws
and regulations may be adopted.

   The Federal Communication Commission continues to review its regulatory
position on the usage of the basic network and communications facilities by
Internet service providers. Even though the Federal Communications Commission
determined in April 1998 that Internet service providers should not be treated
as telecommunications carriers and therefore not regulated, it is expected that
future Internet service provider regulatory status will continue to be
uncertain. Indeed, in that report, the Federal Communications Commission
concluded that certain services offered over the Internet, such as phone-to-
phone Internet protocol telephony, may be functionally indistinguishable from
traditional telecommunications service offerings and their non-regulated status
may have to be re-examined. Although the Federal Communications Commission has
thus far decided not to allow local telephone companies to impose per minute
access charges on Internet service providers, and that decision has been upheld
by the reviewing court, further regulatory and legislative consideration of
this issue is likely.

   To the extent that an end user's call to an Internet access provider is
local rather than long distance, the local telephone company that serves the
Internet service provider may be entitled to reciprocal compensation from the
end user's local telephone company. Reciprocal compensation is a reimbursement
from one local telephone company to a second one for handling calls that
originate with the first local telephone company and terminate with the second
one. To the extent that a call from an end user to an Internet service provider
is considered intrastate, the local telephone company serving an Internet
service provider would be entitled to reciprocal compensation. This payment of
reciprocal compensation reduces the local telephone company's costs and
ultimately reduces the Internet service provider's costs. The Federal
Communications Commission recently determined that most, but not all, traffic
to an Internet access provider is interstate in nature rather than local. This
determination could potentially eliminate the payment of reciprocal
compensation to the local telephone company, which ultimately may increase our
Internet access service costs. The Federal Communications Commission has yet to
rule on the specific issue of reciprocal compensation and Internet service
provider traffic and has currently left individual state regulators to
determine whether reciprocal compensation should be paid, which may also affect
our costs. In recent months, several state regulatory authorities have
determined that reciprocal compensation is not required to be paid.

   One of our subsidiaries, EriNet Telecom, Inc., is authorized as a
competitive local exchange carrier with the State of Ohio and we anticipate
that we will seek competitive local exchange carrier status in other states in
the future. To the extent we conduct business as a competitive local exchange
carrier, the telecommunications services that we provide will be subject to
federal, state and local regulation, which may include tariff and price listing
requirements and state certification proceedings. State regulatory authorities
exercise jurisdiction over intrastate services. Local authorities may also have
regulatory power over certain aspects of our competitive local exchange carrier
operations. In addition, pursuant to the Telecommunications Act of 1996, the
Federal Communications Commission is required to establish a subsidy mechanism
for universal telephone service to which our competitive local exchange carrier
services will be required to contribute

                                       52
<PAGE>


based on telecommunications revenues. The Act also requires competitive local
exchange carriers to make their services available for resale by other
carriers, to interconnect their networks and ensure they interoperate and
provide non-discriminatory rights-of-way, offer reciprocal compensation for
termination of locate traffic, and provide dialing parity and local telephone
number portability. The Act also further reserves the right for individual
states to impose additional state regulations, including subsidies, which are
consistent with the Act. We are unable to predict how the State of Ohio and the
other states in which we become certified as a competitive local exchange
carrier in the future, if any, will regulate our services.

   By providing interstate, intrastate and international services as a
competitive local exchange carrier, we would generally be subject to tariff or
price list filing requirements pursuant to which we would be required to
publicly disclose, or in some instances obtain approval of, the terms,
conditions and prices for telecommunications services prior to or soon after
offering such services. In addition, individual states in which we may conduct
activities as a competitive local exchange carrier may subject us to state
certification proceedings and intrastate and local tariff regulations. These
certifications generally require a showing that the carrier has adequate
financial, managerial and technical resources to offer the proposed services
consistent with the public interest. While unusual, challenges to these tariffs
and certification proceedings by third parties could cause us to incur
substantial legal and administrative expenses. Many states also impose
additional regulatory requirements, such as minimum service quality reporting
and customer service requirements and uniform local exchange carrier accounting
requirements. In addition, some state statutes provide that changes in the
ownership of a competitive local exchange carrier's outstanding voting
securities may require prior approval of the state public utility commission.
In fact, certain jurisdictions may require an investor who acquires as little
as 10% of a competitive local exchange carrier's voting securities to obtain
prior approval for such acquisition because such ownership interest might be
deemed to constitute an indirect controlling interest in the carrier. We have
filed a petition for approval of the change in ownership of EriNet Telecom and
anticipate that the approval will be granted prior to consummation of this
offering. See "Risk Factors--State and Federal Government Regulation Could
Require Us to Change Our Business."

Intellectual Property

   We have developed and acquired certain proprietary rights for which we have
sought and will continue to seek federal, state and local protection. We rely
on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws to protect our
proprietary rights, particularly related to our names and logos. "Voyager.net"
and our associated logo are names and marks which belong to Voyager.net. In
addition, we have registered VoyagerLink and several other names, marks and
logos, and have additional registrations pending for names and marks, under
which we do business at local levels within our region. An integral part of our
successful business strategy is our proprietary Web-based customer care and
billing system. We are exploring whether to seek patent protection with respect
to this customer care system and will act accordingly. We have each of our
employees sign an inventions agreement pursuant to which they agree that any
intellectual property rights developed

                                       53
<PAGE>

while in our employment belong to Voyager.net. We cannot assure you that the
steps taken by us to protect our proprietary rights will be adequate to prevent
misappropriation of our technology or that third parties, including
competitors, will not independently develop technologies that are substantially
equivalent or superior to our proprietary technology.

   In connection with the delivery of our access and other services, we rely on
the use of products of software manufacturers that we bundle in our software
for users with personal computers operating on the Windows or Macintosh
platforms. While certain of the applications included in our start-up kit for
access services subscribers are shareware that we have obtained permission to
distribute or that are otherwise in the public domain and freely distributable,
certain other applications included in the start-up kit have been licensed
where necessary. We currently intend to maintain or negotiate renewals of all
existing software licenses and authorizations as necessary, although we cannot
be certain that such renewals will be available to us on acceptable terms, if
at all. We may also enter into licensing arrangements in the future for other
applications.

Employees

   As of March 31, 1999, we had 278 employees, including 235 full-time
employees and 43 regular part-time employees. We are not a party to any
collective bargaining agreements covering any of our employees, have never
experienced any material labor disruption and are unaware of any current
efforts or plans to organize our employees. We consider our relationships with
our employees to be good.

Facilities

   We lease each of our office locations. Our leases cover in the aggregate
approximately 55,000 square feet of space. We have two primary lease locations
which serve as our network operating centers: East Lansing, Michigan, which is
also our corporate headquarters, with approximately 17,000 square feet, which
lease expires in 2007; and New Berlin, Wisconsin, where we lease space at four
locations covering in the aggregate approximately 25,000 square feet under
long-term leases. We also lease space, typically less than 50 square feet per
location, to house our network equipment at each of our points of presence. We
do not own any real estate. We believe that our current facilities are suitable
and adequate for our business and, upon expiration of our leases, we do not
anticipate any significant difficulty in obtaining renewals or alternative
space in our desired markets.

Legal Proceedings

   We have been, from time to time, involved in various litigation matters
arising in the ordinary course of business. We are not involved currently in
any pending legal proceedings that either individually or taken as a whole,
will have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.

                                       54
<PAGE>

                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers, Key Employees and Directors

   Our executive officers, key employees and directors, their positions and
their ages as of March 31, 1999, are set forth below. The compensation
committee of the board of directors is comprised of the entire board, and the
audit committee is comprised of Messrs. Dietz, Friedly and Hayes.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Name                       Age                    Position
 ----                       ---                    --------
 <C>                        <C> <S>
 Christopher Torto.........  34 President, Chief Executive Officer and Vice
                                 Chairman of the Board of Directors
 Dennis Stepaniak..........  41 Chief Financial Officer, Senior Vice President
                                 and Treasurer
 Osvaldo deFaria...........  35 Chief Operating Officer
 Christopher Michaels......  32 Chief Technology Officer
 Michael Williams..........  35 Vice President--Sales
 David Shires..............  36 Vice President--Business Development
 Joan Holda................  43 Vice President--Human Resources
 Glenn Friedly.............  50 Chairman of the Board of Directors
 John Hayes................  35 Director
 Christopher Gaffney.......  36 Director
 David Dietz...............  49 Director and Secretary
</TABLE>

   Christopher Torto. Mr. Torto has served as Chief Executive Officer since
February 1998, and has served as President and Vice Chairman of the board of
directors since March 1999. From December 1996 to January 1998, Mr. Torto was
the President and Chief Executive Officer of Horizon Cablevision do Brasil, a
start-up cable television venture in Brazil. From 1992 to 1996, Mr. Torto
served as General Manager of GTECH do Brasil, a Brazilian subsidiary of GTECH
Corporation. Mr. Torto received his Bachelor of Science degree in Finance from
the University of Maine and a Master of Business Administration degree from the
Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.

   Dennis Stepaniak. Mr. Stepaniak has been Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Treasurer since March 1999. From 1995 to February 1999 he
served as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer for UMI, Inc.,
a database publishing company and wholly owned subsidiary of Bell & Howell
Corporation. From 1984 to 1995, he held various financial positions with UMI,
including Controller, Director of Financial Planning, and financial analyst.
Mr. Stepaniak received a degree in Finance and Economics from Alma College and
a Master of Business Administration degree from Eastern Michigan University.

   Osvaldo deFaria. Mr. deFaria has served as Chief Operating Officer since
January 1999. Prior to that, Mr. deFaria spent 13 years at AT&T Corporation in
various management positions including General Manager of Internet Telephony,
Director of Consumer Marketing, Consumer Marketing Director of AT&T of Puerto
Rico, and various other sales and marketing positions. Mr. deFaria received his
Bachelor of Science degree in Business Administration from the University of
Maine and a Master of Business Administration degree from Fairleigh Dickinson
University. Mr. deFaria has also attended Harvard Business School's executive
education program.

                                       55
<PAGE>


   Christopher Michaels. Mr. Michaels has served as Chief Technology Officer
since February 1999. From October 1998 to February 1999, Mr. Michaels served as
Vice President of Technical Operations. Mr. Michaels was the co-founder of
NetLink Systems, L.L.C., a regional Internet service provider based in
Kalamazoo, Michigan, and served as President from May 1995 to October 1998.
From June 1991 to May 1995, Mr. Michaels was a senior research engineer at
Automotive Diagnostics, an automotive test equipment company. Mr. Michaels
received Bachelor of Science degrees in Mathematics, Physics and Computer
Science from Western Michigan University.

   Michael Williams. Mr. Williams has served as Vice President-Sales since
January 1999. From January 1998 to January 1999, Mr. Williams served in various
senior management positions at Voyager.net. From October 1997 to January 1998,
Mr. Williams was the Chief Financial Officer of Horizon Cablevision. From March
1994 to September 1997, he served as the Director of Finance for the Great
Lakes area of Nextel Communications, where he was responsible for the financial
management of wireless communications deployment, accounting functions and
financial planning and analysis. Mr. Williams received his Bachelor of Science
degree in Economics from the University of Wisconsin--Madison.

   David Shires. Mr. Shires has served as Vice President-Business Development
since October 1998, and is responsible for leading all of the acquisition
efforts of Voyager.net. Mr. Shires was a co-founder of NetLink Systems, L.L.C.,
a regional Internet service provider based in Kalamazoo, Michigan, and served
as Vice President from May 1995 to October 1998. From October 1992 to April
1995, he was a software engineer at Automotive Diagnostics, an automotive test
equipment company. Mr. Shires received his Bachelor's degree in Robotic
Engineering from Lake Superior State College and a Master of Business
Administration from Western Michigan University.

   Joan Holda. Ms. Holda has served as Vice President-Human Resources since
July 1998. From 1986 to June 1998, she served as Director of Training and Human
Resources at Quality Dairy Company, a 700-employee retail and manufacturing
facility. Ms. Holda received a Bachelor of Science degree in Merchandising and
Management and a Masters in Labor and Industrial Relations from Michigan State
University. She received her certification as a Senior Professional in Human
Resources in 1997.

   Glenn Friedly. Mr. Friedly is founder and Chairman of the Board of
Voyager.net. From 1983 to April 1999, Mr. Friedly was President of Horizon
Cablevision, a leading cable operator in Michigan. From 1972 to 1980, Mr.
Friedly worked for the State of Michigan, including as Executive Assistant to
Governor William G. Milliken. Mr. Friedly is the past President of the Michigan
Cable Television Association and has served on boards of the National Cable
Television Cooperative Association and on the Small Cable Business Association.
Mr. Friedly has been a member of the Michigan State Bar since 1980.

   John Hayes. Mr. Hayes has served as director of Voyager.net since July 1995.
Mr. Hayes is a managing partner of Great Hill Partners, L.L.C., a private
equity firm. Mr. Hayes has been associated with Media/Communications Partners,
a private equity firm, since 1989 and has served as a partner since 1993. Mr.
Hayes serves as Chairman of

                                       56
<PAGE>

Horizon Telecom International, L.L.C., a cable television operator focused on
developing cable television systems in Brazil, and of Amstar Entertainment,
L.L.C., a movie theater developer. Mr. Hayes also serves as a director of
Language for Industry Worldwide, Inc., a consolidator of business translation
services companies, and Teltrust, Inc., a telecommunications services provider.

   Christopher Gaffney. Mr. Gaffney has served as a director of Voyager.net
since December 1998. Mr. Gaffney is a managing partner of Great Hill Partners,
L.L.C., a private equity firm. Mr. Gaffney has been associated with
Media/Communications Partners, a private equity firm, since 1986 and has served
as a partner since 1992. Mr. Gaffney also serves as Chairman of the Board of
Adams Trade Press, Inc., a business-to-business publishing company, and also as
a director of Medical World Communications, Inc., a provider of professional
continuing education programs and supplemental educational materials, Marks-
Ferber Communications, Inc., a community newspaper publisher, Sunburst
Communications Radio L.L.C., a radio broadcaster, Tarver Holdings, Inc., a
computer services company, and several other privately held companies.

   David Dietz. Mr. Dietz has served as a director and the Secretary of
Voyager.net since March 1999. Mr. Dietz, or a professional corporation owned by
Mr. Dietz, has been a partner of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP and its
predecessor firm since 1984. Mr. Dietz is also a director of High Liner Foods
(USA), Incorporated and The Andover Companies, as well as several other
privately held companies.

Board Composition

   The number of our directors is currently fixed at five. Following this
offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of
whose members will serve for a staggered three-year term. Our board of
directors will consist of two Class I directors, Christopher Torto and David
Dietz, one Class II director, Christopher Gaffney, and two Class III directors,
John Hayes and Glenn Friedly. At each annual meeting of stockholders, a class
of directors will be elected for a three-year term to succeed the directors of
the same class whose terms are then expiring. The terms of the Class I
directors, Class II directors and Class III directors expire upon the election
and qualification of successor director at the annual meeting of stockholders
to be held during the calendar year 2000, 2001 and 2002, respectively.

   Each officer serves under his employment agreement with us and at the
discretion of our board of directors. See "--Employment Agreements." There are
no family relationships among any of our directors or executive officers.

Committees of the Board of Directors

   Audit Committee. The audit committee is responsible for recommending to the
board of directors the engagement of our outside auditors and reviewing our
accounting controls and the results and scope of audits and other services
provided by our auditors. The members of the audit committee are John Hayes,
David Dietz and Glenn Friedly.

                                       57
<PAGE>


   Option Committee. Under our 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, the board
of directors may designate a committee of two independent directors to
administer the 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. The 1998 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan is currently administered by the full board of directors. The
directors have, however, appointed a committee, consisting of Messrs. Friedly,
Hayes and Torto, having the authority to grant up to 50,000 plan awards to any
one individual, and 100,000 plan awards in the aggregate, in any one fiscal
year under the 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. See "--1998 Stock Option
and Incentive Plan."

   Compensation Committee. The compensation committee is responsible for
reviewing and approving the amount and type of consideration to be paid to
senior management. The members of the compensation committee is currently
comprised of the entire board of directors.

   Other Committees. The board of directors may, in its discretion, establish,
from time to time, other committees to facilitate the management of our
business.

Director Compensation

   Directors who are employees receive no additional compensation for their
services as directors. Non-employee directors do not currently receive a fee
for their service as directors, although the board of directors may in the
future determine to pay such a fee. Non-employee directors are also eligible to
participate in the 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan at the discretion of
the full board of directors.

                                       58
<PAGE>

Executive Compensation

   The following table sets forth in summary form the compensation that was
paid to our Chief Executive Officer and the other most highly compensated
executive officers whose aggregate compensation exceeded $100,000 in the year
ended December 31, 1998 (the "Named Executive Officers"). No other executive
officer currently employed by us earned total compensation in excess of
$100,000 in 1998. Mr. Torto, our president and chief executive officer,
commenced employment with us in February 1998. His current annual salary is
$225,000 and he is eligible to receive an annual bonus equal to 40% of his
annual base salary. Mr. Williams, our vice president-sales, commenced
employment with us in January 1999. His current annual salary is $120,000 and
he is eligible to receive an annual bonus equal to 20% of his annual base
salary.

                           Summary Compensation Table

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Annual Compensation              Long-Term Compensation
                         ------------------------------ ---------------------------------------
                                                           Number
                                                        of Securities
                                              Other      Underlying   Restricted       All
                                              Annual       Options      Stock         Other
Name                      Salary   Bonus   Compensation    Granted      Awards     Compensation
<S>                      <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>
Christopher P. Torto.... $ 59,900 $100,000    $  --          --        $279,300(2)    $1,735(3)
 President and Chief
  Executive Officer
Michael Williams........  118,000   23,350       --          (1)            --         3,350(4)
 Vice President--Sales
</TABLE>
- -----------------------


(1) Does not include options to purchase     shares of common stock which were
    cancelled pursuant to an agreement with Mr. Williams.

(2) Represents the fair value of     shares of restricted common stock
    purchased by Mr. Torto in 1998 based on an appraisal of the underlying
    common stock, performed by an independent valuation firm less the aggregate
    purchase price for such shares of common stock paid by Mr. Torto. Prior to
    this offering, there was no public market for our common stock and,
    therefore, we did not have a fair market value of our common stock as of
    December 31, 1998. Of the     shares of restricted common stock purchased
    by Mr. Torto,     shares of restricted common stock are fully vested and
        shares vest on December 31, 1999. Vesting of these shares of common
    stock will be accelerated upon closing of this offering.

(3) Includes the cost of term life insurance which was paid by Voyager.net.

(4) Includes a matching contribution under our 401(k) plan and the cost of term
    life insurance which was paid by Voyager.net.

                                       59
<PAGE>

Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

   The following table sets forth information regarding stock options granted
during 1998 to our Named Executive Officers. The exercise price per share of
each option is equal to the fair market value of the common stock as of the
grant date as determined by the board of directors. During 1998, we granted
options to purchase an aggregate        shares of common stock to employees.

   The amounts shown as potential realizable value illustrate what might be
realized upon exercise immediately prior to expiration of the option term using
the 5% and 10% appreciation rates compounded annually as established in
regulations of the SEC. The potential realizable value of the options to Mr.
Williams using an assumed initial public offering price of $   per share is $
at an assumed 5% appreciation rate and $   at an assumed 10% appreciation rate.
The potential realizable value is not intended to predict future appreciation
of the price of our common stock. Mr. Williams exercised his option to purchase
all        shares of common stock in May 1999.

                       Option Grants In Last Fiscal Year

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Individual Grants
                         -----------------------------------------------
                                                                           Potential
                                                                          Realizable
                                                                           Value at
                                                                            Assumed
                                                                            Annual
                                                                           Rates of
                                                                          Stock Price
                         Number of  Percent of Total                     Appreciation
                         Securities     Options                           for Option
                         Underlying    Granted to    Exercise                Term
                          Options     Employees in   or Base  Expiration -------------
Name                      Granted     Fiscal Year     Price      Date      5%    10%
<S>                      <C>        <C>              <C>      <C>        <C>    <C>
Christopher Torto.......    --             --         $  --        --
Michael Williams........                 80.65%       $        9/23/98
</TABLE>

Option Exercises and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

   The following table sets forth information concerning the number and value
of unexercised options to purchase common stock held by the Named Executive
Officers. There was no public trading market for our common stock as of
December 31, 1998. Accordingly, the values of the unexercised in-the-money
options have been calculated on the basis of an assumed initial public offering
price of $  per share, less the applicable exercise price multiplied by the
number of shares acquired on exercise. Neither of the Named Executive Officers
exercised any stock options in 1998, but Mr. Williams exercised his option to
purchase all        shares of common stock in May 1999.

                 Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option Values

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                               Number of Securities
                              Underlying Unexercised     Value of Unexercised
                              Options at Fiscal Year-    In-The-Money Options
                                        End               at Fiscal Year-End
                             ------------------------- -------------------------
Name                         Exercisable Unexercisable Exercisable Unexercisable
<S>                          <C>         <C>           <C>         <C>
Christopher Torto...........     --           --          $ --        $  --
Michael Williams............
</TABLE>

                                       60
<PAGE>

1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

   Our board of directors and stockholders adopted the 1998 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan in September 1998. In April 1999, the 1998 Stock Option Plan
was amended to increase the number of shares of common stock and other awards
available under the plan. In June 1999, the plan was amended and restated by
the board of directors and our stockholders. The 1998 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan permits us to:

  .grant incentive stock options;

  .grant non-qualified stock options;

  .grant stock appreciation rights;

  .issue or sell common stock with vesting or other restrictions, or without
      restrictions;

  .grant rights to receive common stock in the future with or without
      vesting;

  .grant common stock upon the attainment of specified performance goals;
      and

  .grant dividend rights in respect of common stock.

   These grants may be made to our officers, employees, directors,
consultants, advisors and other key persons of Voyager.net. The 1998 Stock
Option and Incentive Plan allows for the issuance of up to    shares of common
stock and other awards.

   Of the shares reserved for issuance under the 1998 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan:

  .   an aggregate of    shares of restricted common stock were sold to Mr.
      Torto on September 23, 1998 and October 2, 1998 at a per share
      purchase price of $  , all of which shares of common stock will be
      fully vested upon the closing of this offering;

  .   an aggregate of    shares of restricted common stock were sold to Mr.
      Shires on October 2, 1998 at a per share purchase price of $  , all of
      which shares of common stock will be fully vested upon the closing of
      this offering;

  .   an aggregate of    shares of restricted common stock were sold to Mr.
      Michaels on October 2, 1998 at a per share purchase price of $  , all
      of which shares of common stock will be fully vested upon the closing
      of this offering;

  .   an aggregate of    shares of restricted common stock were sold to Mr.
      deFaria on January 11, 1999 at a per share purchase price of $  , all
      of which shares of common stock will be fully vested upon the closing
      of this offering;

  .   an aggregate of    shares of restricted common stock were sold to Mr.
      Friedly on January 11, 1999 at a per share purchase price of $  , all
      of which shares of common stock will be fully vested upon the closing
      of this offering;

  .     shares are subject to outstanding options to purchase common stock
      granted on September 23, 1998 to Mr. Williams, with a per share
      exercise price of $  , all of which options were exercised by
      Mr. Williams in May 1999;


                                      61
<PAGE>

  .     shares are subject to outstanding options to purchase common stock
      granted on September 23, 1998 to several of our other key employees,
      with a per share exercise price of $  , all of which options are fully
      vested; and

  .     shares are subject to outstanding options to purchase common stock
      granted on January 1, 1999 to several of our key employees, with a per
      share exercise price of $  , which options vest in four equal
      installments on the next four anniversaries of the grant date.

   Upon consummation of this offering, we will grant options to purchase an
aggregate    shares of common stock to our employees. The exercise price for
these options will be the initial public offering price of the common stock.
All of these options will vest in four equal annual installments on each of the
first four anniversaries of the date of this offering. Messrs. Friedly,
deFaria, Michaels and Stepaniak will be granted options to purchase   ,   ,
and    shares of common stock, respectively.

   The 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan is administered by our board of
directors or a committee designated by our board of directors consisting solely
of two or more independent directors. Subject to the provisions of the 1998
Stock Option and Incentive Plan, the board or the committee may select the
individuals eligible to receive awards, determine the terms and conditions of
the awards granted, accelerate the vesting schedule of any award and generally
administer and interpret the plan.

   The exercise price of options granted under the 1998 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan is determined by the committee. Under present law, incentive
stock options and options intended to qualify as performance-based compensation
under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 may not be granted at
an exercise price less than the fair market value of the common stock on the
date of grant, or less than 110% of the fair market value in the case of
incentive stock options granted to optionees holding more than 10% of the
voting power. Non-qualified stock options may be granted at prices which are
less than the fair market value of the underlying shares on the date granted.
Options are typically subject to vesting schedules, terminate ten years from
the date of grant and may be exercised for specified periods after to the
termination of the optionee's employment or other service relationship with us.
Upon the exercise of options, the option exercise price must be paid in full
either in cash or by certified or bank check or other instrument acceptable to
the committee or, in the sole discretion of the committee, by delivery of
shares of common stock that have been owned by the optionee free of
restrictions for at least six months. The exercise price may also be delivered
to us (a) by the optionee in the form of a promissory note if the loan of these
funds to the optionee has been authorized by the board of directors and the
optionee pays so much of the exercise price as represents the par value of the
common stock acquired in a form other than a promissory note and (b) by a
broker under irrevocable instructions to the broker selling the underlying
shares from the optionee.

   In the event of a merger, reorganization or consolidation, the sale of all
or substantially all of our assets or all of our outstanding capital stock or a
liquidation or other similar transaction, all outstanding awards issued under
the 1998 Stock Option and

                                       62
<PAGE>

Incentive Plan provides for whether unvested awards will become fully vested
and exercisable upon the closing of the transaction. The 1998 Stock Option and
Incentive Plan and all awards issued under the plan will terminate upon any of
the transactions described above, unless Voyager.net and the other parties to
the transactions have agreed otherwise. All participants under the 1998 Stock
Option and Incentive Plan will be permitted to exercise for a period of 30 days
before any termination all awards held by them which are then exercisable or
will become exercisable upon the closing of the transaction.

Employment Agreements

   We have entered into the following agreements with our senior management:

  .   In February 1998, we entered into (i) an employment agreement and (ii)
      an agreement regarding inventions, non-competition and confidentiality
      with Christopher Torto. The employment agreement, which was amended in
      April 1999, provides for:

    .   an annual base salary of $225,000;

    .   an annual bonus of 40% of base salary;

    .   an employment term ending on April 30, 2002 with potential one-
        year renewals thereafter, subject to earlier termination by either
        party;

    .   the continuation of base salary and benefit payments for one year
        after termination of employment in the event we elect to terminate
        Mr. Torto without cause (as defined in the agreement) or Mr. Torto
        terminates employment as a result of a default by us under the
        agreement; and

    .   Mr. Torto's non-competition agreement prohibits him from competing
        with us until the first anniversary of the date of his termination
        of employment with us.

  .   In January 1998, we entered into (i) an employment agreement and (ii)
      an agreement regarding inventions, non-competition and confidentiality
      with Michael Williams. The employment agreement provides for:

    .   an annual base salary of $120,000;

    .   an annual bonus of 20% of base salary;

    .   an at-will employment term;

    .   the continuation of base salary and benefit payments for one year
        after termination of employment in the event we elect to terminate
        Mr. Williams without cause (as defined in the agreement); and

    .   Mr. Williams' non-competition agreement prohibits him from
        competing with us until the three month anniversary of the date of
        his termination of employment with us.

  .   In October 1998, we entered into (i) an employment agreement and (ii)
      an employee non-competition agreement with David Shires. The
      employment agreement provides for:

    .   an annual base salary of $90,000;

                                       63
<PAGE>


    .   an annual bonus of 20% of base salary;

    .   an employment term ending on October 2, 2000, with potential one-
        year renewals thereafter, subject to earlier termination by either
        party;

    .   the continuation of base salary and benefit payments for up to one
        year after termination of employment in the event we elect to
        terminate Mr. Shires without cause (as defined in the agreement)
        or if Mr. Shires terminates employment as a result of a default by
        us under his agreement; and

    .   Mr. Shires' non-competition agreement prohibits him from competing
        with us until the first anniversary of the date of his termination
        of employment with us.

  .   In October 1998, we entered into (i) an employment agreement and (ii)
      an employee non-competition agreement with Christopher Michaels. In
      April 1999, we amended each of those agreements. The employment
      agreement provides for:

    .an annual base salary of $190,000;

    .an annual bonus of 40% of base salary;

    .an employment term ending on October 2, 2000, with potential one-year
        renewals thereafter, subject to earlier termination by either
        party;

    .the continuation of base salary and benefit payments for one year
        after termination of employment in the event we elect to terminate
        Mr. Michaels without cause (as defined in the agreement) or if Mr.
        Michaels terminates employment as a result of a default by us
        under his agreement; and

    .   Mr. Michaels' non-competition agreement prohibits him from
        competing with us until the first anniversary of the date of his
        termination of employment with us.

  .   In November 1998, we entered into (i) an employment agreement and (ii)
      an agreement regarding inventions, non-competition and confidentiality
      with Osvaldo deFaria, effective January 1999. The employment agreement
      provides for:

    .an annual base salary of $200,000;

    .an annual bonus of 40% of base salary;

    .an employment term ending on January 11, 2002, with potential one-
        year renewals thereafter, subject to earlier termination by either
        party;

    .the continuation of base salary and benefit payments for one year
        after termination of employment in the event we elect to terminate
        Mr. deFaria without cause (as defined in the agreement) or Mr.
        deFaria terminates employment as a result of a default by us under
        the agreement; and

    .   Mr. deFaria's non-competition agreement prohibits him from
        competing with us until the first anniversary of the date of his
        termination of employment with us.

                                       64
<PAGE>


  .   In March 1999, we entered into (i) an employment agreement and (ii) an
      agreement regarding inventions, non-competition and confidentiality
      with Dennis Stepaniak. The employment agreement provides for:

    .an annual base salary of $190,000;

    .annual bonus of 40% of annual base salary;

    .an employment term ending on March 18, 2003, with potential one-year
        renewals thereafter, subject to earlier termination by either
        party;

    .the continuation of base salary and benefit payments for one year
        after termination of employment in the event we elect to terminate
        Mr. Stepaniak without cause (as defined in the agreement) or Mr.
        Stepaniak terminates employment as a result of a default by us
        under the agreement; and

    .   Mr. Stepaniak's non-competition agreement prohibits him from
        competing with us until the first anniversary of the date of his
        termination of employment with us.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

   Our compensation committee is comprised of our entire board of directors.
The compensation committee reviews and makes recommendations to our board of
directors regarding compensation of senior management and other key employees
other than Mr. Torto. The members of the compensation committee other than Mr.
Torto review and recommend all executive compensation arrangements with respect
to Mr. Torto.

                                       65
<PAGE>

                   CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES

   In August 1997, Voyager Information Networks, Inc. sold an aggregate
shares of common stock and an aggregate 25,000 shares of series A preferred
stock to Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership for aggregate consideration
of $500,000 and exchange of 2,696 shares of existing shares of series A
convertible participating preferred stock. In connection with the sale and
purchase, the investors also received an option to purchase an additional
shares of common stock and 15,000 shares of series A preferred stock for
aggregate consideration of $1.5 million. The investors also received voting
rights, registration rights and participation rights which were superseded by
the rights given in the September 1998 stock purchase agreement. The purchase
price of the securities was the fair market value as determined by the parties
at the time of sale, and the transaction was accounted for on a cost basis.

   In July 1998, pursuant to the exercise by the investors of the option
referenced above, we sold an aggregate     shares of common stock and an
aggregate 15,000 shares of series A preferred stock to Media/Communications
Partners II Limited Partnership and Media/Communications Investors Limited
Partnership for aggregate consideration of $1.5 million. In connection with
this sale, we also issued demand promissory notes in the original principal
amount of $2.8 million in the aggregate to these investors. We used the
proceeds from this transaction to finance the acquisition of the assets of
Freeway, Inc. The purchase price of the securities was determined by the
parties in August 1997 and the transaction was accounted for on a cost basis.





   In September 1998, Voyager.net entered into a series of transactions,
including:

  .   Entering into a stock exchange agreement with Voyager Information
      Networks, Inc. and all of its stockholders whereby we exchanged an
      aggregate     shares of common stock and an aggregate 42,424 shares of
      series A preferred stock for all of the outstanding capital stock of
      Voyager. In connection with the exchange, each option holder exchanged
      his existing Voyager option for an option to purchase shares of
      Voyager.net common stock. We consummated the stock exchange solely to
      effect a reincorporation under the laws of the State of Delaware. The
      stock exchange was intended to be a tax-free reorganization and was
      accounted for as if it was a pooling of interests.

  .   Entering into a stock purchase agreement with Media/Communications
      Partners II Limited Partnership, Media/Communications Investors
      Limited Partnership, Glenn Friedly, Alan Baird and Michael Heinze
      whereby we sold an aggregate    shares of common stock and an
      aggregate 33,657 shares of series A preferred stock to the investors
      at an aggregate purchase price of $0.5 million in cash and
      cancellation of promissory notes in the principal amount of $2.8
      million, plus accrued interest of $32,524. Under the stock purchase
      agreement, certain investors received demand and "piggyback"
      registration rights, participation rights with respect to our future
      equity issuances and the right to nominate two individuals to our
      board of directors. Mr. Hayes and Mr. Gaffney, who are

                                       66
<PAGE>


      associated with Great Hill Partners, L.L.C., are members of our Board
      of Directors. Upon the closing of this offering, the participation
      rights and the nomination rights of the investors will terminate in
      accordance with their terms. We intend to use part of the proceeds
      that we receive from this offering to redeem all 76,081 shares of our
      series A preferred stock held by the investors, plus accrued dividends
      thereon, which as of May 31, 1999 was approximately $8.0 million in
      the aggregate.

  .   Entering into a stockholders' agreement with each of our stockholders,
      whereby the stockholders agreed to certain restrictions on the
      transferability of their shares of common stock. Upon the closing of
      this offering, the stockholders' agreement will terminate in
      accordance with its terms.

  .   Issuing an amended and restated promissory note in favor of Horizon
      Cable I Limited Partnership in the principal amount of approximately
      $2.1 million. Messrs. Friedly, Baird and Heinze are principals and
      executive officers of Horizon Cable, and Media/Communications Partners
      II Limited Partnership and Media/Communications Investors Limited
      Partnership are investors in Horizon Cable. We will use part of the
      proceeds that are received from this offering to repay the principal
      and interest under the note, which as of May 31, 1999 was
      approximately $2.4 million in the aggregate.

   In January 1999, we sold    shares of restricted common stock to Mr.
deFaria, our Chief Operating Officer. In connection with this sale, Mr. deFaria
issued a promissory note to us in the principal amount of $1.8 million with
interest accruing thereon at 5% annually. The note matures and all principal
and interest is due on January 11, 2003. The note is secured by a pledge of
shares of common stock and is a recourse obligation of Mr. deFaria in the
amount of 25% of the outstanding principal and 100% of the accrued interest.

   In January 1999, we sold    shares of restricted common stock to Mr.
Friedly, the Chairman of the Board of Directors and one of our principal
stockholders. In connection with this sale, Mr. Friedly issued a promissory
note to us in the principal amount of $4.2 million with interest accruing
thereon at 5% annually. The note matures and all principal and interest is due
on January 11, 2003. The note is secured by a pledge of     shares of common
stock and is a recourse obligation of Mr. Friedly in the amount of 25% of the
outstanding principal and 100% of the accrued interest.

   In April 1999, Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership agreed to purchase
unspecified equity securities of Voyager.net for an aggregate purchase price of
$5 million. The type of equity securities and the per share price of the
securities to be issued to the investors is to be determined by Voyager.net and
the investors at the time of purchase and sale. The investors have until
November 1, 1999 to purchase these shares. The commitment to purchase the
securities, and the obligations of the parties thereunder, terminates upon the
closing of this offering.

   In 1998, we entered into a consulting arrangement with Mr. Friedly, pursuant
to which Mr. Friedly receives $75,000 per year.

                                       67
<PAGE>

   In 1998, we entered into a reseller agreement with Horizon Cablevision, Inc.
relating to the reselling of Internet access services using cable modems on
Horizon's cable television systems. Mr. Friedly is the President, and Messrs.
Friedly, Baird and Heinze are principals, of Horizon. This agreement has been
terminated.

   In March 1999, we entered into a software license agreement with Horizon
Telecom International, L.L.C., whereby we granted Horizon Telecom International
a non-exclusive license to use our customer care and billing software for
$1.00. Messrs. Friedly and Torto, as well as investment funds managed by Great
Hill Partners, L.L.C., of which Messrs. Hayes and Gaffney are managing
partners, are investors in Horizon Telecom International, Mr. Friedly has
agreed to serve as the vice chairman of Horizon Telecom International and Mr.
Torto has agreed to serve as a director of Horizon Telecom International.

   In April 1999, we made a loan of $500,000 to Mr. Torto, our President and
Chief Executive Officer, which is payable over three years and accrues interest
at 5% per year. The loan is unsecured and we have full recourse against Mr.
Torto.

   In May 1999, we sold an aggregate 6,667 shares of series A preferred stock
to Messrs. Friedly, Baird and Heinze pursuant to the exercise of an option to
purchase shares of series A preferred stock in the stock purchase agreement,
for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $667,000. We intend to use
part of the proceeds that we receive from this offering to redeem all 6,667
shares of series A preferred stock, plus accrued dividends thereon, which as of
May 31, 1999, was approximately $0.7 million in the aggregate.

   In June 1999, we made a loan of $5,000,000 to Mr. Torto, our President and
Chief Executive Officer, which is payable over four years and accrues interest
at 5% per year. The loan is secured by a pledge of      shares of common stock
and is a recourse obligation of Mr. Torto in the amount of 25% of the
outstanding principal of and 100% of the accrued interest on the loan.

   Since January 1998, we have retained Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP for certain
legal services. Mr. Dietz, a director and secretary of Voyager.net, is the sole
shareholder of David F. Dietz, P.C., which is a partner in Goodwin, Procter &
Hoar LLP.

   We believe that, with the exception of the software license, all of the
transactions identified above were conducted on terms no less favorable to
Voyager.net than could have been obtained from unaffiliated third parties. We
have adopted an insider trading policy in connection with this offering. In the
future, all transactions between any of our officers and directors and us will
be reviewed by the board of directors or the audit committee on an ongoing
basis and will be on terms no less favorable to us than could be obtained from
unaffiliated third parties.

                                       68
<PAGE>

                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

   The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial
ownership of common stock as of March 31, 1999 and as adjusted to reflect the
sale of the common stock offered hereby, by:

  .all persons known by us to own beneficially 5% or more of the common
      stock;

  .each of our directors;

  .the Chief Executive Officer and the other Named Executive Officers;

  .each of the selling stockholders; and

  .all directors and Named Executive Officers as a group.

   Unless otherwise indicated, each of the stockholders has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the shares of common stock beneficially owned
by the stockholder. The address of Media/Communications Partners is 75 State
Street, Suite 2500, Boston, MA 02109. The address of Messrs. Hayes and Gaffney
is c/o Great Hill Partners, L.L.C., One Liberty Square, Boston, MA 02109. The
address of Mr. Dietz is c/o Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, Exchange Place,
Boston, MA 02109. The address of all other listed stockholders is c/o
Voyager.net, Inc., 4660 South Hagadorn Road, Suite 320, East Lansing, MI 48823.

   The number of shares beneficially owned by each stockholder is determined
under rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission. The information
is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose.
Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the
individual or entity has sole or shared voting power or investment power and
any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire
beneficial ownership within 60 days after March 31, 1999 through the exercise
of any stock option or other right. As of March 31, 1999, a total of    shares
of common stock were either outstanding or subject to options, warrants or
other convertible securities that are exercisable or that will become
exercisable within 60 days of the estimated effective date of this offering.
The inclusion in this prospectus of such shares, however, does not constitute
an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial
owner of such shares. The applicable percentage of "beneficial ownership" after
the offering is based upon    shares of common stock outstanding.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Shares Owned
                                Shares Owned                  After the Offering
                           Prior to the Offering                     (1)
                           ------------------------   Shares  ---------------------
Name of Beneficial Owners    Number       Percent     Offered  Number      Percent
- -------------------------  ----------   -----------   ------- ---------   ---------
<S>                        <C>          <C>           <C>     <C>         <C>
Entities affiliated with
 Media/Communications
 Partners (2)...........                            %                                %
Glenn R. Friedly (3)....
Alan R. Baird (4).......
Christopher P. Torto
 (5)....................
Michael Williams........
John G. Hayes (5).......
Christopher Gaffney
 (6)....................
David F. Dietz (7)......
All executive officers
 and directors, as a
 group (8 persons (8))..
</TABLE>

                                       69
<PAGE>

- -----------------------
 * Represents less than 1% of the outstanding shares of common stock
(1) Assumes the underwriters do not elect to exercise the over-allotment option
    to purchase an additional         shares of common stock.
(2) Represents shares of common stock owned by investment funds affiliated with
    Media/Communications Partners which are managed by Great Hill Partners,
    L.L.C., of which Mr. Hayes and Mr. Gaffney are managing partners,
    including:
  .     shares of common stock owned by Media/Communications Partners II
     Limited Partnership; and
  .     shares of common stock owned by Media/Communications Investors
     Limited Partnership.

(3) Includes        shares of common stock held by Apache Limited Partnership,
    of which Mr. Friedly serves as managing general partner and the limited
    partner of which is the Robert Taylor Friedly Trust. Mr. Friedly disclaims
    beneficial ownership of the shares held by the limited partnership.

(4) Includes        shares of common stock held by Stonehenge Limited
    Partnership, of which Mr. Baird serves as managing general partner and the
    limited partners of which are the Justin Baird Irrevocable Trust, the
    Morgan Baird Irrevocable Trust and the Lauren Baird Irrevocable Trust. Mr.
    Baird disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the limited
    partnership.

(5) Represents shares of restricted common stock held by Mr. Torto, all of
    which shares will be vested upon consummation of this offering.

(6) Includes (i)    shares of common stock held by Media/Communications
    Partners II Limited Partnership and (ii)    shares of common stock held by
    Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership. Messrs. Gaffney and
    Hayes are members of the general partner of each of these funds. Each of
    Messrs. Gaffney and Hayes disclaims beneficial ownership of shares held by
    these funds, except to the extent of their respective pecuniary interest
    therein.

(7) Includes    shares of common stock which is held by Media/Communications
    Investors Limited Partnership of which Mr. Dietz is a limited partner. Mr.
    Dietz disclaims beneficial ownership of these shares of common stock except
    to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(8) Includes    shares of common stock which may be acquired upon exercise of
    stock options that are currently exercisable.

                                       70
<PAGE>

                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

Authorized and Outstanding Capital Stock

   There are currently    shares of common stock and 82,748 shares of series A
preferred stock issued and outstanding. At and subject to the closing of this
offering, all of the outstanding shares of series A preferred stock will be
redeemed by Voyager.net.

   Following the offering, our authorized capital stock will consist of
shares of common stock, of which    will be issued and outstanding; and
5,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock authorized and issuable in one
or more series designated by our board of directors, of which no shares will be
issued and outstanding.

Common Stock

   Voting Rights. The holders of our common stock have one vote per share.
Holders of our common stock are not entitled to vote cumulatively for the
election of directors. Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders
must be approved by a majority, or, in the case of election of directors, by a
plurality, of the votes entitled to be cast at a meeting at which a quorum is
present by all shares of common stock present in person or represented by
proxy, voting together as a single class, subject to any voting rights granted
to holders of any then outstanding preferred stock. Except as otherwise
provided by law, amendments to our certificate of incorporation, which will be
effective upon consummation of this offering must be approved by a majority of
the voting power of the common stock.

   Dividends. Holders of common stock will share ratably in any dividends
declared by our board of directors, subject to the preferential rights of any
preferred stock then outstanding. Dividends consisting of shares of common
stock may be paid to holders of shares of common stock.

   Other Rights. In the event of any merger or consolidation of Voyager.net
with or into another company as a result of which shares of common stock are
converted into or exchangeable for shares of stock, other securities or
property, including cash, all holders of common stock will be entitled to
receive the same kind and amount, on a per share of common stock basis, of such
shares of stock and other securities and property, including cash. On
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Voyager.net, all holders of common
stock are entitled to share ratably in any assets available for distribution to
holders of shares of common stock. No shares of common stock are subject to
redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of common
stock.

Preferred Stock

   Our certificate of incorporation provides that shares of preferred stock may
be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors is
authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences,
qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares
of each series. Our board of directors may, without stockholder approval, issue
preferred stock with voting and other rights that could

                                       71
<PAGE>

adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common
stock and could have anti-takeover effects. We have no present plans to issue
any shares of preferred stock. The ability of our board of directors to issue
preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying,
deferring or preventing a change of control of Voyager.net or the removal of
existing management.

Registration Rights

   Under the terms of the stock purchase agreement entered into on September
23, 1998, Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership, who in the aggregate hold
 % of the outstanding shares of common stock as of this offering, may demand
that we file a registration statement for the registration of all or any
portion of their shares under the Securities Act. We are not required to effect
more one of these demand registrations.

   After the closing of this offering, those stockholders also will be entitled
to unlimited piggyback registration rights in connection with any registration
by us of securities for our own account or the account of other stockholders.
If we propose to register any shares of common stock under the Securities Act,
we are required to give those stockholders notice of the registration and to
include their shares in the registration statement. At any time after we become
eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, these stockholders may
require us to file an unlimited number of registration statements on Form S-3
under the Securities Act with respect to their shares of common stock, so long
as the aggregate dollar amount of the shares of common stock to be registered
exceeds $250,000.

   The registration rights of these stockholders will terminate when the shares
held by them may be sold under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. We are
generally required to bear all of the expenses of all demand and piggyback
registrations, except underwriting discounts and commissions. We also have
agreed to indemnify those stockholders under the terms of the stock purchase
agreement.

Indemnification Matters

   Our certificate of incorporation contains a provision permitted by Delaware
law that generally eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary
damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty, including breaches involving
negligence or gross negligence in business combinations, unless the director
has breached his or her duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged
in intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, paid a dividend or
approved a stock repurchase in violation of the Delaware General Corporation
Law or obtained in improper personal benefit. This provision does not alter a
director's liability under the federal securities laws and does not affect the
availability of equitable remedies, such as an injunction or rescission, for
breach of fiduciary duty. Our by-laws provide that directors and officers shall
be, and in the discretion of our board of directors, non-officer employees may
be, indemnified by Voyager.net to the fullest extent authorized by Delaware
law, as it now exists or may in the future be amended, against all expenses and
liabilities reasonably incurred in connection with service for or on behalf of
Voyager.net. Our by-laws also provide for the advancement of expenses to
directors and,

                                       72
<PAGE>

in the discretion of our Board of Directors, officers and non-officer
employees. Our by-laws also provide that the right of directors and officers to
indemnification shall be a contract right and shall not be exclusive of any
other right now possessed or hereafter acquired under any by-law, agreement,
vote of stockholders or otherwise. We also have directors' and officers'
insurance against certain liabilities and have entered into indemnification
agreements with each of our directors.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling Voyager.net as
described above, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and
Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable. At present, there is no
pending material litigation or proceeding involving any director, officer,
employee or agent of Voyager.net in which indemnification will be required or
permitted.

Amendment of the Certificate of Incorporation

   Any amendment to our certificate of incorporation must first be approved by
a majority of our board of directors and thereafter approved by a majority, and
in some instances, 66 2/3%, of the total votes eligible to be cast by holders
of voting stock with respect to such amendment.

By-law Provisions

   Our by-laws provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called
only by the President or our board of directors unless otherwise required by
law. Our by-laws provide that only those matters included in the notice of the
special meeting may be considered or acted upon at that special meeting unless
otherwise provided by law. In addition, our by-laws include advance notice and
informational requirements and time limitations on any director nomination or
any new proposal which a stockholder wishes to make at an annual meeting of
stockholders.

Ability to Adopt Stockholder Rights Plan

   Our board of directors may in the future resolve to issue shares of
preferred stock or rights to acquire such shares to implement a stockholder
rights plan. A stockholder rights plan typically creates voting or other
impediments to discourage persons seeking to gain control of Voyager.net by
means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise if our board of
directors determines that such change in control is not in the best interests
of Voyager.net and our stockholders. Our board of directors has no present
intention of adopting a stockholder rights plan and is not aware of any attempt
to effect a change of control of Voyager.net.

Statutory Business Combination Provision

   Following the offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law, which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation
from consummating a "business combination," except under certain circumstances,
with an

                                       73
<PAGE>

"interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the date such person
became an "interested stockholder" unless:

  .   before such person became an interested stockholder, the board of
      directors of the corporation approved the transaction in which the
      interested stockholder became an interested stockholder or approved
      the business combination;

  .   upon the closing of the transaction that resulted in the interested
      stockholder's becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
      stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation
      outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding shares
      held by directors who are also officers of the corporation and shares
      held by employee stock plans; or

  .   following the transaction in which such person became an interested
      stockholder, the business combination is approved by the board of
      directors of the corporation and authorized at a meeting of
      stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of 66 2/3% of the
      outstanding voting stock of the corporation not owned by the
      interested stockholder.

   The term "interested stockholder" generally is defined as a person who,
together with affiliates and associates, owns, or, within the prior three
years, owned, 15% or more of a corporation's outstanding voting stock. The term
"business combination" includes mergers, asset sales and other similar
transactions resulting in a financial benefit to an interested stockholder.
Section 203 makes it more difficult for an "interested stockholder" to effect
various business combinations with a corporation for a three-year period. A
Delaware corporation may "opt out" of Section 203 with an express provision in
its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its
certificate of incorporation or by-laws resulting from an amendment approved by
holders of at least a majority of the outstanding voting stock. Neither our
certificate of incorporation nor our by-laws contains any such exclusion.

Trading on the Nasdaq National Market System

   We have applied to have our common stock approved for quotation on the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "VOYN."

Transfer Agent and Registrar

   The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be State Street
Bank and Trust Company.

                                       74
<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

   Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock,
and no prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, that sales of common
stock or the availability of common stock for sale will have on the market
price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nonetheless,
substantial sales of common stock in the public market following this offering,
or the perception that such sales could occur, could lower the market price of
our common stock or make it difficult for us to raise additional equity capital
in the future.

   Following this offering, there will be    shares of our common stock
outstanding. Of these shares, the    shares which are being sold in this
offering generally will be freely transferable without restriction or further
registration under the Securities Act, except that any shares held by our
"affiliates" as is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act may be sold
only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining
shares of common stock which will be outstanding after the offering will be
"restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144, and may be sold in the future
without registration under the Securities Act subject to compliance with the
provisions of Rule 144 or any other applicable exemption under the Securities
Act. In connection with this offering, our existing officers, directors,
stockholders and optionholders, who hold all of the currently outstanding
shares of common stock and will own an aggregate of    shares of common stock
after this offering, have agreed with the underwriters that, subject to
exceptions, they will not sell or dispose of any of their shares for 180 days
after the date of this prospectus. Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation may, in its sole discretion and at any time without notice, release
all or any portion of the shares subject to such restrictions. Subject to these
lock-up agreements, the shares of common stock outstanding upon the closing of
the offering will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Approximate
 Number of Shares                          Description
 ---------------- -------------------------------------------------------------
 <C>              <S>
                  After the date of this prospectus, freely tradeable shares
                  sold in the offering.

                  After 180 days from the date of this prospectus, the lock-up
                  is released and these shares are saleable under Rule 144
                  (subject, in some cases, to volume limitations), Rule 144(k),
                  or under a registration statement to register for resale
                  shares of common stock issued upon the exercise of stock
                  options.
</TABLE>

   In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person or persons
whose shares are required to be aggregated, including an affiliate of ours, and
who has beneficially owned shares for at least one year is entitled to sell,
within any three-month period commencing 90 days after the date of this
prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of 1% of the
then outstanding shares of common stock, which is expected to be approximately
    shares upon the completion of this offering, or the average weekly trading
volume of the common stock during the calendar weeks preceding the date on
which notice of such sale is filed, subject to certain restrictions. In
addition, a person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at any
time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the
shares proposed to be sold for at least

                                       75
<PAGE>

two years would be entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k) without
regard to the requirements described above. To the extent that shares were
acquired from an affiliate of ours, such person's holding period for the
purpose of effecting a sale under Rule 144 commences on the date of transfer
from the affiliate.

   We have agreed not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of common
stock during the 180-day period following the date of this prospectus, except
we may issue, and grant options to purchase, shares of common stock under the
1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. See "Risk Factors--The future sale of
shares of our common stock could adversely affect the market price of our
common stock."

   Following the offering, under specified circumstances and subject to
customary conditions, Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership will have the right with
respect to    shares of common stock, subject to the 180-day lock-up
arrangement described above, to require us to register their shares of common
stock under the Securities Act, and they will have rights to participate in any
future registration of securities by us.

                                       76
<PAGE>

                                  UNDERWRITING

   Subject to the terms and conditions contained in the underwriting agreement,
the underwriters named below, who are represented by Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette Securities Corporation, First Union Capital Markets Corp. and CIBC
World Markets Corp., have severally agreed to purchase from us and the selling
stockholders the number of shares of common stock opposite their respective
names below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                Number of Shares
                                                                ----------------
<S>                                                             <C>
Underwriters:
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation............
First Union Capital Markets Corp. .............................
CIBC World Markets Corp........................................
DLJdirect Inc..................................................
                                                                      ---
    Total......................................................
                                                                      ===
</TABLE>

   The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several
underwriters to purchase and accept delivery of shares included in this
offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters and to certain other
conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase and accept delivery of
all the shares, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option
described below, if they purchase any of the shares.

   The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the shares directly to
the public at the initial public offering price on the cover page of this
prospectus and some of the shares to certain dealers at the initial public
offering price less a concession not in excess of $    per share. The
underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in
excess of $    per share on sales to other dealers. After the initial public
offering of the shares to the public, the representatives may change the public
offering price and such concessions. The underwriters do not intend to confirm
sales to any account over which they exercise discretionary authority.

   DLJdirect Inc., an affiliate of Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities
Corporation and a member of the selling group, is facilitating the distribution
of the shares sold in the offering over the Internet. The underwriters have
agreed to allocate a limited number of shares to DLJdirect Inc. for sale to its
brokerage account holders.

   The following table shows the underwriting fees we will pay to the
underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming
both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase
additional shares of our common stock.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                    Paid by
                                                                  Voyager.net
                                                               -----------------
                                                                  No      Full
                                                               Exercise Exercise
                                                               -------- --------
<S>                                                            <C>      <C>
Per share.....................................................   $        $
Total.........................................................   $        $
</TABLE>

   We will pay all of the offering expenses, estimated to be $  .


                                       77
<PAGE>

   Voyager.net and the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an
option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase
up to     additional shares at the initial public offering price less the
underwriting fees. The underwriters may exercise such option only to cover
over-allotments, if any, made in connection with this offering. To the extent
that the underwriters exercise this option, each underwriter will become
obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional
shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase
commitment.

   Voyager.net and the selling stockholders have severally agreed to indemnify
the underwriters against certain civil liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be
required to make in respect any of those liabilities.

   We, our executive officers and directors, and substantially all of our
stockholders have agreed, for a period of 180 days from the date of this
prospectus, not to, without the prior written consent of Donaldson, Lufkin &
Jenrette:

  .   offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to
      purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option,
      right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
      directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any
      securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our
      common stock; or

  .   enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfer all or a
      portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of
      any common stock, regardless of whether any of the transactions
      described in these clauses are to be settled by the delivery of common
      stock, or such other securities, in cash or otherwise.

In addition, during this period, we have agreed not to file any registration
statement with respect to, and each of our executive officers and directors and
a significant majority of our stockholders have agreed not to make any demand
for, or exercise any right with respect to, the registration of any shares of
common stock or any securites convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable
for common stock (other than a registration statement registering options or
shares granted under a stock option plan) without the prior written consent of
Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette.

   Prior to this offering, there was no established trading market for our
common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be
determined by negotiation among us and the representatives of the underwriters.
The factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price
include the history of and the prospects for the industry in which we compete,
the ability of our management, our past and present operations, our prospects
for future earnings, the general condition of the securities markets at the
time of this offering and the recent market prices of securities of generally
comparable companies.


                                       78
<PAGE>

   Persons who receive this prospectus are advised to inform themselves about
and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering of our common stock
and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus is not an offer to
sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any shares of our common stock
included in this offering in any jurisdiction where that would not be permitted
or legal.

   In connection with this offering, certain underwriters may engage in
transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our
common stock. Specifically, the underwriters may overallot this offering,
creating a syndicate short position. In addition, the underwriters may bid for
and purchase shares of our common stock in the open market to cover syndicate
short positions or to stabilize the price of our common stock. These activities
may stabilize or maintain the market price of our common stock above
independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these
activities and may end any of these activities at any time.

   The underwriters have reserved for sale up to      shares of common stock
for sale at the initial public offering price to persons, at our request,
associated with Voyager.net. The number of shares available for sale to the
general public will be reduced to the extent any reserved shares are purchased.
Any reserved shares not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters on the
same basis as the other shares offered hereby.

   We have applied for quotation of our common stock on the Nasdaq National
Market under the symbol "VOYN".

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

   The validity of the shares of common stock offered hereby will be passed
upon for Voyager.net by Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.
David Dietz, a director and the secretary of Voyager.net, is the sole owner of
David F. Dietz, P.C., a partner of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP and its
predecessor firm. Mr. Dietz is also a limited partner with a pecuniary interest
in Media/Communications Investor Limited Partnership, one of the selling
stockholders in this offering. Various legal matters related to the sale of the
common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the underwriters by Hale
and Dorr LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.

                                    EXPERTS

   Our audited financial statements as of December 31, 1997 and 1998, and for
each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1998 included in this
prospectus have been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent
accountants, as stated in their reports appearing in this prospectus, and have
been so included in reliance upon their authority as experts in accounting and
auditing.

                                       79
<PAGE>


                     CHANGE IN INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   In July 1998,Voyager.net engaged PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as its
independent public accountants, to replace Plante & Moran. The decision was
made by Voyager.net's board of directors and was not due to any disagreement
with Plante & Moran. During the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996 and
December 1997, Voyager.net had no disagreements with Plante & Moran on any
matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure or
auditing scope or procedure, which disagreements, if not resolved to the
satisfaction of Plante & Moran, would have caused them to make reference
thereto in their report on our financial statements. The reports of Plante &
Moran on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996
and December 31, 1997 (the last fiscal year audited by Plante & Moran) did not
contain any adverse opinion, disclaimer of opinion or qualification or
modification as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles.

                      WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

   We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, a
registration statement on Form S-1 (including the exhibits and schedules
thereto) under the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, for
the registration of the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus is part of
the registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the
information included in the registration statement because we have omitted
certain parts of the registration statement as permitted by the SEC rules and
regulations. For further information about us and our common stock, you should
refer to the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus
concerning the contents of any contract or any other document are complete with
respect to the material provisions of such contract; reference is made in each
instance to the copy of such contract or any other document filed as an exhibit
to the registration statement. Where the contract or other document is an
exhibit to the registration statement, each statement is qualified by the
provisions of that exhibit.

   The registration statement can be inspected and copied at the public
reference facility maintained by the SEC at Room 1024, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549, and at the SEC's regional offices at Seven World Trade
Center, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10048 and Citicorp Center, 500 West
Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661. You may call the SEC at 1-
800-SEC-0330 for further information about the operation of the public
reference rooms. Copies of all or any portion of the registration statement can
be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC, 450 Fifth Street,
N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates. In addition, the
registration statement is publicly available through the SEC's site on the
Internet's World Wide Web, located at http://www.sec.gov.

   We will also file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements
and other information with the SEC. You can also request copies of these
documents, for a copying fee, by writing to the SEC. We intend to furnish to
our stockholders annual reports containing audited financial statements for
each fiscal year.

                                       80
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          Pages
<S>                                                                       <C>
Voyager.net, Inc. - Consolidated Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants......................................  F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and 1998 and March
   31, 1999..............................................................  F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31,
   1996, 1997 and 1998 and for the Quarter Ended March 31, 1999..........  F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years
   Ended December 31, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and the Quarter Ended March 31,
   1999..................................................................  F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31,
   1996, 1997 and 1998 and the Quarter Ended March 31, 1999..............  F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.............................  F-7

Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited):
  Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Year
   Ended December 31, 1998 (Unaudited)................................... F-18
  Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three
   months ended March 31, 1999 (Unaudited)............................... F-20
  Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet as of March 31, 1999.... F-22
  Notes to Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
   (Unaudited)........................................................... F-23

Freeway, Inc. - Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants...................................... F-24
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and July 31, 1998............... F-25
  Statements of Income for the Year Ended December 31, 1997 and for the
   Seven Months Ended July 31, 1998...................................... F-26
  Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the Year Ended December 31, 1997
   and for the Seven Months Ended July 31, 1998.......................... F-27
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1997 and for
   the Seven Months Ended July 31, 1998.................................. F-28
  Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-29

EXEC-PC, Inc. - Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants...................................... F-31
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and September 22, 1998.......... F-32
  Statements of Income for the Year Ended December 31, 1997 and for the
   Period From January 1, 1998 through September 22, 1998................ F-33
  Statements of Stockholders' Deficit for the Year Ended December 31,
   1997 and for the Period From January 1, 1998 through September 22,
   1998.................................................................. F-34
  Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1997 and for
   the Period From January 1, 1998 through September 22, 1998............ F-35
  Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-36

NetLink Systems, L.L.C. - Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants...................................... F-40
  Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1998.......... F-41
  Statement of Income and Members' Equity for the Year Ended December 31,
   1997 and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998..................... F-42
  Statement of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31, 1997 and the
   Nine Months Ended September 30, 1998.................................. F-43
  Notes to Financial Statements.......................................... F-44

GDR Enterprises, Inc. - Financial Statements:
  Report of Independent Accountants...................................... F-46
  Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1998 and March 31, 1998
   and 1999.............................................................. F-47
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Year Ended December 31, 1998
   and the Quarters Ended March 31, 1998 and 1999........................ F-48
  Consolidated Statements of Stockholder's Equity (Deficit) for the Year
   Ended December 31, 1998 and the Quarters Ended March 31, 1998 and
   1999.................................................................. F-49
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Year Ended December 31,
   1998 and the Quarters Ended March 31, 1998 and 1999................... F-50
  Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements......................... F-51
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of Voyager.net, Inc.:

   In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related
consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity (deficit) and cash
flows, present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
Voyager.net, Inc. (the "Company") and subsidiaries at December 31, 1997 and
1998, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 1998, in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our
audits of these statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards, which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of
material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as
well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe
that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion expressed above.

                                               PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan

March 5, 1999, except for Note 17, for which the date is June 10, 1999

                                      F-2
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                              December 31,          March 31,
                                         ------------------------     1999
                                            1997         1998      (unaudited)
<S>                                      <C>          <C>          <C>
                                   Assets
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents.............. $   518,791  $ 2,350,292  $ 4,426,518
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for
  doubtful
  accounts of $40,000, $99,000 and
  $134,000 in 1997, 1998 and 1999,
  respectively..........................     196,955      950,381    1,812,496
 Prepaid and other assets...............      24,969      154,059      303,204
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total current assets.................     740,715    3,454,732    6,542,218
Property and equipment, net.............   1,256,753    9,528,372   12,064,932
Intangible assets, net..................     103,529   28,741,650   33,852,138
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total assets......................... $ 2,100,997  $41,724,754  $52,459,288
                                         ===========  ===========  ===========

                 Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)

Current liabilities:
 Current portion of obligations under
  capital leases........................ $    43,978  $   303,562  $   391,667
 Notes payable, related party...........   1,996,014    2,252,713    2,296,525
 Accounts payable.......................     125,620      659,351    1,620,772
 Other liabilities......................     165,779      855,727    1,128,370
 Deferred revenue.......................     194,273    5,625,627    7,373,988
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total current liabilities............   2,525,664    9,696,980   12,811,322
Commitments and contingencies...........          --           --           --
Obligations under capital leases........     114,646      751,613      972,823
Long-term debt..........................          --   30,000,000   39,400,000
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Preferred stock, Series A, 8%
  cumulative, non-
  voting, $.01 par value, $100
  redemption value:
  authorized 40,000 shares in 1997, and
  100,000 shares in 1998 and 1999;
  issued and outstanding, 25,000 shares
  in 1997 and 82,748 shares in 1998 and
  1999 (includes 6,667 shares subject to
  purchase that have not been issued)...   2,500,000    8,274,819    8,274,819
 Common stock, $.0001 par value:
  authorized 60,000,000 shares in 1997
  and 25,000,000 shares in 1998 and
  1999; issued and outstanding,
  11,994,320 shares in 1997 and
  17,916,380 in 1998 and 18,916,380 in
  1999..................................       1,200        1,792        1,892
Additional paid-in capital..............       3,292      413,168    6,413,068
Receivable for preferred and common
 stock..................................          --     (666,700)  (6,666,700)
Accumulated deficit.....................  (3,043,805)  (6,746,918)  (8,747,936)
                                         -----------  -----------  -----------
   Total stockholders' equity
    (deficit)...........................    (539,313)   1,276,161     (724,857)
   Total liabilities and stockholders'
    equity.............................. $ 2,100,997  $41,724,754  $52,459,288
                                         ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Three Months Ended
                               Years Ended December 31,                March 31,
                          ------------------------------------  ------------------------
                             1996         1997        1998         1998         1999
                                                                      (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenue:
 Internet access
  service...............  $ 1,707,499  $3,440,212  $10,588,963  $ 1,131,774  $ 8,405,202
 Other..................           --      14,063      133,199        3,470      114,024
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total revenue...........    1,707,499   3,454,275   10,722,162    1,135,244    8,519,226
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Operating expenses:
 Internet access service
  costs.................    1,002,431   1,318,163    3,607,665      370,353    2,789,676
 Sales and marketing....      638,446   1,038,459    1,987,113      180,582      969,031
 General and
  administrative........    1,154,815   1,461,720    3,405,870      355,438    2,463,200
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........      420,315     394,385    3,862,041      126,005    3,526,824
 Compensation charge for
  issuance of common
  stock and stock
  options...............           --          --      408,407           --           --
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total operating ex-
 penses.................    3,216,007   4,212,727   13,271,096    1,032,378    9,748,731
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) from oper-
 ations before other
 income (expense).......   (1,508,508)   (758,452)  (2,548,934)     102,866   (1,229,505)
Other income (expense):
 Interest income........       17,298      11,312       30,987        5,792       26,773
 Interest expense.......       (7,010)    (72,932)    (942,766)     (44,833)    (798,286)
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total other income (ex-
 pense).................       10,288     (61,620)    (911,779)     (39,041)    (771,513)
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss).......   (1,498,220)   (820,072)  (3,460,713)      63,825   (2,001,018)
Preferred stock divi-
 dends..................           --     (73,456)    (348,494)     (50,000)    (165,496)
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss) appli-
 cable to common
 stockholders...........  $(1,498,220) $ (893,528) $(3,809,207) $    13,825  $(2,166,514)
                          ===========  ==========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Per Share Data:
Basic and diluted net
 loss per share applica-
 ble to common stock-
 holders................  $     (0.35) $    (0.12) $     (0.27) $      0.00  $     (0.12)
                          ===========  ==========  ===========  ===========  ===========
Weighted average common
 shares outstanding:
Basic and diluted.......    4,316,000   7,160,080   14,238,296   12,095,704   18,538,602
                          ===========  ==========  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Receivable
                                                                                For                       Total
                           Preferred Stock    Common Stock      Additional   Preferred                Stockholders'
                          ----------------- ------------------   Paid-in    and Common   Accumulated     Equity
                          Shares   Amount     Shares    Amount   Capital       Stock       Deficit      (Deficit)
<S>                       <C>    <C>        <C>         <C>     <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Balance at January 1,
1996....................  20,000 $2,000,000  4,316,000  $  432  $   44,374               $  (695,076)  $ 1,349,730
Net loss................      --         --         --      --          --                (1,498,220)   (1,498,220)
                          ------ ---------- ----------  ------  ----------               -----------   -----------
 Balance at December 31,
 1996...................  20,000  2,000,000  4,316,000     432      44,374                (2,193,296)     (148,490)
Redemption of common
stock...................      --         -- (1,888,000)   (189)    (44,374)                  (30,437)      (75,000)
Issuance of common
stock...................      --         --  9,566,320     957       3,292                        --         4,249
Issuance of preferred
stock...................   5,000    500,000         --      --          --                        --       500,000
Net loss................      --         --         --      --          --                  (820,072)     (820,072)
                          ------ ---------- ----------  ------  ----------               -----------   -----------
 Balance at December 31,
 1997...................  25,000  2,500,000 11,994,320   1,200       3,292                (3,043,805)     (539,313)
Conversion of notes pay-
able to preferred stock
and
issuance of preferred
and common stock........  40,324  4,032,419    360,000      36         144  $  (666,700)          --     3,365,899
Issuance of preferred
and common stock........  15,000  1,500,000  3,762,060     376       1,505           --           --     1,501,881
Conversion of preferred
dividends to preferred
stock...................   2,424    242,400         --      --          --           --     (242,400)           --
Issuance of common stock
and options.............      --         --  1,800,000     180     408,227           --           --       408,407
Net loss................      --         --         --      --          --           --   (3,460,713)   (3,460,713)
                          ------ ---------- ----------  ------  ----------  -----------  -----------   -----------
 Balance at December 31,
 1998...................  82,748  8,274,819 17,916,380   1,792     413,168     (666,700)  (6,746,918)    1,276,161
Issuance of common
stock...................                     1,000,000     100   5,999,900   (6,000,000)          --            --
Net loss................      --         --         --      --          --           --   (2,001,018)   (2,001,018)
                          ------ ---------- ----------  ------  ----------  -----------  -----------   -----------
 Balance at March 31,
 1999 (unaudited).......  82,748 $8,274,819 18,916,380  $1,892  $6,413,068  $(6,666,700) $(8,747,936)  $  (724,857)
                          ====== ========== ==========  ======  ==========  ===========  ===========   ===========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Three Months Ended
                               Years Ended December 31,               March 31,
                          ------------------------------------  -----------------------
                             1996         1997        1998        1998         1999
                                                                     (unaudited)
<S>                       <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>
Cash flows from
 operating activities
 Net income (loss)......  $(1,498,220) $ (820,072) $(3,460,713) $  63,825  $ (2,001,018)
 Adjustments to
  reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash
  provided by (used in)
  operating activities:
 Depreciation and
  amortization..........      420,315     394,385    3,862,041    126,005     3,526,824
 (Gain) loss on sale of
  equipment.............           --      (7,071)       5,952         --            --
 Compensation charge for
  issuance of common
  stock shares and
  options...............           --          --      408,407         --            --
 Changes in assets and
  liabilities excluding
  effects of business
  combinations:
  Accounts receivable...     (131,048)    (28,199)    (513,909)     9,815      (475,909)
  Prepaids and other
   assets...............       48,842     (24,251)    (104,990)   (83,400)      (47,308)
  Accounts payable......      188,898    (237,551)     512,591     36,944       961,421
  Accrued expenses......       92,675     137,486      831,577    (35,422)      302,869
  Deferred revenue......        1,902     187,203    1,160,698     97,005     1,165,556
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ------------
Net cash provided by
 (used in) operating
 activities.............     (876,636)   (398,070)   2,701,654    214,772     3,432,435
Cash flows from
 investing activities
 Business acquisition
  costs, net of cash
  acquired..............           --          --  (32,850,289)        --    (9,371,427)
 Purchase of property
  and equipment.........     (759,119)   (661,312)  (1,514,323)  (170,840)   (1,320,563)
 Proceeds from the sale
  of equipment..........           --      87,282       28,248         --            --
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ------------
Net cash used in invest-
 ing activities.........     (759,119)   (574,030) (34,336,364)  (170,840)  (10,691,990)
Cash flows from
 financing activities
 Payments on capital
  leases................      (20,373)    (54,216)     (54,565)   (15,938)      (64,219)
 Advances from related
  party.................      603,806   1,127,777        4,047     49,921            --
 Payment to related
  party.................           --     (15,000)     (25,521)        --            --
 Payment of bank
  financing fees........           --          --   (1,325,530)        --            --
 Proceeds from issuance
  of debt...............           --          --   30,000,000         --     9,400,000
 Proceeds from notes
  payable issuance......           --          --    2,800,000         --            --
 Proceeds from common
  stock issuance........           --       4,249        2,061         --            --
 Proceeds from preferred
  stock issuance........           --     500,000    2,065,719         --            --
 Redemption of common
  stock.................           --     (75,000)          --         --            --
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ------------
Net cash provided by fi-
 nancing activities.....      583,433   1,487,810   33,466,211     33,983     9,335,781
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ------------
Net increase (decrease)
 in cash and cash
 equivalents............   (1,052,322)    515,710    1,831,501     77,915     2,076,226
Cash and cash
 equivalents at
 beginning of period....    1,055,403       3,081      518,791    518,791     2,350,292
                          -----------  ----------  -----------  ---------  ------------
Cash and cash
 equivalents at end of
 period.................  $     3,081  $  518,791  $ 2,350,292  $ 596,706  $  4,426,518
                          ===========  ==========  ===========  =========  ============
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Organization and Basis of Presentation

   Voyager.net, Inc. (the "Company") owns 100% of Voyager Information Networks,
Inc., which was incorporated in the State of Michigan in 1994. Voyager.net was
incorporated in 1998 in the State of Delaware under the name Voyager Holdings,
Inc. The Company's name was changed to Voyager.net, Inc. on April 29, 1999. The
Company provides full service access to the Internet for corporate and
residential users in Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, Minnesota, Ohio and
Wisconsin.

Revenue Recognition

   The Company recognizes revenue for dial-up Internet access services,
dedicated Internet access services and value-added Web services when the
services are provided. Dial-up and dedicated Internet access service plans
range from one month to one year. Value-added Web services are sold on a
monthly basis. Advance collections relating to future access services are
recorded as deferred revenue and recognized as revenue when earned.

Cash Equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their
estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Equipment acquired under
capital leases is depreciated over the related lease terms or the estimated
productive useful lives, depending on the criteria met in determining the
qualification as a capital lease. Costs of repair and maintenance are charged
to expense as incurred.

Intangible Assets

   Intangible assets consist primarily of the cost of the acquired customer
base. The acquired customer base is amortized using the straight-line method
over 3 years based on the estimated customer churn rate. Bank financing fees,
included in intangible assets, are being amortized on a straight-line basis
over the term of the related debt. Other intangible assets are amortized over a
10 year period. Impairments, if any, are measured based upon discounted cash
flow analyses and are recognized in operating results in the period in which
the impairment in value is determined.

Advertising Costs

   Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense of
approximately $151,000, $372,000 and $185,000 was charged to operations in
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

                                      F-7
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


Financial Instruments

   The Company's financial instruments, as defined by SFAS No. 107 Disclosures
About Fair Value of Financial Instruments, consist of cash, notes payable and
long-term debt. The Company's estimate of the fair value of these financial
instruments approximates their carrying amounts at December 31, 1997 and 1998.

Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

   A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes
payable or refundable on tax returns for the year. Deferred tax liabilities or
assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary
differences between financial and tax accounting.

Interim Financial Information

   The consolidated financial statements of the Company as of March 31, 1999
and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and 1998 are unaudited. All
adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring adjustments) have been made,
which in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation.
Results of operations for the three months ended March 31, 1999 are not
necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the year ending
December 31, 1999 or for any other future period.

2. Business Combinations:

   In 1998, the Company acquired certain assets used in connection with the
Internet access service business of seven entities as described below:

      July 1, 1998, the Company purchased assets from CDL Corp. for
  approximately $69,000, of which approximately $55,500 was remitted to CDL
  Corp. and the remainder was deposited in an escrow account. Approximately
  $68,000 was allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a result of
  this transaction.

      July 1, 1998, the Company purchased assets from Internet-Michigan, Inc.
  for approximately $203,000. Approximately $202,000 was allocated to the
  acquired customer base cost as a result of this transaction.

      July 31, 1998, the Company purchased assets from Freeway, Inc. for
  approximately $3,991,000, of which approximately $3,586,000 was remitted to
  Freeway, Inc. and the remainder was deposited in an escrow account.
  Approximately $3,074,000 was allocated to the acquired customer base cost
  as a result of this transaction.


                                      F-8
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

      September 23, 1998, the Company purchased assets from EXEC-PC, Inc. for
  approximately $23,983,000, of which $22,733,000 was paid to EXEC-PC, Inc.,
  including approximately $3,827,000 for payment of certain liabilities with
  the remainder deposited in an escrow account. Approximately $21,992,000 was
  allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a result of this
  transaction.

      October 2, 1998, the Company purchased assets from Netimation, Inc. for
  approximately $258,000 of which $233,000 was remitted to Netimation, Inc.,
  including approximately $6,000 for payment of certain liabilities with the
  remainder deposited in an escrow account. Approximately $260,000 was
  allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a result of this
  transaction.

      October 2, 1998, the Company purchased assets from NetLink Systems,
  L.L.C. for approximately $3,363,000, of which approximately $3,003,000 was
  remitted to NetLink Systems, L.L.C. and the remainder was deposited in an
  escrow account. Approximately $3,197,000 was allocated to the acquired
  customer base cost as a result of this transaction.

      November 20, 1998, the Company purchased assets from Add, Inc. for
  approximately $41,000, of which approximately $6,800 was remitted to Add,
  Inc. and the remainder is payable over five months. Approximately $6,000
  was allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a result of this
  transaction.

   The above acquisitions were accounted for as purchases and, accordingly, the
purchase prices were allocated to assets acquired and liabilities assumed based
upon their estimated fair values at the dates of acquisition. For each
individual acquisition listed above, the amounts allocated to the acquired
customer base excludes broker commissions and legal fees aggregating 1,235,000.
Such amounts have been added to the total customer base being amortized over
three years. For those businesses acquired, the results of operations are
included in the Company's consolidated statement of operations from the dates
of acquisitions.

   The unaudited pro forma combined historical results, as if the Freeway,
Inc., EXEC-PC, Inc. and NetLink Systems, L.L.C. had been acquired at the
beginning of fiscal 1997 and 1998, respectively, are included in the table
below. The pro forma combined historical results for CDL Corp., Internet-
Michigan, Inc., Netimation, Inc. and Add, Inc. were not deemed to be material
and are not included for 1997 and 1998. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma
combined historical results of Hoosier On-Line Services, Inc., Infinite
Systems, Ltd., and Exchange Network Services, Inc. are included in the three
months ended March 31, 1999 as if they had been acquired January 1, 1999. The
unaudited pro forma combined historical results of GDR Enterprises, Inc., which
was acquired on May 7, 1999, are included for the year ended December 31, 1998
and for the three months ended March 31, 1999 as if it had been acquired on
January 1, 1998.

                                      F-9
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         (in thousands except per share data)
                                                                    Three Months
                                        Years Ended December 31,       Ended
                                        --------------------------   March 31,
                                            1997          1998          1999
                                               (unaudited)          (unaudited)
   <S>                                  <C>           <C>           <C>
   Revenue............................. $     14,120  $     25,743    $10,510
   Net loss............................ $    (12,590) $    (14,458)   $(2,829)
   Basic loss per share................ $      (1.76) $      (1.04)   $ (0.15)
</TABLE>

   The pro forma results above include amortization of intangibles and interest
expense on debt assumed issued to finance the acquisitions. The pro forma
results are not necessarily indicative of what actually would have occurred if
the acquisitions had been completed as of the beginning of each of the fiscal
periods presented, nor are they necessarily indicative of future consolidated
results.

3. Property and Equipment:

   Cost of property and equipment and depreciable lives are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Depreciable
                                 1997        1998     Life-Years
   <S>                        <C>         <C>         <C>
   Computer equipment........ $1,551,099  $8,461,789        5
   Office equipment..........     25,052     230,009        7
   Furniture and fixtures....     76,238      96,559      5-7
   Software..................    157,260     389,863      3-5
   Equipment acquired under
    capital lease............    251,355   1,178,525        5
   Vehicles..................         --      32,807        5
   Building improvements.....         --     860,526     7-10
                              ----------  ----------
                               2,061,004  11,250,078
    Less accumulated
     depreciation............   (804,251) (1,721,706)
                              ----------  ----------
     Property and equipment,
      net.................... $1,256,753  $9,528,372
                              ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

   Depreciation expense of approximately $238,000, $393,000 and $842,000 was
charged to operations in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

4. Intangible Assets:

   Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                            Years Ended December   Three Months
                                                    31,               Ended
                                            ---------------------   March 31,
                                              1997       1998          1999
                                                                   (unaudited)
   <S>                                      <C>       <C>          <C>
   Acquired customer base.................. $ 25,775  $30,127,837  $37,897,134
   Bank financing fees.....................       --    1,348,182    1,348,182
   Other...................................  108,124      237,658      286,980
                                            --------  -----------  -----------
                                             133,899   31,713,677   39,532,296
   Less accumulated amortization...........  (30,370)  (2,972,027)  (5,680,158)
                                            --------  -----------  -----------
   Intangible assets, net.................. $103,529  $28,741,650  $33,852,138
                                            ========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-10
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


5. Capital Leases:

   The Company leases computer equipment under capital leases expiring in
various years through the year 2002. The assets under capital leases are
recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the
fair value of the asset. The net book value of these assets as of December 31,
1998 is $982,822. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in
depreciation expense.

   Future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 1998
are as follows:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                               <C>
   1999............................................................. $  395,315
   2000.............................................................    380,723
   2001.............................................................    349,608
   2002.............................................................    123,907
                                                                     ----------
   Total minimum lease payments.....................................  1,249,553
   Less amount representing interest................................   (194,378)
                                                                     ----------
   Present value of net minimum lease payments...................... $1,055,175
                                                                     ==========
</TABLE>

6. Related Party Transactions:

   The notes payable, related party, represent principal and interest payable
on demand to Horizon Cable I Limited Partnership, an entity under common
management. Interest on the notes is at rates of 10.5 percent in 1997 and of
8.0 and 8.5 percent in 1998. Interest has not been paid through December 31,
1998 on these notes.

   On July 31, 1998, the Company's majority stockholder issued $2,800,000 in
notes payable at interest of 8 percent per annum. These notes, along with
$32,526 of accrued interest and cash in the amount of $533,333, were converted
into 33,657 shares of preferred stock for $100 per share and 360,000 shares of
common stock for $1,881.

7. Other Liabilities:

   Other liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                1997     1998
   <S>                                                        <C>      <C>
   Accrued payroll and related expenses...................... $ 94,129 $272,654
   Accrued expenses..........................................       --  465,732
   Other.....................................................   71,650  117,341
                                                              -------- --------
                                                              $165,779 $855,727
                                                              ======== ========
</TABLE>
8. Debt:

   In 1998, the Company entered into a $40,000,000 revolving credit facility
with a bank group which matures September 30, 2004. At December 31, 1998,
$30,000,000 was outstanding under the credit facility. Interest is payable
quarterly beginning December 31, 1998 through maturity. The revolving credit
facility agreement allows the Company to

                                      F-11
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

elect an interest rate as of any borrowing date based on either the (1) prime
rate, or (2) LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 1.5% to 3.5% depending upon
funded debt to EBITDA. The elected rate as of December 31, 1998 is
approximately 8.5%. Commitment fees on the unused credit facility are 0.5%.
Automatic and permanent reductions of the maximum commitments begin September
30, 2000 and continue until maturity. Based on the balance as of December 31,
1998, the scheduled permanent reductions of long-term debt are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        Year
        <S>                                    <C>
        1999.................................. $        --
        2000..................................   1,000,000
        2001..................................   4,000,000
        2002..................................   8,000,000
        2003..................................  12,000,000
        Thereafter............................   5,000,000
                                               -----------
                                               $30,000,000
                                               ===========
</TABLE>

   The revolving credit facility is collateralized by all of the Company's
tangible and intangible personal property and fixtures as well as substantially
all of the issued and outstanding equity securities of the Company.

   The revolving credit facility is subject to an agreement that contains,
among other provisions, certain financial covenants. These financial covenants
include maintenance of a minimum fixed charges ratio, a total interest coverage
ratio, and a leverage ratio.

Additional Financing (Unaudited)

   On April 13, 1999, the Company increased its revolving available credit
facility with its bank group to $70,000,000. The credit facility matures on
March 31, 2005.

9. Income Taxes:

   The Company's effective tax rate varies from the statutory rate as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1997   1998
   <S>                                                             <C>    <C>
   Statutory rate.................................................  35.0%  35.0%
   Effect of graduated tax rate...................................  (1.0)  (1.0)
   Change in valuation allowance.................................. (34.0) (34.0)
                                                                   -----  -----
                                                                     0.0%   0.0%
                                                                   =====  =====
</TABLE>

   Based on the Company's current financial status, realization of the
Company's deferred tax assets does not meet the "more likely than not" criteria
under SFAS No. 109 and accordingly a valuation allowance for the entire
deferred tax asset amount has been recorded. The components of the net deferred
tax asset (liability) and the related valuation allowance are as follows:


                                      F-12
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          1997         1998
   <S>                                                 <C>          <C>
   Net operating loss carryforward.................... $ 1,055,000  $ 1,462,000
   Intangible assets..................................          --      755,000
   Other..............................................      18,000       13,000
                                                       -----------  -----------
   Deferred tax assets................................   1,073,000    2,230,000
                                                       -----------  -----------
   Valuation allowance................................  (1,073,000)  (2,230,000)
                                                       -----------  -----------
   Net deferred tax assets............................ $        --  $        --
                                                       ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

   Deferred tax assets, primarily attributable to net operating loss ("NOL")
carryforwards, expiring in years 2013 through 2018, totaled $3,102,000 and
$4,300,000 at December 31, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

10. Retirement Savings Plan:

   In 1997, the Company established a retirement savings 401(k) plan for all
employees. The Company can make discretionary matching contributions to the
plan. Contributions to the plan totaled $7,300 and $14,789 in 1997 and 1998,
respectively.

11. Equity Transactions:

   On September 23, 1998, the Company issued 33,657 shares of preferred stock
at $100 per share and 360,000 shares of common stock in exchange for $2,800,000
notes payable to its majority stockholders along with $32,566 in accrued
interest and $533,513 in cash. Also, the Company agreed to the sale of 6,667
shares of preferred stock at $100 per share to certain investors for which
payment on such shares in the amount of $666,700 is due by May 7, 1999. If
payment is not received for such shares, the majority stockholder has the
option to purchase these shares. Also on September 23, 1998, the Company
converted accumulated preferred stock dividends in the amount of $242,400
through September 23, 1998 into 2,424 shares of preferred stock at $100 per
share.

   On July 6, 1998, the Board of Directors authorized a 20-for-1 stock split on
the common stock, and on August 22, 1997, the Board of Directors authorized a
100-for-1 stock split on the common stock. The stock splits were applied
retroactively and, accordingly, all share data has been restated to reflect
these splits.

   In the event of liquidation of the Company, the holders of outstanding
Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive a distribution of $100
per share plus all accumulated and unpaid dividends. Dividends accumulated and
unpaid related to the preferred stock as of December 31, 1998 were
approximately $180,000.

Additional Equity Transactions (Unaudited):

   On January 11, 1999, the Company issued to members of management 1,000,000
shares of common stock at $6.00 per share in exchange for promissory notes
payable in the aggregate amount of $6,000,000 which notes are due January 11,
2003 and have an

                                      F-13
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

interest rate of 5% per annum compounded annually. The per share price was
based on an appraisal performed by an independent valuation firm.

12. Stock-Based Compensation Plan:

   During the year, the 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan the ("Plan") was
established. The Plan provides for the ability to issue Stock Options (either
Incentive Stock Options or Non-Qualified Stock Options), Stock Appreciation
Rights, Restricted Stock Awards, Deferred Stock Awards, Unrestricted Stock
Awards, Performance Share Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights. As of December
31, 1998, there were 3,884,000 shares of common stock authorized for issuance
under the Plan. At December 31, 1998, 1,464,000 shares are available for
issuance under the Plan.

   The Plan provides for the granting of options to officers, employees,
consultants, members of the Board of Directors and other key persons for
purchase of the Company's common shares. The Plan is administered by the Board
of Directors. No option can be for a term of more than ten years from the grant
date. The option price and the vesting provisions are determined by the Board
of Directors at the time of the grant.

   Stock option activity under the Plan during the year ended December 31, 1998
is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Weighted-
                                                               Number   Average
                                                                 Of    Exercise
                                                               Options   Price
   <S>                                                         <C>     <C>
   Outstanding at December 31, 1997...........................      --      --
   Granted.................................................... 620,000  $.0005
   Exercised, forfeited and expired...........................      --      --
                                                               -------  ------
   Outstanding at December 31, 1998........................... 620,000  $.0005
                                                               =======  ======
   Exercisable at December 31, 1998........................... 470,000  $.0005
                                                               =======  ======
</TABLE>

   On September 23, 1998, the Company granted 620,000 options to purchase
common stock to certain members of management. At the grant date, 470,000
options were fully vested; the remaining 150,000 options become fully vested on
January 15, 1999. The fair value at the date of grant was $.20 per share based
on an appraisal performed by an independent valuation firm of the underlying
common stock. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of the options
outstanding at December 31, 1998 is in approximately 10 years. The Company
applies Accounting Principles Board Opinion No. 25, "Accounting for Stock
Issued to Employees," and related interpretations, in accounting for its stock
options issued to employees. Accordingly, the Company recorded compensation
cost of approximately $120,000 for the year ended December 31, 1998.

   Under Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for
Stock-Based Compensation" (SFAS 123), compensation cost is measured at the
grant date based on the value of the award and is recognized over the service
(or vesting) period. Under

                                      F-14
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

SFAS 123, the Company's net loss and loss per share for the year ended
December 31, 1998, would have been adjusted to the pro forma amounts indicated
in the following table:

<TABLE>
        <S>                                     <C>
        Net loss applicable to common
         stockholders:
         As reported........................... $3,809,207
         Pro forma............................. $3,909,240
        Loss per share:
         As reported:
          Basic and diluted.................... $      .27
         Pro forma:
          Basic and diluted.................... $      .28
</TABLE>

   The fair value of each option granted was estimated on the date of grant
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:
risk free rate of 4.6 percent; no expected dividend; expected life of 4 years
and volatility assumption of 75%.

   On September 23, 1998, the Company issued 1,800,000 shares of restricted
common stock to certain members of management for a nominal amount; 400,000 of
which are subject to certain vesting provisions through October 2002. The fair
value at the issuance date was $.20 per share based on an appraisal performed
by an independent valuation firm. Accordingly, the Company recorded
compensation expense of approximately $288,000 for the year ended December 31,
1998. Deferred compensation as of December 31, 1998 was approximately $55,000.

13. Earnings Per Share:

   The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted
earnings per share:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Three Months Ended
                              Years Ended December 31,                March 31,
                         ------------------------------------  ------------------------
                            1996         1997        1998         1998         1999
<S>                      <C>          <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
Net income (loss)....... $(1,498,220) $ (820,072) $(3,460,713) $    63,825  $(2,001,018)
Less: Preferred stock
 dividends..............          --     (73,456)    (348,494)     (50,000)    (165,496)
                         -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  (1,498,220)   (893,528)  (3,809,207)      13,825   (2,166,514)
                         -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Basic weighted average
 shares.................   4,316,000   7,160,080   14,238,296   12,095,704   18,538,602
                         -----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Basic loss per share.... $      (.35) $     (.12) $      (.27) $        --  $      (.12)
                         ===========  ==========  ===========  ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

The impact of dilutive shares is not significant.

                                     F-15
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


14. Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

   The following is the supplemental cash flow information for all periods
presented:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            Three Months Ended
                                Years Ended December 31,         March 31,
                              ----------------------------  -------------------
                               1996    1997       1998       1998      1999
                                                                (unaudited)
   <S>                        <C>    <C>      <C>           <C>     <C>
   Cash paid during the
    period for interest.....  $7,010 $  7,604 $    632,027  $59,981 $ 1,097,716
   Noncash financing and
    investing activities:
    In connection with the
     acquisitions described
     in Notes 2 and 17, lia-
     bilities were assumed
     as
     follows:
    Fair value of assets
     acquired...............                  $ 37,890,628          $ 9,967,818
    Business acquisition
     costs, net of cash
     acquired...............                   (32,850,289)          (9,371,427)
                                              ------------          -----------
   Liabilities assumed......                  $  5,040,339          $   596,391
                                              ============          ===========
   Acquisition of equipment
    through capital lease...      -- $159,974 $    951,117       -- $   373,534
   Conversion of note pay-
    able and accumulated
    dividends to preferred
    stock...................      --       -- $  3,042,400       --          --
   Issuance of compensatory
    common stock and
    options.................      --       -- $    408,407       --          --
   Issuance of common stock
    in exchange for
    promissory notes........      --       --           --       -- $ 6,000,000
</TABLE>

15. Commitments and Contingencies:

   The Company leases office facilities under operating lease agreements that
expire in the years 2000, 2006 and 2007. The following is a schedule of future
minimum rental payments under these leases:

<TABLE>
        <S>                                     <C>
        1999................................... $  318,390
        2000...................................    236,052
        2001...................................    212,715
        2002...................................    219,106
        2003...................................    225,681
        Thereafter.............................  1,101,424
                                                ----------
                                                $2,313,368
                                                ==========
</TABLE>

   In addition to these office leases, the Company also leases point of
presence locations under lease terms of less than one year.

   Rent expense under all operating leases of approximately $52,000, $103,000
and $190,000 was charged to operations in 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

16. Segment Reporting:

   In June 1997, the FASB issued SFAS No. 131 "Disclosures about Segments of
an Enterprise and Related Information," which requires certain information to
be reported about operating segments consistent with management's internal
view of the Company.

   The Company has a single operating segment, Internet access services. The
Company has no organizational structure dictated by product lines, geography
or customer type.

                                     F-16
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Sales are derived from one service line, Internet access service, and are
residential and business customers in the Midwestern United States. The Company
evaluates performance based on profit or loss from operations before interest,
income taxes, depreciation and amortization.

17. Subsequent Events:

Acquisitions:

   On January 15, 1999, the Company purchased assets of Hoosier On-Line
Systems, Inc. for approximately $2,347,000, of which approximately $2,197,000
was remitted to Hoosier On-Line Systems, Inc. and the remainder was deposited
in an escrow account. Approximately $2,030,000 was allocated to the acquired
customer base cost as a result of this transaction.

   On February 24, 1999, the Company purchased assets of Infinite Systems, Ltd.
for approximately $3,100,000, of which approximately $2,766,000 was remitted to
Infinite Systems, Ltd. and the remainder was deposited in an escrow account.
Approximately $2,538,000 was allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a
result of this transaction.

   On March 10, 1999, the Company purchased assets of Exchange Network
Services, Inc. for approximately $3,250,000, of which approximately $3,005,000
was remitted to Exchange Network Services, Inc. and the remainder was deposited
in an escrow account. Approximately $2,803,000 was allocated to the acquired
customer base cost as a result of this transaction.

   On April 23, 1999, the Company acquired certain subscribers of StarNet, Inc.
for approximately $1,835,000, of which $1,635,000 was remitted to StarNet, Inc.
and the remainder was deposited in an escrow account. Approximately $2,000,000
was allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a result of this
transaction.

   On May 7, 1999, the Company purchased the stock of GDR Enterprises, Inc. for
approximately $9,075,000, of which approximately $8,275,000 was remitted to GDR
Enterprises, Inc. and the remainder was deposited in an escrow account.
Approximately $9,018,000 was allocated to the acquired customer base cost as a
result of the transaction.

   On June 4, 1999, the Company purchased assets of PCLink.com for
approximately $1.9 million.

Employee Stock Option Plan (Unaudited):

   Concurrent with the Company's initial public offering of securities, the
Company anticipates that it will grant to employees options to purchase common
stock under its stock option plan. Options will be granted at the initial
public offering price and will be granted based on a formula of years of
service, level of compensation and other factors.


                                      F-17
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

   On May 3, 1999, the Company received $666,700 for its preferred stock
subscription.

   On June 10, 1999, the Board of Directors authorized a loan in the amount of
$5,000,000 to Mr. Torto, Chief Executive Officer, payable over four years at
interest of 5 percent per year compounded annually.

                                     F-18
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

       PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

   During the period from July 1, 1998 through December 31, 1998, Voyager.net
(the "Company") completed seven business acquisitions and from January 1, 1999
through June 4, 1999 Voyager.net completed an additional six business
acquisitions as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         Company                            Date
         -------                          --------
         <S>                              <C>
         CDL Corp.                          7/1/98
         Internet-Michigan, Inc.            7/1/98
         Freeway, Inc.                     7/31/98
         EXEC-PC, Inc.                     9/23/98
         Netimation, Inc.                  10/2/98
         NetLink Systems, L.L.C.           10/2/98
         Add, Inc.                        11/20/98
         Hoosier On-Line Systems, Inc.     1/15/99
         Infinite Systems, Ltd.            2/26/99
         Exchange Network Services, Inc.   3/10/99
         StarNet, Inc.                     4/23/99
         GDR Enterprises, Inc.              5/7/99
         PCLink.com                         6/4/99
</TABLE>

   These acquisitions were accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. Accordingly, the purchase prices were allocated to assets acquired
and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair values at the dates of
acquisitions.

   Condensed pro forma financial statements are required for the companies and
the periods presented herein and include Freeway, Inc., EXEC-PC, Inc., NetLink
Systems L.L.C., and GDR Enterprises, Inc. The unaudited pro forma condensed
consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 1998
assumes, that for the acquired entities presented, that the acquisitions in
1998 and 1999 had occurred on January 1, 1998. The unaudited pro forma
condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 1999 assumes that the
acquisition of GDR Enterprises, Inc. that occurred on May 7, 1999 had occurred
as of March 31, 1999. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement
of operations is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations that
would actually have occurred if the transactions had been consummated as of
January 1, 1998 and is not intended to indicate the expected results for any
future period. Also, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance
sheet at March 31, 1999 is not intended to present the financial position as of
March 31, 1999. These statements should be read in conjunction with the
historical consolidated financial statements and related notes of Voyager.net,
and certain acquired businesses, included herein.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

      PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS (UNAUDITED)
                      For the year ended December 31, 1998

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   Pre-acquisition Results
                                        -----------------------------------------------
                                                                NetLink        GDR
                          Voyager.net,   Freeway,   ExecPC,     Systems,   Enterprises,
                              Inc.         Inc.       Inc.       L.L.C.        Inc.     Adjustments      Total
<S>                       <C>           <C>        <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>           <C>
Revenue:
 Internet access
  service...............  $10,588,963   $1,049,380 $8,652,989  $1,441,020   $3,860,368                $ 25,592,720
 Other..................      133,199          --      15,855       1,080          --                      150,134
                          -----------   ---------- ----------  ----------   ----------                ------------
  Total revenue.........   10,722,162    1,049,380  8,668,844   1,442,100    3,860,368                  25,742,854
                          -----------   ---------- ----------  ----------   ----------                ------------
Internet access service
 costs..................    3,607,665      411,816  3,493,066     853,582    1,253,554                   9,619,683
Sales and marketing.....    1,987,113      155,947    574,078      69,645      136,221                   2,923,004
General and
 administrative.........    3,405,870      286,498  1,773,757     364,591    1,739,115                   7,569,831
Depreciation and
 amortization...........    3,862,041       56,744  1,151,960      73,808      651,771  $ 10,265,389    16,061,713
Compensation charge for
 issuance of common
 stock and options......      408,407          --         --          --           --            --        408,407
                          -----------   ---------- ----------  ----------   ----------  ------------  ------------
Total operating
 expenses...............   13,271,096      911,005  6,992,861   1,361,626    3,780,661    10,265,389    36,582,638
                          -----------   ---------- ----------  ----------   ----------  ------------  ------------
Total operating income
 (loss).................   (2,548,934)     138,375  1,675,983      80,474       79,707   (10,265,389)  (10,839,784)
Other income (expense)..     (911,779)                (41,626)    (12,073)     (41,719)   (2,610,432)   (3,617,629)
                          -----------   ---------- ----------  ----------   ----------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss).......   (3,460,713)     138,375  1,634,357      68,401       37,988   (12,875,821)  (14,457,413)
Preferred stock
 dividends..............     (348,494)         --         --          --           --            --       (348,494)
                          -----------   ---------- ----------  ----------   ----------  ------------  ------------
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $(3,809,207)  $  138,375 $1,634,357  $   68,401   $   37,988  $(12,875,821) $(14,805,907)
                          ===========   ========== ==========  ==========   ==========  ============  ============
EBITDA (1)..............  $ 1,721,514   $  195,119 $2,827,943  $  154,282   $  731,478           --   $  5,630,336
                          ===========   ========== ==========  ==========   ==========  ============  ============
Basic and diluted
 earnings per share.....                                                                              $      (1.04)
                                                                                                      ============
Basic weighted average
 shares (in thousands)..                                                                                14,238,296
                                                                                                      ============
</TABLE>

(1) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation, and
    amortization and non-recurring, non-cash compensation charges. EBITDA is
    provided because it is a measure commonly used by investors to analyze and
    compare companies on the basis of operating performance. EBITDA is not a
    measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting
    principles and should not be construed as a substitute for operating
    income, net income or cash flows from operating activities for purposes of
    analyzing our operating performance, financial position and cash flows.
    EBITDA, as calculated by Voyager.net, is not necessarily comparable with
    similarly titled measures for other companies.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>


                             VOYAGER.NET, INC.

         PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

                                (UNAUDITED)

                 For the three months ended March 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Pre-acquisition
                                            Results
                                        ----------------
                          Voyager.net,  GDR Enterprises,
                              Inc.            Inc.       Adjustments    Total
<S>                       <C>           <C>              <C>         <C>
Revenue:
  Internet access
   service..............  $ 8,405,202      $1,141,331                $ 9,546,533
  Other.................      114,024                                    114,024
                          -----------      ----------                -----------
    Total revenue.......    8,519,226       1,141,331                  9,660,557
                          -----------      ----------                -----------
Internet access service
 costs..................    2,789,676         318,029                  3,107,705
Sales and marketing.....      969,031          83,782                  1,052,813
General and
 administrative.........    2,463,200         353,138                  2,816,338
Depreciation and
 amortization...........    3,526,824         228,864     $ 751,508    4,507,196
                          -----------      ----------     ---------  -----------
Total operating
 expenses...............    9,748,731         983,813       751,508   11,484,052
                          -----------      ----------     ---------  -----------
Total operating income
 (loss).................   (1,229,505)        157,518      (751,508)  (1,823,495)
Other income (expense)..     (771,513)        (44,684)     (195,500)  (1,011,697)
                          -----------      ----------     ---------  -----------
Net income (loss).......   (2,001,018)        112,834      (947,008)  (2,835,192)
Preferred stock
 dividends..............     (165,496)                                  (165,496)
                          -----------      ----------     ---------  -----------
Net income (loss)
 applicable to common
 stockholders...........  $(2,166,514)     $  112,834     $(947,008) $(3,000,688)
                          ===========      ==========     =========  ===========
EBITDA(1)...............  $ 2,297,319      $  386,382     $     --   $ 2,683,701
                          ===========      ==========     =========  ===========
Basic and diluted
 earnings per share.....                                             $     (0.16)
                                                                     ===========
Basic and diluted
 weighted average shares
 (in thousands).........                                              18,538,602
                                                                     ===========
</TABLE>

(1) EBITDA represents earnings before interest, taxes, and depreciation, and
    amortization and non-recurring, non-cash compensation charges. EBITDA is
    provided because it is a measure commonly used by investors to analyze and
    compare companies on the basis of operating performance. EBITDA is not a
    measurement of financial performance under generally accepted accounting
    principles and should not be construed as a substitute for operating
    income, net income or cash flows from operating activities for purposes of
    analyzing our operating performance, financial position and cash flows.
    EBITDA, as calculated by Voyager.net, is not necessarily comparable with
    similarly titled measures for other companies.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>


                             VOYAGER.NET, INC.

              PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

                                (UNAUDITED)

                           As of March 31, 1999

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        Pre-acquisition
                                            Results
                                        ----------------
                          Voyager.net,  GDR Enterprises,
                              Inc.            Inc.       Adjustments     Total
<S>                       <C>           <C>              <C>          <C>
         Assets
Current Assets:
  Cash and cash
   equivalents..........  $ 4,426,518      $1,995,158    $ (720,200)  $ 5,701,476
  Accounts receivable,
   net..................    1,812,496                                   1,812,496
  Prepaid and other
   assets...............      303,204                                     303,204
                          -----------      ----------    ----------   -----------
    Total current
     assets.............    6,542,218       1,995,158      (720,200)    7,817,176
Property and equipment,
 net....................   12,064,932       1,278,068                  13,343,000
Note receivable, related
 party..................                      169,422      (169,422)
Intangible assets, net..   33,852,138          31,235     8,266,593    42,149,966
                          -----------      ----------    ----------   -----------
    Total assets........  $52,459,288      $3,473,883    $7,376,971   $63,310,142
                          ===========      ==========    ==========   ===========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Current Liabilities:
  Notes payable and
   current portion of
   obligations under
   capital leases.......  $ 2,688,192      $  643,679    $ (643,679)  $ 2,688,192
  Accounts payable and
   other liabilities....    2,749,142         363,688                   3,112,830
  Deferred revenue......    7,373,988       1,874,555                   9,248,543
                          -----------      ----------    ----------   -----------
    Total current
     liabilities........   12,811,322       2,881,922      (643,679)   15,049,565
                          -----------      ----------    ----------   -----------
Long term debt and
 obligations under
 capital leases, less
 current portion........   40,372,823         245,943     8,954,057    49,572,823
Deferred revenue, less
 current portion........                      185,396                     185,396
Stockholders' equity
 (deficit):
  Preferred Stock.......    8,274,819                                   8,274,819
  Common stock and
   additional paid-in
   capital..............    6,414,960          50,500                   6,465,460
  Receivable for
   preferred and common
   stock................   (6,666,700)                                 (6,666,700)
  Retained earnings
   (deficit)............   (8,747,936)        110,122      (933,407)   (9,571,221)
                          -----------      ----------    ----------   -----------
    Total stockholders'
     equity (deficit)...     (724,857)        160,622      (933,407)   (1,497,642)
                          -----------      ----------    ----------   -----------
    Total liabilities
     and stockholders'
     equity.............  $52,459,288      $3,473,883    $7,376,971   $63,310,142
                          ===========      ==========    ==========   ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-22
<PAGE>

                               VOYAGER.NET, INC.

   NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

A.Acquired customer bases for the required reported entities, in the amount of
    39.2 million are amortized over a three-year period beginning January 1,
    1998 as if the acquisitions had occurred on that date. Additional
    amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 1998 of approximately
    $10.3 million would have been recorded if these acquisitions had occurred
    on January 1, 1998. The historical results of GDR Enterprises, Inc. are
    included for the three months ended March 31, 1999 and adjusted for
    approximately $750,000 of additional amortization expense.

B.Voyager.net utilized $30,000,000 of its revolving credit facility to complete
    the acquisitions in 1998. On April 13, 1999, the Company increased its
    revolving credit facility to $70,000,000. Additional interest expense on
    the related debt for the required reported entities would have been
    approximately $2.6 million and $196,000 for the year ended December 31,
    1998 and March 31, 1999, respectively. The assumed interest rate was 8.5%
    for all periods presented.

C.  The GDR Enterprises, Inc. note receivable, related party and obligations
    under capital leases were received and paid, respectively, at the date of
    acquisition. These transactions were treated as if received and paid,
    respectively, on March 31, 1999.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of
Voyager.net, Inc.:

   In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, stockholder's (deficit) equity and cash flows, present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of Freeway, Inc. (the
"Company") at December 31, 1997 and at July 31, 1998, and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the
seven months ended July 31, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards
which require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

                                               PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
April 28, 1999

                                      F-24
<PAGE>

                                 FREEWAY, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          December 31, July 31,
Assets                                                        1997       1998
<S>                                                       <C>          <C>
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents...............................   $    329   $  9,585
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
  accounts of $11,000 and $35,000 in 1997 and 1998,
  respectively...........................................    194,216    212,134
 Prepaid and other assets................................        900      2,100
                                                            --------   --------
Total current assets.....................................    195,445    223,819
Computer equipment, net..................................    245,242    321,058
                                                            --------   --------
Total assets.............................................   $440,687   $544,877
                                                            ========   ========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current liabilities:
 Cash overdraft..........................................   $ 24,956   $     --
 Accounts payable........................................     25,034     13,774
 Accrued payroll and related expenses....................     16,161     21,209
 Deferred revenue........................................     20,522     17,505
 Stockholder loans.......................................    190,965    190,965
                                                            --------   --------
Total current liabilities................................    277,638    243,453
Stockholders' equity:
 Common stock............................................      1,000      1,000
 Retained earnings.......................................    162,049    300,424
                                                            --------   --------
Total stockholders' equity...............................    163,049    301,424
                                                            --------   --------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity...............   $440,687   $544,877
                                                            ========   ========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-25
<PAGE>

                                 FREEWAY, INC.

                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Seven
                                                                       months
                                                         Year ended    ended
                                                        December 31,  July 31,
                                                            1997        1998
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Revenue, Internet access service.......................  $1,163,019  $1,049,380
                                                         ----------  ----------
Operating expenses:
 Internet access service costs.........................     523,566     411,816
 Sales and marketing...................................     153,542     155,947
 General and administrative............................     302,435     286,498
 Depreciation and amortization.........................      75,982      56,744
                                                         ----------  ----------
Total operating expenses...............................   1,055,525     911,005
                                                         ----------  ----------
Income from operations before interest expense.........     107,494     138,375
                                                         ----------  ----------
Interest expense.......................................         630          --
                                                         ----------  ----------
Net income.............................................  $  106,864  $  138,375
                                                         ==========  ==========
</TABLE>




The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-26
<PAGE>

                                 FREEWAY, INC.

                       STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                Common Stock
                                                ------------- Retained
                                                Shares Amount Earnings  Total
<S>                                             <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>
Balances at January 1, 1997.................... 1,000  $1,000 $ 55,185 $ 56,185
 Net income....................................                106,864  106,864
                                                -----  ------ -------- --------
Balances at December 31, 1997.................. 1,000   1,000  162,049  163,049
 Net income....................................                138,375  138,375
                                                -----  ------ -------- --------
Balances at July 31, 1998...................... 1,000  $1,000 $300,424 $301,424
                                                =====  ====== ======== ========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-27
<PAGE>

                                 FREEWAY, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       Seven
                                                                      Months
                                                         Year ended    ended
                                                        December 31, July 31,
                                                            1997       1998
<S>                                                     <C>          <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
 Net income............................................  $ 106,864   $ 138,375
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided
  by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization........................     75,982      56,744
  Changes in assets and liabilities
   Accounts receivable.................................    (77,035)    (17,918)
   Prepaids and other assets...........................         50      (1,200)
   Accounts payable....................................    (24,251)    (11,260)
   Accrued expenses....................................       (781)      5,048
   Deferred revenue....................................      8,059      (3,017)
                                                         ---------   ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities..............     88,888     166,772
Cash flows from investing activities
 Purchase of property and equipment....................   (200,656)   (132,560)
                                                         ---------   ---------
Net cash used in investing activities..................   (200,656)   (132,560)
Cash flows from financing activities
 Proceeds from stockholder loans.......................     62,378          --
 Cash overdraft, net...................................     24,956     (24,956)
                                                         ---------   ---------
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities....     87,334     (24,956)
                                                         ---------   ---------
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents...    (24,434)      9,256
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period.......     24,763         329
                                                         ---------   ---------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period.............  $     329   $   9,585
                                                         =========   =========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Interest paid..........................................  $     630   $      --
                                                         =========   =========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-28
<PAGE>

                                 FREEWAY, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Organization and Basis of Presentation

  Freeway, Inc. (the "Company") provides full service access to the Internet
for corporate and individual users in Michigan.

Revenue Recognition
  The Company recognizes revenue when Internet access services are provided.
Advance collections relating to future access services are recorded as deferred
revenue and recognized as revenue when earned.

Cash Equivalents
  The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an initial
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment
  Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their
estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Costs of repair and
maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Advertising Costs
  Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense of
approximately $13,000, $34,000, and $26,000 was charged to operations in 1996,
1997 and 1998, respectively.

Use of Estimates
  The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes
  The Company is taxed as an S-Corporation. Accordingly, the stockholders of
the Company are subject to federal income taxes rather than the Company.

2. Property and Equipment:

   Cost of property and equipment and depreciable lives are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Depreciable
                                                 1997       1998     Life-Years
   <S>                                         <C>        <C>        <C>
   Computer equipment......................... $ 357,036  $ 489,595        5
    Less accumulated depreciation.............  (111,794)  (168,537)
                                               ---------  ---------
     Computer equipment, net.................. $ 245,242  $ 321,058
                                               =========  =========
</TABLE>

                                      F-29
<PAGE>

                                 FREEWAY, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(continued)

   Depreciation expense of approximately $76,000 and $57,000 was charged to
operations in 1997 and 1998, respectively.

3. Operating Leases:

   The Company also leases point of presence locations under lease terms of
less than one year.

   Rent expense under all operating leases of approximately $10,000 and $8,000
was charged to operations in 1997 and 1998, respectively.

4. Stockholder loans:

   The stockholder loans are interest free and payable upon demand.

                                      F-30
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of
Voyager.net, Inc.:

   In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, stockholder's equity (deficit) and cash flows, present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of EXEC-PC, Inc. (the
"Company") at December 31, 1997 and September 22, 1998 and the results of its
operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 and for the
period ended September 22, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

                                               PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
April 28, 1999

                                      F-31
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 31,  September 22,
                                                         1997          1998
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>
Assets
Current assets:
 Cash............................................... $   248,268    $  461,924
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
  accounts of $37,900 and $53,900 in 1997 and 1998,
  respectively......................................      63,400        52,022
 Prepaid and other assets...........................       7,460        50,351
                                                     -----------    ----------
  Total current assets..............................     319,128       564,297
Property and equipment, net.........................   2,464,138     3,925,550
Intangible assets, net..............................     355,158       327,358
                                                     -----------    ----------
Total assets........................................ $ 3,138,424    $4,817,205
                                                     ===========    ==========
Liabilities and Stockholder's Deficit
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of obligations under capital
  leases............................................ $ 1,083,144    $1,238,844
 Note payable, bank.................................     295,000       145,000
 Accounts payable...................................     257,980       305,951
 Accrued payroll and related expenses...............     165,100       132,606
 Deferred revenue...................................   3,353,920     3,353,387
                                                     -----------    ----------
Total current liabilities...........................   5,155,144     5,175,788
Obligations under capital leases....................     253,483     1,414,602
Long-term debt......................................     212,418       117,177
Stockholder's deficit:
 Common stock.......................................         100           100
 Paid-in capital....................................     169,783       169,783
 Accumulated deficit................................  (2,652,504)   (2,060,245)
                                                     -----------    ----------
Total stockholder's deficit.........................  (2,482,621)   (1,890,362)
                                                     -----------    ----------
Total liabilities and stockholder's deficit......... $ 3,138,424    $4,817,205
                                                     ===========    ==========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-32
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Year ended  Period ended
                                                    December 31, September 22,
                                                        1997         1998
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
Revenue:
 Internet access service...........................  $8,029,414   $8,652,989
 Other.............................................      73,740       15,855
                                                     ----------   ----------
  Total revenue....................................   8,103,154    8,668,844
                                                     ----------   ----------
Operating expenses:
 Internet access service costs.....................   2,846,798    3,493,066
 Sales and marketing...............................     660,898      574,078
 General and administrative........................   2,676,032    1,773,757
 Depreciation and amortization.....................   1,274,787    1,151,960
                                                     ----------   ----------
  Total operating expenses.........................   7,458,515    6,992,861
                                                     ----------   ----------
Income from operations before other income
 (expense).........................................     644,639    1,675,983
                                                     ----------   ----------
Other income (expense):
 Interest income...................................       1,910           95
 Interest expense..................................     (80,309)     (71,742)
 Gain (loss) on sale of assets.....................    (222,458)      30,021
                                                     ----------   ----------
Total other (expense)..............................    (300,857)     (41,626)
                                                     ----------   ----------
Net income.........................................  $  343,782   $1,634,357
                                                     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-33
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                      STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDER'S DEFICIT

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                              Common Stock
                              ------------- Paid-in  Accumulated
                              Shares Amount Capital    Deficit       Total
<S>                           <C>    <C>    <C>      <C>          <C>
Balance at December 31,
 1996........................  100    $100  $169,783 $(2,195,786) $(2,025,903)
 Dividends...................   --      --        --    (800,500)    (800,500)
 Net income..................   --      --        --     343,782      343,782
                               ---    ----  -------- -----------  -----------
Balance at December 31,
 1997........................  100     100   169,783  (2,652,504)  (2,482,621)
 Dividends...................   --      --        --  (1,042,098)  (1,042,098)
 Net income..................   --      --        --   1,634,357    1,634,357
                               ---    ----  -------- -----------  -----------
Balance at September 22,
 1998........................  100    $100  $169,783 $(2,060,245) $(1,890,362)
                               ===    ====  ======== ===========  ===========
</TABLE>




The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-34
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     Year ended   Period ended
                                                    December 31,  September 22,
                                                        1997          1998
<S>                                                 <C>           <C>
Cash flows from operating activities
 Net income........................................ $   343,782    $ 1,634,357
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash
  Provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization....................   1,274,787      1,151,960
  (Gain) loss on (sale) disposal of equipment......     222,458        (30,021)
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable.............................      30,400         11,378
   Prepaids and other assets.......................      12,435        (42,891)
   Accounts payable................................      64,495         47,971
   Accrued expenses................................      75,133        (32,494)
   Deferred revenue................................     697,801           (533)
                                                    -----------    -----------
Net cash provided by operating activities..........   2,721,291      2,739,727
Cash flows from investing activities
 Purchase of property and equipment................  (1,143,349)      (465,299)
 Proceeds from the sale of equipment...............      58,960             --
 Payment for purchase of a business................    (370,600)            --
                                                    -----------    -----------
Net cash used in investing activities..............  (1,454,989)      (465,299)
Cash flows from financing activities
 Payments on capital leases........................    (347,107)      (773,433)
 Advances from related party.......................     431,963             --
 Payments to related party.........................    (431,963)            --
 Payment on notes payable..........................    (249,819)      (245,241)
 Proceeds from notes payable issuance..............     300,000             --
 Dividends.........................................    (800,500)    (1,042,098)
                                                    -----------    -----------
Net cash used in financing activities..............  (1,097,426)    (2,060,772)
                                                    -----------    -----------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents..........     168,876        213,656
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period...      79,392        248,268
                                                    -----------    -----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period......... $   248,268    $   461,924
                                                    ===========    ===========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Interest paid...................................... $    80,309    $    71,742
                                                    ===========    ===========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-35
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Organization and Basis of Presentation

   EXEC-PC, Inc. (the "Company") provides full service access to the Internet
for corporate and individual users in Illinois and Wisconsin.

Revenue Recognition

   The Company recognizes revenue when internet access services are provided.
Advance collections relating to future access services are recorded as deferred
revenue and recognized as revenue when earned.

Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their
estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Equipment acquired under
capital leases are depreciated over their related lease terms or their
estimated productive useful lives, depending on the criteria met in determining
their qualification as a capital lease. Costs of repair and maintenance are
charged to expense as incurred.

Advertising Costs

   Advertising costs are expensed as incurred.

Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Intangible Assets

   Goodwill, representing the excess cost over net assets of an acquired
company, is amortized using the straight-line method over 10 years. The
carrying value of goodwill will be periodically reviewed to determine if an
impairment has occurred.

                                      F-36
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


2. Property and Equipment:

   Cost of property and equipment and depreciable lives are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   Depreciable
                                            1997         1998      Life-Years
   <S>                                   <C>          <C>          <C>
   Computer equipment................... $   862,695  $   865,782        3
   Office equipment.....................     105,903      144,969      5-7
   Furniture and fixtures...............     113,974      124,873        7
   Software.............................      97,729       99,183        3
   Equipment acquired under capital
    lease...............................   1,710,400    3,800,652      3-5
   Vehicles.............................      21,882       24,094        5
   Building improvements................     811,444      882,768        7
                                         -----------  -----------
                                           3,724,027    5,942,321
    Less accumulated depreciation.......  (1,259,889)  (2,016,771)
                                         -----------  -----------
     Property and equipment, net........ $ 2,464,138  $ 3,925,550
                                         ===========  ===========
</TABLE>

   Depreciation expense of approximately $1,259,000 and $1,124,000 was charged
to operations in 1997 and 1998, respectively.

3. Intangible Assets:

   Intangible assets consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               1997      1998
   <S>                                                       <C>       <C>
   Goodwill................................................. $370,600  $370,600
   Less accumulated amortization............................  (15,442)  (43,242)
                                                             --------  --------
    Intangible assets, net.................................. $355,158  $327,358
                                                             ========  ========
</TABLE>

4. Capital Leases:

   The Company leases computer equipment under capital leases expiring in
various years through the year 2001. The assets under capital leases are
recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or the
fair value of the asset. The net book value of these assets as of September 22,
1998 is $3,084,907. Depreciation of assets under capital leases is included in
depreciation expense.

   Future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of September 22, 1998
are as follows:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                              <C>
   1999............................................................ $ 1,329,600
   2000............................................................   1,131,942
   2001............................................................     391,552
   2002............................................................       4,506
                                                                    -----------
   Total minimum lease payments....................................   2,857,600
   Less amount representing interest...............................    (204,154)
                                                                    -----------
   Present value of net minimum lease payments.....................   2,653,446
   Less current maturities.........................................  (1,238,844)
                                                                    -----------
   Long-term portion............................................... $ 1,414,602
                                                                    ===========
</TABLE>

                                      F-37
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


   The Company also leases office facilities under operating lease agreements
that expire in the years 2006 and 2007. The following is a schedule of future
minimum rental payments under these leases as of September 22, 1998:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                <C>
   1999.............................................................. $  199,050
   2000..............................................................    205,021
   2001..............................................................    211,172
   2002..............................................................    217,507
   2003..............................................................    224,033
   Thereafter........................................................    932,125
                                                                      ----------
                                                                      $1,988,908
                                                                      ==========
</TABLE>

   In addition to these office leases, the Company also leases point of
presence locations under lease terms of less than one year.

   Rent expense under the above operating leases was approximately $203,000 and
$165,000 was charged to operations in 1997 and 1998, respectively.

5. Long-Term Debt:

   Long-term debt consists of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            1997       1998
   <S>                                                    <C>        <C>
   Note payable to bank, original amount $446,635 due in
    monthly principal and interest payments of $14,171
    through May 1, 2000, interest due monthly at 8.6% per
    annum on the unpaid principal balance................ $ 357,418  $ 262,177
   Note payable, StarNet, Inc. (Five Star Telecom),
    original amount $300,000, due in monthly principal
    payments of $30,000 through May 31, 1998, non-
    interest bearing.....................................   150,000         --
                                                          ---------  ---------
                                                            507,418    262,177
   Less current maturities...............................  (295,000)  (145,000)
                                                          ---------  ---------
   Long-term debt........................................ $ 212,418  $ 117,177
                                                          =========  =========
</TABLE>

   Maturities of principal payments of long-term debt are as follows:

<TABLE>
   <S>                                                                  <C>
   1999................................................................ $145,000
   2000................................................................  117,177
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $262,177
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>

6. Related Party Transactions:

   In 1997, the Company borrowed a total of approximately $432,000 from an
officer of the Company at an interest rate of ten percent. The entire amount
borrowed was repaid by December 31, 1997. Interest expense on the note payable
in 1997 was approximately $13,000.


                                      F-38
<PAGE>

                                 EXEC-PC, INC.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

7. Acquisition:

   During 1997, the Company acquired StarNet, Inc. for $370,600. The
transaction was accounted as a purchase and goodwill in the amount of $370,600
was recognized. The purchase price consisted of cash in the amount of $70,600
and a $300,000 note payable (see Note 5).

                                      F-39
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of
Voyager.net, Inc.:

   In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheets and the related statements
of operations, stockholder's equity (deficit) and cash flows, present fairly,
in all material respects, the financial position of NetLink Systems, L.L.C.
(the "Company") at December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1998 and the results of
its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 1997 and the
nine months ended September 30, 1998, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles. These financial statements are the responsibility of the
Company's management; our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these
statements in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards which
require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit
includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and
disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles
used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall
financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

                                     PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
April 28, 1999

                                      F-40
<PAGE>

                            NETLINK SYSTEMS, L.L.C.

                                 BALANCE SHEETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     December 31, September 30,
                                                         1997         1998
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Assets
Current assets:
 Cash...............................................   $ 55,407     $ 26,070
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful
  accounts of $10,000 and $45,000 in 1997 and 1998,
  respectively......................................     28,528       66,547
 Prepaid and other assets...........................      4,500        3,300
                                                       --------     --------
Total current assets................................     88,435       95,917
Property and equipment, net.........................    383,577      338,711
                                                       --------     --------
Total assets........................................   $472,012     $434,628
                                                       ========     ========
Liabilities and Members' Equity
Current liabilities:
 Line of credit.....................................   $149,237     $167,747
 Current portion of note payable....................      1,586       10,587
 Accounts payable...................................    102,697       72,554
 Other liabilities..................................     25,591       23,138
 Deferred revenue...................................         --      119,166
                                                       --------     --------
Total current liabilities...........................    279,111      393,192
Note payable........................................     26,691           --
Members' equity.....................................    166,210       41,436
                                                       --------     --------
Total liabilities and members' equity...............   $472,012     $434,628
                                                       ========     ========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-41
<PAGE>

                            NETLINK SYSTEMS, L.L.C.

                    STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND MEMBERS' EQUITY

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  Nine months
                                                     Year ended      ended
                                                    December 31, September 30,
                                                        1997         1998
<S>                                                 <C>          <C>
Revenue:
 Internet access service...........................  $1,399,514   $1,441,020
 Other.............................................         258        1,080
                                                     ----------   ----------
Total revenue......................................   1,399,772    1,442,100
                                                     ----------   ----------
Operating expenses:
 Internet access service costs.....................     702,888      853,582
 Sales and marketing...............................      34,990       69,645
 General and administrative........................     260,516      364,591
 Depreciation and amortization.....................      41,540       73,808
                                                     ----------   ----------
Total operating expenses...........................   1,039,934    1,361,626
                                                     ----------   ----------
Income from operations before other income
 (expense).........................................     359,838       80,474
                                                     ----------   ----------
Other income (expense):
 Interest income...................................         296          758
 Interest expense..................................      (9,422)     (12,831)
                                                     ----------   ----------
Total other income (expense).......................      (9,126)     (12,073)
                                                     ----------   ----------
Net income.........................................     350,712       68,401
Members' equity, beginning of year.................      57,217      166,210
Distribution to members............................    (241,719)    (193,175)
                                                     ----------   ----------
Members' equity, end of year.......................  $  166,210   $   41,436
                                                     ==========   ==========
</TABLE>



The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-42
<PAGE>

                            NETLINK SYSTEMS, L.L.C.

                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Year ended   Nine months
                                                     December 31, September 30,
                                                         1997         1998
<S>                                                  <C>          <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
 Net income.........................................  $ 350,712     $  68,401
 Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
  provided by operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....................     41,540        73,808
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
   Accounts receivable..............................     23,718       (38,019)
   Prepaids and other assets........................     (1,500)        1,200
   Accounts payable.................................     29,937       (30,143)
   Accrued expenses.................................     (5,197)       (2,453)
   Deferred revenue.................................         --       119,166
                                                      ---------     ---------
Net cash provided by operating activities......... .    439,210       191,960
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:
 Purchase of property and equipment.................   (279,672)      (28,942)
                                                      ---------     ---------
Net cash used in investing activities...............   (279,672)      (28,942)
Cash Flows Provided By Financing Activities:
 Payment on line of credit..........................    (26,805)      (48,490)
 Proceeds from line of credit.......................    176,042        67,000
 Payment on note payable............................    (25,023)      (17,690)
 Distributions to members...........................   (241,719)     (193,175)
                                                      ---------     ---------
Net cash used in financing activities...............   (117,505)     (192,355)
                                                      ---------     ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash.....................     42,033       (29,337)
Cash at beginning of period.........................     13,374        55,407
                                                      ---------     ---------
Cash at end of period...............................  $  55,407     $  26,070
                                                      =========     =========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
 Interest paid......................................  $   9,422     $  12,831
                                                      =========     =========
</TABLE>


The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

                                      F-43
<PAGE>

                            NETLINK SYSTEMS, L.L.C.

                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Organization and Basis of Presentation

   NetLink Systems, L.L.C. (the "Company") provides full service access to the
Internet for corporate and individual users in Michigan.

Revenue Recognition

   The Company recognizes revenue when Internet access services are provided.
Advance collections relating to future access services are recorded as deferred
revenue and recognized as revenue when earned.

Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their
estimated useful lives using the straight-line method. Costs of repair and
maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

   The Company is classified as a limited liability corporation for federal
income tax purposes. Accordingly, no provisions for income taxes are required
as income or losses generated flow to the individual members.

2. Property and Equipment:

   Cost of property and equipment and depreciable lives are summarized as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Depreciable
                                                   1997      1998    Life-Years
   <S>                                           <C>       <C>       <C>
   Computer equipment........................... $446,722  $473,171        5
   Furniture and fixtures.......................   21,415    21,415        7
                                                 --------  --------
                                                  468,137   494,586
    Less accumulated depreciation...............  (84,560) (155,875)
                                                 --------  --------
     Property and equipment, net................ $383,577  $338,711
                                                 ========  ========
</TABLE>

   Depreciation expense of approximately $42,000 and $74,000 was charged to
operations in 1997 and 1998, respectively.

                                      F-44
<PAGE>

                            NETLINK SYSTEMS, L.L.C.

                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)


3. Other Liabilities:

   Other liabilities consist of the following:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1997    1998
   <S>                                                          <C>     <C>
   Accrued payroll and related expenses........................ $19,091 $10,302
   Accrued expenses............................................   6,500  12,836
                                                                ------- -------
                                                                $25,591 $23,138
                                                                ======= =======
</TABLE>

4. Operating Leases:

   The Company leases office space and communication services under operating
leases expiring in various years through 2001.

   Minimum future rental payments under noncancellable operating leases as
follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         1998
   <S>                                                                 <C>
   1999............................................................... $ 47,040
   2000...............................................................   45,920
   2001...............................................................   40,260
                                                                       --------
   Total minimum future rental payments............................... $133,220
                                                                       ========
</TABLE>

   Rent expense under the above operating leases was approximately $56,000 and
$45,000 in 1997 and 1998, respectively.

5. Line of Credit:

   In 1997, the Company entered into a $250,000 revolving term loan with a bank
which matures July 10, 2000, bearing interest at the bank's prime rate plus
 .25%. The rate at September 30, 1998 is 8.5%. Borrowings are collateralized by
substantially all of the Company's assets and the limited personal guarantees
of the members. At December 31, 1997 and September 30, 1998, $149,237 and
$167,747, respectively, was outstanding under the credit facility.

6. Long-Term Debt:

   At December 31, 1996, the Company entered into an agreement to purchase a
member's equity. Under the terms of the agreement, the Company is to pay the
former member $46,300 in full consideration for a note payable and accrued
interest of $27,627 and a return of capital in the amount of $18,673. The full
consideration to be paid consists of a $10,300 cash payment and an unsecured
note in the amount of $36,000. The unsecured note bearing interest at 7 percent
is payable in monthly installments of $1,093, including interest, through July
1999.

                                      F-45
<PAGE>

                       REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

To the Board of Directors and the Stockholders of
 Voyager.net, Inc.:

   In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheet and the related
consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows, present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GDR Enterprises,
Inc. (the "Company") and its subsidiaries at December 31, 1998, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for the year then ended, in conformity
with generally accepted accounting principles. These financial statements are
the responsibility of the Company's management; our responsibility is to
express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We
conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards, which require that we plan and perform the audit
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free
of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements,
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

                                               PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
June 9, 1999

                                      F-46
<PAGE>

                             GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               March 31,
                                            December 31, ----------------------
                                                1998        1998        1999
                                                              (unaudited)
<S>                                         <C>          <C>         <C>
Assets
Current assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents................   $1,771,056  $1,315,887  $1,995,158
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------
Total current assets......................    1,771,056   1,315,887   1,995,158
Property and equipment, net...............    1,309,222     981,382   1,278,068
Note receivable, related party............      172,432     273,614     169,422
Intangible assets, net....................       36,765      53,355      31,235
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------
Total assets..............................   $3,289,475  $2,624,238  $3,473,883
                                             ==========  ==========  ==========
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity (Deficit)
Current liabilities:
 Current portion of obligations under
  capital leases..........................   $  704,577  $  434,257  $  643,679
 Accounts payable.........................      392,781     254,198     249,255
 Income taxes payable.....................       18,510      62,406      37,728
 Other liabilities........................       84,878     154,200      76,705
 Current portion of deferred revenue......    1,570,855   1,527,553   1,874,555
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------
Total current liabilities.................    2,771,601   2,432,614   2,881,922
Obligations under capital leases..........      294,849     211,612     245,943
Deferred revenue, non-current portion.....      175,237      23,262     185,396
Stockholders' equity (deficit):
 Common stock.............................        1,000       1,000       1,000
 Paid-in capital..........................       49,500      49,500      49,500
 Retained earnings (deficit)..............       (2,712)    (93,750)    110,122
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------
Total stockholders' equity (deficit)......       47,788     (43,250)    160,622
                                             ----------  ----------  ----------
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity
 (deficit)................................   $3,289,475  $2,624,238  $3,473,883
                                             ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>


   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-47
<PAGE>

                             GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                             Three months ended
                                                                  March 31,
                                                December 31, -------------------
                                                    1998       1998      1999
                                                                 (unaudited)
<S>                                             <C>          <C>      <C>
Revenue, Internet access service...............  $3,860,368  $914,138 $1,141,331
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Operating expenses:
 Internet access service costs.................   1,253,554   301,666    318,029
 Sales and marketing...........................     136,221    25,903     83,782
 General and administrative....................   1,739,115   406,809    353,138
 Depreciation and amortization.................     651,771   146,929    228,864
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Total operating expenses.......................   3,780,661   881,307    983,813
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Income from operations before other income
 and expense...................................      79,707    32,831    157,518
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Other income (expense):
 Interest income...............................     101,124    24,983     25,316
 Loss on sale of assets........................    (108,843)      --         --
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Total other income (expense)...................      (7,719)   24,983     25,316
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Income before income taxes.....................      71,988    57,814    182,834
Income taxes...................................      34,000    22,000     70,000
                                                 ----------  -------- ----------
Net income.....................................  $   37,988  $ 35,814 $  112,834
                                                 ==========  ======== ==========
</TABLE>







    The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                     F-48
<PAGE>

                             GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                             Common Stock
                             -------------
                                                   Retained        Total
                                           Paid-in Earnings    Stockholders'
                             Shares Amount Capital (Deficit)  Equity (Deficit)
<S>                          <C>    <C>    <C>     <C>        <C>
Balances at January 1,
 1998.......................  800   $1,000 $49,500 $(40,700)      $  9,800
  Net income................                         37,988         37,988
                              ---   ------ ------- --------       --------
Balances at December 31,
 1998.......................  800   $1,000 $49,500 $ (2,712)      $ 47,788
  Net income (unaudited)....                        112,834        112,834
                              ---   ------ ------- --------       --------
Balances at March 31, 1999
 (unaudited)................  800   $1,000 $49,500 $110,122       $160,622
                              ===   ====== ======= ========       ========
</TABLE>



   The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
                                  statements.

                                      F-49
<PAGE>

                             GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         Three Months Ended
                                            Year Ended        March 31,
                                           December 31, ----------------------
                                               1998        1998        1999
                                                             (unaudited)
<S>                                        <C>          <C>         <C>
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
  Net income.............................   $   37,988  $   35,814  $  112,834
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to
   net cash
  provided by operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization........      651,771     146,929     228,864
    Loss on sale of equipment............      108,843         --          --
    Changes in assets and liabilities:
      Accounts payable...................      209,906      71,323    (142,526)
      Income taxes payable...............      (55,404)     78,050      19,218
      Other liabilities..................      147,736      49,450      (8,173)
      Deferred revenue...................      391,474     196,197     313,859
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash provided by operating
 activities..............................    1,492,314     577,763     524,076
Cash Flows Used In Investing Activities:
  Purchase of property and equipment.....     (229,006)    (82,689)    (85,633)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash used in investing activities....     (229,006)    (82,689)    (85,633)
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
  Payments on capital leases.............     (536,814)   (122,567)   (217,351)
  Proceeds from note receivable, related
   party.................................      101,784         602       3,010
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Net cash used in financing activities....     (435,030)   (121,965)   (214,341)
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Net increase in cash and cash
 equivalents.............................      828,278     373,109     224,102
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of
 period..................................      942,778     942,778   1,771,056
                                            ----------  ----------  ----------
Cash and cash equivalents at end of
 period..................................   $1,771,056  $1,315,887  $1,995,158
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow
 information:
  Refundable income taxes received.......   $   32,000  $      --   $      --
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========
  Equipment acquired through capital
   leases................................   $1,086,239  $  310,200  $  106,546
                                            ==========  ==========  ==========
</TABLE>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial
statements.

                                      F-50
<PAGE>


                           GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                       NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies:

Organization and Basis of Presentation

   GDR Enterprises, Inc. ("Company") provides full service access to the
Internet for corporate and individual users in Ohio, Indiana, Kentucky,
Tennessee, North Carolina, and Alabama through its wholly-owned subsidiaries
Mall 2000, Inc. and TDIN, Inc. EriNet Telecom, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the
Company, is a competitive local exchange carrier licensed in approximately 15
Ohio counties. On July 16, 1998 all the issued and outstanding common stock of
Mall 2000, Inc. were exchanged for shares in the Company.

Revenue Recognition

   The Company recognizes revenue when Internet access services are provided.
Advance collections relating to future access services are recorded as deferred
revenue and recognized as revenue when earned.

Cash Equivalents

   The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an
initial maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Property and Equipment

   Property and equipment are stated at cost and depreciated over their
estimated useful lives using an accelerated method. Equipment acquired under
capital leases are depreciated over their related lease terms. Costs of repair
and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred.

Advertising Costs

   Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs of
approximately $122,000 were charged to operations in 1998.

Intangible Assets

   Intangible assets consist primarily of the acquired customer base. The
acquired customer base is amortized using the straight-line method over 3 years
based on the estimated customer churn rate. The carrying value of intangible
assets will be periodically reviewed to determine if an impairment has
occurred. Impairments, if any, are measured based upon discounted cash flow
analyses and are recognized in operating results in the period in which the
impairment in value is determined.

                                      F-51
<PAGE>


                          GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

Use of Estimates

   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally
accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial
statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Income Taxes

   A current tax liability or asset is recognized for the estimated taxes
payable or refundable on tax returns for the year. Deferred tax liabilities or
assets are recognized for the estimated future tax effects of temporary
differences between book and tax accounting and operating loss and tax credit
carryforwards.

2. Property and Equipment:

   Cost of property and equipment and depreciable lives are summarized as
follows at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     Depreciable
                                                                     Life-Years
<S>                                                      <C>         <C>
Equipment acquired under capital lease.................. $1,678,395        2
Computer equipment......................................    431,993      5-7
Leasehold improvements..................................    106,030        7
Furniture and fixtures..................................     38,895      5-7
                                                         ----------
                                                          2,255,313
  Less accumulated depreciation.........................   (946,091)
                                                         ----------
    Property and equipment, net......................... $1,309,222
                                                         ==========
</TABLE>

   Depreciation expense of approximately $622,000 was charged to operations in
1998.

3. Intangible Assets:

   Intangible assets consist of the following at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Acquired customer base................................................. $66,050
Other..................................................................     500
                                                                        -------
                                                                         66,550
  Less accumulated amortization........................................ (29,785)
                                                                        -------
Intangible assets, net................................................. $36,765
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

4. Capital Leases:

   The Company leases computer equipment under capital leases expiring in
various years through the year 2000. The assets under capital leases are
recorded at the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments or
the fair value of the assets. The net

                                     F-52
<PAGE>


                           GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

book value of these assets as of December 31, 1998 is $1,029,396. Depreciation
of assets under capital leases is included in depreciation expense.

   Future minimum lease payments under capital leases as of December 31, 1998
are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
1999................................................................. $ 753,573
2000.................................................................   323,510
                                                                      ---------
Total minimum lease payments......................................... 1,077,083
Less amount representing interest....................................   (77,657)
                                                                      ---------
Present value of net minimum lease payments.......................... $ 999,426
                                                                      =========
</TABLE>

   The Company also leases office facilities and point of presence locations
under operating lease agreements that expire in the years 1999, 2000, 2001, and
2002. The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments under these
leases:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
1999................................................................... $ 49,707
2000...................................................................   35,765
2001...................................................................   15,258
2002...................................................................    7,596
                                                                        --------
                                                                        $108,326
                                                                        ========
</TABLE>

   In addition to these leases, the Company also leases point of presence
locations under lease terms of less than one year.

   Rent expense under all operating leases of approximately $57,959 was charged
to operations in 1998.

5. Other Liabilities:

   Other liabilities consist of the following at December 31, 1998:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Accrued payroll and related expenses................................... $19,733
Accrued profit sharing.................................................  45,935
Other..................................................................  19,210
                                                                        -------
                                                                        $84,878
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

6. Income Taxes:

   The components for income taxes at December 31, 1998 are as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
Current federal income tax............................................. $19,000
Current state and local income taxes...................................  15,000
                                                                        -------
Provision for income taxes............................................. $34,000
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

                                      F-53
<PAGE>


                           GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.

                NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS--(Continued)

   A reconciliation of the statutory U.S. federal tax rate to the Company's
effective tax rate at December 31, 1998 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>
U.S. federal statutory.................................................... 34.0%
Effect of graduated tax rates............................................. (8.0)
State and local income taxes.............................................. 21.0
                                                                           ----
                                                                           47.0%
                                                                           ====
</TABLE>

7. Notes Receivable, Related Party:

   In 1997, an officer of the Company borrowed $275,000 from the Company at an
interest rate of ten percent. Principal and interest of $1,970 are due monthly
through August 2027. Interest income on the note receivable in 1998 was
approximately $21,000.

8. Retirement Savings Plan:

   In 1997, the Company established a retirement savings 401(k) plan for all
employees. The Company can make discretionary contributions to the plan.
Contributions charged to operations were approximately $50,000 in 1998.


                                      F-54
<PAGE>

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   , 1999

                                    [LOGO]

                               Shares of Common Stock

                            ----------------------

                                  PROSPECTUS

                            ----------------------

                         Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette

                       First Union Capital Markets Corp.

                              CIBC World Markets

                                 ------------

                                DLJdirect Inc.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

We have not authorized any dealer, salesperson or other person to give you
written information other than this prospectus or to make representations as
to matters not stated in the prospectus. You must not rely on unauthorized
information. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities or our
solicitation of your offer to buy the securities in any jurisdiction where
that would not be permitted or legal. Neither the delivery of this prospectus
nor any sales made hereunder after the date of this prospectus shall create an
implication that the information contained herein or the affairs of
Voyager.net have not changed since the date hereof.

- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Until    , 1999 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that
effect transactions in these shares of common stock may be required to deliver
a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer's obligation to deliver a
prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to their unsold
allotments or subscriptions.
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>

                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

     The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in
connection with the offering (excluding underwriting discounts and
commissions):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   Nature of Expense                                                    Amount
   -----------------                                                    -------
   <S>                                                                  <C>
   SEC Registration Fee................................................ $31,970
   NASD Filing Fee.....................................................  12,000
   Nasdaq National Market Listing Fee..................................    *
   Accounting Fees and Expenses........................................    *
   Legal Fees and Expenses.............................................    *
   Printing Expenses...................................................    *
   Blue Sky Qualification Fees and Expenses............................    *
   Transfer Agent's Fee................................................    *
   Miscellaneous.......................................................    *
                                                                        -------
     TOTAL............................................................. $
                                                                        =======
</TABLE>

   The amounts set forth above, except for the Securities and Exchange
Commission, NASD Regulation, Inc. and Nasdaq National Market fees, are in each
case estimated.
- ---------------------
*  To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

   In accordance with Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law,
Article VII of our second amended and restated certificate of incorporation
provides that no director of Voyager.net be personally liable to Voyager.net,
its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a
director, except for liability (1) for any breach of the director's duty of
loyalty to Voyager.net or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in
good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of
law, (3) in respect of unlawful dividend payments or stock redemptions or
repurchases, or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an
improper personal benefit. In addition, our first amended and restated
certificate of incorporation provides that if the Delaware General Corporation
Law is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the
liability of directors, then the liability of a director of the corporation
shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware
General Corporation Law, as so amended.

   Article V of our amended and restated by-laws provides for indemnification
by Voyager.net of its officers and certain non-officer employees under certain
circumstances against expenses, including attorneys fees, judgments, fines and
amounts paid in settlement, reasonably incurred in connection with the defense
or settlement of any threatened, pending or completed legal proceeding in which
any such person is involved by reason of the fact that such person is or was an
officer or employee of the registrant if such person acted in good faith and in
a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best
interests of Voyager.net, and, with respect to criminal actions or proceedings,
if such person had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was
unlawful.

   We have also entered into indemnification agreements with each of our
directors. These agreements provide that we indemnify each of our directors to
the fullest extent permitted under law and our by-laws, and provide for the
advancement of expenses to each director. We have also obtained directors' and
officers' insurance against certain liabilities.

                                      II-1
<PAGE>

Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

   Set forth in chronological order below is information regarding the number
of shares of capital stock issued by Voyager.net during the past three years.
Also included is the consideration, if any, received by Voyager.net for the
shares. There was no public offering in any transaction and we believe that
each transaction was exempt from the registration requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended, by reason of Section 4(2) thereof, based
on the private nature of the transactions and the financial sophistication of
the purchasers, all of whom had access to complete information concerning
Voyager.net and acquired the securities for investment and not with a view to
the distribution thereof. In addition, we believe that the transactions
described below with respect to issuances and option grants to our employees
and consultants were exempt from the registration requirements of said Act by
reason of Rule 701 promulgated thereunder. The share numbers and per share
values set forth below do not give effect to the   -for-1 stock split effected
in connection with this offering. The share numbers and per share values set
forth below with respect to Voyager Information Networks, Inc. do not give
effect to the 20-for-1 stock split effected in September 1998.

 . On August 7, 1997, Voyager sold an aggregate 25,000 shares of series A
   preferred stock and 424,900 shares of common stock for an aggregate
   purchase price of $504,249 and 2,696 shares of preferred shares to
   Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
   Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership, respectively

 . On August 7, 1997, Voyager sold an aggregate 53,416 shares of restricted
   common stock under its 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan, including
   sales of 41,568, 5,924 and 5,924 shares to Messrs. Friedly, Baird and
   Heinze, respectively, for aggregate consideration of $415.68, $59.24 and
   $59.24, respectively

 . On January 15, 1998, Voyager sold 6,003 shares of restricted common stock
   to Alan Baird, a consultant to Voyager, under its 1997 Stock Option and
   Incentive Plan for aggregate consideration of $60.03

 . On January 15, 1998, Voyager granted options to purchase an aggregate
   91,984 shares of common stock at a per share exercise price of $.01 to
   certain of its employees, including options to purchase 67,984 shares of
   common stock to Mr. Williams, pursuant to its 1997 Stock Option and
   Incentive Plan

 . On February 20, 1998, Voyager granted Mr. Torto options to purchase 67,984
   shares of common stock at a per share exercise price of $.01 pursuant to
   its 1997 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 . On July 31, 1998, Voyager sold an aggregate 15,000 shares of series A
   preferred stock and an aggregate 182,100 shares of common stock, and issued
   demand promissory notes in the aggregate principal amount of $2,800,000,
   for an aggregate purchase price of $4,301,821 to Media/Communications
   Partners II Limited Partnership and Media/Communications Investors Limited
   Partnership

 . On September 23, 1998, we granted options to purchase an aggregate
   1,520,000 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of
   $.0005 to certain of our employees pursuant to our 1998 Stock Option and
   Incentive Plan, including options to purchase 1,400,000 shares of common
   stock to Mr. Williams

 . On September 23, 1998, we sold an aggregate 33,657 shares of series A
   preferred stock and an aggregate 360,000 shares of common stock to
   Media/Communications Partners II Limited Partnership and
   Media/Communications Investors Limited Partnership for an aggregate
   purchase price of $533,513 in cash and cancellation of demand promissory
   notes in the aggregate principal amount, plus interest, of $2,832,526

 . On September 23, 1998, we sold 1,400,000 shares of restricted common stock
   to Mr. Torto under our 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for aggregate
   consideration of $700

 . On October 2, 1998, we sold an aggregate 400,000 shares of restricted
   common stock for an aggregate purchase price of $200 under the 1998 Stock
   Option and Incentive Plan, including sales of 200,000, 100,000 and 100,000
   shares to Messrs. Torto, Shires and Michaels, respectively, for aggregate
   consideration of $100, $50 and $50, respectively

                                     II-2
<PAGE>

 . On January 1, 1999, we granted options to purchase an aggregate 135,000
   shares of common stock at a per share exercise price of $6.00 to certain of
   our employees pursuant to our 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan

 . On January 11, 1999, we sold 300,000 shares of restricted common stock to
   Mr. deFaria under our 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for aggregate
   consideration of $1.8 million

 . On January 11, 1999, we sold 700,000 shares of restricted common stock to
   Mr. Friedly under our 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan for aggregate
   consideration of $4.2 million

 . On May 3, 1999, we sold an aggregate 6,667 shares of series A preferred
   stock for an aggregate $666,700, including 5,147, 740, and 740 shares to
   Messrs. Friedly, Baird and Heinze, respectively, for aggregate
   consideration of $514,700, $74,000 and $74,000, respectively

Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

<TABLE>
 <C>    <S>
   (a)  Exhibits
   *1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  **2.1 Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998, by and among
        the Registrant and the parties named therein (excluding schedules,
        which the Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission
        upon request).
  **2.2 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998 by and among
        the Registrant and the investors identified therein (excluding
        schedules and exhibits, which the Registrant agrees to furnish
        supplementally to the Commission upon request).
   *3.1 Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
        Registrant.
   *3.2 Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
        Registrant (to be effective upon consummation of this offering).
   *3.3 Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
   *4.1 Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.0001 par value, of
        the Registrant.
   *5.1 Opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP as to the legality of the
        securities being offered.
 **10.1 Credit Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998 by and among the
        Registrant, Fleet National Bank, as agent, and the lenders identified
        therein (excluding schedules and exhibits, which the Registrant agrees
        to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request).
 **10.2 First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 13, 1999 by and
        among the Registrant, the Agent and the lenders identified therein.
 **10.3 Amended and Restated Promissory Note made by the Registrant in favor of
        Horizon Cable I Limited Partnership.
 **10.4 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 1998 by and among the
        Registrant, Freeway, Inc. (n/k/a Offline, Inc.) and the other parties
        identified therein (excluding schedules and exhibits, which the
        Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon
        request).
 **10.5 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998 by and among
        the Registrant, EXEC-PC, Inc. (n/k/a The Mahoney Group) and the other
        parties identified therein (excluding schedules and exhibits, which the
        Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon
        request).
   10.6 Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998, effective
        September 30, 1998, by and among the Registrant, NetLink Systems,
        L.L.C., and the other parties identified therein (excluding schedules
        and exhibits, which the Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to
        the Commission upon request).
   10.7 Reseller Agreement dated as of April 13, 1999 by and among the
        Registrant and Millennium Digital Media Systems, L.L.C.
  *10.8 Employment Agreement dated as of February 20, 1998 between the
        Registrant and Christopher Torto, as amended.
</TABLE>

                                     II-3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
 <C>     <S>
 **10.9  Employment Agreement dated as of January 15, 1998 between the
         Registrant and Michael Williams.
  *10.10 Employment Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998 between the
         Registrant and Christopher Michaels, as amended.
 **10.11 Employment Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998 between the
         Registrant and David Shires.
 **10.12 Employment Agreement effective as of January 11, 1999 between the
         Registrant and Osvaldo deFaria.
 **10.13 Employment Agreement dated as of March 18, 1999 between the Registrant
         and Dennis Stepaniak.
 **10.14 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and Confidentiality
         dated as of February 20, 1998 between the Registrant and Christopher
         Torto.
 **10.15 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and Confidentiality
         dated as of October 15, 1997 between the Registrant and Michael
         Williams.
 **10.16 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and Confidentiality
         dated as of November 11, 1998 between the Registrant and Osvaldo
         deFaria.
 **10.17 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and Confidentiality
         dated as of March 18, 1999 between the Registrant and Dennis
         Stepaniak.
 **10.18 Employee Non-Competition Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998 between
         the Registrant and Christopher Michaels.
 **10.19 Employee Non-Competition Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998 between
         the Registrant and David Shires.
  *10.20 Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
 **10.21 Form of Incentive Stock Option and Restriction Agreement.
 **10.22 Form of Stock Purchase and Stock Restriction Agreement.
   10.23 Promissory Note made by Osvaldo deFaria in favor of the Registrant.
   10.24 Promissory Note made by Glenn Friedly in favor of the Registrant.
 **10.25 Promissory Note made by Christopher Torto dated April 13, 1999, in
         favor of the Registrant.
 **10.26 Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.
  *10.27 SNAP! Online Distribution Agreement dated as of February 12, 1998 by
         and between CNET, Inc. and the Registrant.
   10.28 Planet Direct Internet Service Provider Agreement dated as of March
         17, 1997 by and among Planet Direct Corporation and the Registrant
         (excluding Schedules and Exhibits which the Registrant agrees to
         furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request).
  *10.29 Telecommunications Services Agreement dated as of September 3, 1998 by
         and between IXC Communications Services, Inc. and the Registrant.
   10.30 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1999 by and among the
         Registrant, GDR Enterprises, Inc. and the other parties identified
         therein (excluding schedules and exhibits which the Registrant agrees
         to furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request).
  *10.31 Promissory Note made by Christopher Torto dated June  , 1999, in favor
         of the Registrant.
  *16.1  Letter re: change in independent accountants.
   21.1  Schedule of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  *23.1  Consent of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1
         hereto).
   23.2  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 **24.1  Powers of Attorney.
 **27.1  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
 * To be filed by amendment to this registration statement.

** Previously filed.

                                      II-4
<PAGE>

  (b)Financial Statement Schedules

Schedule II--Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

   Except for the financial statement schedule listed above, all schedules have
been omitted because they are not required or because the required information
is given in the Financial Statements or Notes to those statements.

Item 17. Undertakings

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the Underwriting Agreement certificates in such
denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

   Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the
registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant
has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is,
therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against
such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred
or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the
successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being
registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the
matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of
appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final
adjudication of such issue.

   The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

   (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this
registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of
prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective.

   (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be
deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered
therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-5
<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement File No.
333-77917 to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly
authorized, in the City of Boston, Commonwealth of Massachusetts, on June 11,
1999.

                                          Voyager.net, Inc.

                                               /s/ Dennis J. Stepaniak
                                          By:__________________________________

                                                 Dennis J. Stepaniak

                                               Chief Financial Officer

   Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Amendment
No. 1 to the Registration Statement has been signed below by the following
persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
              Signature                          Title                   Date
              ---------                          -----                   ----

<S>                                    <C>                        <C>
                  *                    President, Chief Executive    June 11, 1999
______________________________________  Officer and Director
         Christopher P. Torto           (Principal Executive
                                        Officer)

       /s/  Dennis J. Stepaniak        Chief Financial Officer       June 11, 1999
______________________________________  (Principal Financial
         Dennis J. Stepaniak            Officer and Principal
                                        Accounting Officer)

                  *                    Director                      June 11, 1999
______________________________________
           Glenn R. Friedly

                  *                    Director                      June 11, 1999
______________________________________
            John G. Hayes

                  *                    Director                      June 11, 1999
______________________________________
        Christopher S. Gaffney

                                       Director                      June 11, 1999
______________________________________
            David F. Dietz

</TABLE>

  /s/ Dennis J. Stepaniak

*By:________________________

      Attorney-in-fact

                                      II-6
<PAGE>

                          VOYAGER.NET AND SUBSIDIARIES

                 SCHEDULE II--VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          Additions
                                    ----------------------
                         Balance at Charged to Charged to  Deductions for Balance at
                         Beginning  costs and     other       accounts      end of
                         of period   expenses  accounts(1) written off(2)   period
                         ---------- ---------- ----------- -------------- ----------
<S>                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>            <C>
Description

Year ended December 31,
 1996:
 Allowance for doubtful
  accounts.............. $      --  $   92,000                $  2,000    $   90,000

 Valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets...    216,000    524,000                               740,000

Year ended December 31,
 1997:
 Allowance for doubtful
  accounts..............     90,000    199,000                 249,000        40,000

 Valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets...    740,000    333,000                             1,073,000

Year ended December 31,
 1998:
 Allowance for doubtful
  accounts..............     40,000    178,000                 119,000        99,000

 Valuation allowance for
  deferred tax assets...  1,073,000  1,157,000                             2,230,000
</TABLE>

- ---------------------
(1) Describe non-income statement accounts charged.
(2) Describe other changes to account balance.


                                      S-1
<PAGE>

                      REPORT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS ON
                          FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

To the Board of Directors of Voyager.net, Inc.:

   Our audits of the consolidated financial statements referred to in our
report dated March 5, 1999 (except for Notes 17 for which the date is April 23,
1999) of Voyager.net, Inc. also included an audit of the financial statement
schedule listed in Item 16(b) herein. In our opinion, the financial statement
schedule presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth
therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial
statements.

                                               PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan
May 3, 1999

                                      S-2
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                          Description                           Page No.
 -------                         -----------                           --------
 <C>     <S>                                                           <C>
   *1.1  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
  **2.1  Stock Exchange Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998, by
         and among the Registrant and the parties named therein
         (excluding schedules, which the Registrant agrees to
         furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request).
  **2.2  Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998 by
         and among the Registrant and the investors identified
         therein (excluding schedules and exhibits, which the
         Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the
         Commission upon request).
   *3.1  Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
         of the Registrant.
   *3.2  Form of Second Amended and Restated Certificate of
         Incorporation of the Registrant (to be effective upon
         consummation of this offering).
   *3.3  Form of Amended and Restated By-laws of the Registrant.
   *4.1  Specimen certificate for shares of common stock, $.0001 par
         value, of the Registrant.
   *5.1  Opinion of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP as to the legality
         of the securities being offered.
 **10.1  Credit Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998 by and
         among the Registrant, Fleet National Bank, as agent, and
         the lenders identified therein (excluding schedules and
         exhibits, which the Registrant agrees to furnish
         supplementally to the Commission upon request).
 **10.2  First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of April 13,
         1999 by and among the Registrant, the Agent and the lenders
         identified therein.
 **10.3  Amended and Restated Promissory Note made by the Registrant
         in favor of Horizon Cable I Limited Partnership.
 **10.4  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of July 31, 1998 by and
         among the Registrant, Freeway, Inc. (n/k/a Offline, Inc.)
         and the other parties identified therein (excluding
         schedules and exhibits, which the Registrant agrees to
         furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request).
 **10.5  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of September 23, 1998 by
         and among the Registrant, EXEC-PC, Inc. (n/k/a The Mahoney
         Group) and the other parties identified therein (excluding
         schedules and exhibits, which the Registrant agrees to
         furnish supplementally to the Commission upon request).
   10.6  Asset Purchase Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998,
         effective September 30, 1998, by and among the Registrant,
         NetLink Systems, L.L.C. and the other parties identified
         therein (excluding schedules and exhibits, which the
         Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the
         Commission upon request).
   10.7  Reseller Agreement dated as of April 13, 1999 by and among
         the Registrant and Millennium Digital Media Systems, L.L.C.
  *10.8  Employment Agreement dated as of February 20, 1998 between
         the Registrant and Christopher Torto, as amended.
 **10.9  Employment Agreement dated as of January 15, 1998 between
         the Registrant and Michael Williams.
  *10.10 Employment Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998 between
         the Registrant and Christopher Michaels, as amended.
 **10.11 Employment Agreement dated as of October 2, 1998 between
         the Registrant and David Shires.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
 Exhibit
 Number                          Description                           Page No.
 -------                         -----------                           --------
 <C>     <S>                                                           <C>
 **10.12 Employment Agreement effective as of January 11, 1999
         between the Registrant and Osvaldo deFaria.
 **10.13 Employment Agreement dated as of March 18, 1999 between the
         Registrant and Dennis Stepaniak.
 **10.14 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and
         Confidentiality dated as of February 20, 1998 between the
         Registrant and Christopher Torto.
 **10.15 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and
         Confidentiality dated as of October 15, 1997 between the
         Registrant and Michael Williams.
 **10.16 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and
         Confidentiality dated as of November 11, 1998 between the
         Registrant and Osvaldo deFaria.
 **10.17 Agreement Regarding Inventions, Non-competition and
         Confidentiality dated as of March 18, 1999 between the
         Registrant and Dennis Stepaniak.
 **10.18 Employee Non-Competition Agreement dated as of October 2,
         1998 between the Registrant and Christopher Michaels.
 **10.19 Employee Non-Competition Agreement dated as of October 2,
         1998 between the Registrant and David Shires.
  *10.20 Amended and Restated 1998 Stock Option and Incentive Plan.
 **10.21 Form of Incentive Stock Option and Restriction Agreement.
 **10.22 Form of Stock Purchase and Stock Restriction Agreement.
   10.23 Promissory Note made by Osvaldo deFaria in favor of the
         Registrant.
   10.24 Promissory Note made by Glenn Friedly in favor of the
         Registrant.
 **10.25 Promissory Note made by Christopher Torto dated April 13,
         1999, in favor of the Registrant.
 **10.26 Form of Director Indemnification Agreement.
  *10.27 SNAP! Online Distribution Agreement dated as of February
         17, 1998 by and between CNET, Inc. and the Registrant.
   10.28 Planet Direct Internet Service Provider Agreement dated as
         of March 17, 1997 by and among Planet Direct Corporation
         and the Registrant.
  *10.29 Telecommunications Services Agreement dated as of September
         3, 1998 by and between IXC Communications Services, Inc.
         and the Registrant (excluding schedules and exhibits, which
         the Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally to the
         Commission upon request).
   10.30 Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of May 7, 1999 by and
         among the Registrant, GDR Enterprises, Inc. and the other
         parties identified therein (excluding schedules and
         exhibits which the Registrant agrees to furnish
         supplementally to the commission upon request).
  *10.31 Promissory Note made by Christopher Torto dated June  ,
         1999, in favor of the Registrant.
  *16.1  Letter re: change in independent accountants.
   21.1  Schedule of Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  *23.1  Consent of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP (included in Exhibit
         5.1 hereto).
   23.2  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
 **24.1  Powers of Attorney.
 **27.1  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
- ---------------------
*  To be filed by amendment to this registration statement.

** Previously filed.

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.6

                           ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                           ------------------------

     Agreement made as of September 26, 1998 by and between Voyager Information
Networks, Inc., a Michigan corporation ("Buyer"), NetLink Systems, L.L.C., a
Michigan limited liability company ("Seller"), and David Shires, Christopher
Michaels and Edwin Quinones ("Principals").

     WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, Seller desires to
sell, transfer and assign to Buyer, and Buyer desires to purchase from Seller,
all of the properties, rights and assets used or useful in connection with the
Internet service business of Seller (the "Business").

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

SECTION 1. PURCHASE AND SALE OF ASSETS.

     1.1   Sale of Assets.  Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
           --------------
forth in this Agreement, and the performance by the parties hereto of their
respective obligations hereunder, Seller agrees to sell, assign, transfer and
deliver to Buyer, and Buyer agrees to purchase from Seller, all of Seller's
right, title and interest in and to all of the properties, assets and business
of the Business of every kind and description, tangible and intangible, real,
personal or mixed, and wherever located, but excluding the Excluded Assets (as
defined in Section 1.2 below), including without limitation, the following:

           (a) Equipment. All free standing kiosks, servers, routers, modems, IP
               ---------
addresses, computers, electronic devices, test equipment and all other fixed
assets, equipment, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, parts,
accessories, inventory, office materials, software, supplies and other tangible
personal property of every kind and description owned by Seller and used or held
for use in connection with the Business, in each case together with any
additions thereto between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date (as
defined below), all as set forth on Schedule 1.1(a) attached hereto
                                    ---------------
(collectively, "Equipment");

           (b) Contracts.  All of the rights of Seller under and interest of
               ---------
Seller in and to all contracts relating to the Business (other than the Excluded
Contracts (as defined below)), including, without limitation, original contracts
for the provision of Internet connectivity, dedicated service, web-hosting, web-
domain, dial-up services, web-development and Internet commerce, a true, correct
and complete list of which contracts is attached hereto as Schedule 1.1(b)
                                                           ---------------
(collectively, the "Contracts");

           (c) Intellectual Property.  All Intellectual Property (as defined in
               ---------------------
Section 2.20), all as set forth on Schedule 1.1(c) attached hereto;
                                   ---------------
<PAGE>

          (d)  Licenses and Authorizations.  All rights associated with the
               ---------------------------
licenses, permits, easements, registrations and authorizations issued or granted
to Seller by any governmental authority with respect to the operation of the
Business, including, without limitation, those licenses and authorizations
listed on Schedule 1.1(d) attached hereto, and all applications therefor,
          ---------------
together with any renewals, extensions, or modifications thereof and additions
thereto;

          (e)  Current Assets; Accounts Receivable. All Current Assets of Seller
               -----------------------------------
(as such term is hereinafter defined) and all accounts receivable of Seller
incurred in the ordinary course of business and which are included on Seller's
balance sheet, as determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles ("GAAP"), consistently applied, a complete list of which is attached
hereto as Schedule 1.1(e) ("Accounts Receivable");

          (f)  Goodwill. All of the goodwill of Seller in, and the going concern
               --------
value of, the Business, and all of the business and customer lists, proprietary
information, and trade secrets related to the Business; and

          (g)  Records.  All of Seller's customer logs, location files and
               -------
records, employee records, and other business files and records, in each case
relating to the Business.

     The assets, properties and business of Seller being sold to and purchased
by Buyer under this Section 1.1 are referred to herein collectively as the
"Assets."

     1.2  Excluded Assets.  There shall be excluded from the Assets and retained
          ---------------
by Seller, to the extent in existence on the Closing Date, the following assets
(the "Excluded Assets"):

          (a)  Other Assets.  All other assets of Seller which are not used or
               ------------
held for use in connection with the Business or otherwise necessary to the
operation of the Business now or after the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule
                                                                        --------
1.2(a) attached hereto;
- ------

          (b)  Excluded Contracts. All of Seller's right, title and interest in,
               ------------------
to and under the Contracts listed on Schedule 1.2(b) attached hereto (the
                                     ---------------
"Excluded Contracts");

          (c)  Insurance.  All contracts of insurance (including any cash
               ---------
surrender value thereof) and all insurance proceeds of settlement and insurance
claims made by Seller on or before the Closing Date as set forth on Schedule
                                                                    --------
1.2(c) attached hereto;
- ------

          (d)  Tax Items.  All claims, rights and interest in and to any refunds
               ---------
for federal, state or local Taxes (as defined below) for periods prior to the
Closing Date as set forth on Schedule 1.2(d) attached hereto; and
                             ---------------

          (e)  Corporate Records.  All of Seller's corporate and other
               -----------------
organizational records.

                                       2
<PAGE>

     1.3  Assumed Liabilities; Excluded Liabilities; Employees.
          ----------------------------------------------------

          (a)  Assumed Liabilities.  Buyer shall, on and as of the Closing Date,
               -------------------
accept and assume, and shall become and be fully liable and responsible for, and
other than as expressly set forth herein Seller shall have no further liability
or responsibility for or with respect to, (a) liabilities and obligations
arising out of events occurring on and after the Closing Date related to Buyer's
ownership of the Assets and Buyer's operation of the Business after the Closing
Date; (b) all obligations and liabilities of Seller which are to be performed
after the Closing Date arising under the Contracts, including, without
limitation, Seller's obligations to Subscribers under such Contracts for (i)
Subscriber deposits held by Seller as of the Closing Date in the amount for
which Buyer receives a credit pursuant to Section 1.6, (ii) Subscriber advance
payments held by Seller as of the Closing Date for services to be rendered in
connection with the Business in the amount for which Buyer receives a credit
pursuant to Section 1.6, and (iii) the delivery of Internet connectivity service
to Subscribers (whether under the Contracts or otherwise) after the Closing
Date; (c) the Current Liabilities (as hereinafter defined) of Seller; and (d)
any Long-term Liabilities or other liabilities or claims specifically assumed by
Buyer in writing at the Closing and for which there is an adjustment to the
Purchase Price pursuant to Section 1.6(b) hereof ((a), (b), (c) and (d)
together, the "Assumed Liabilities").  The assumption of the Assumed Liabilities
by Buyer hereunder shall not enlarge any rights of third parties under contracts
or arrangements with Buyer or Seller or any of their respective affiliates or
subsidiaries.  No parties other than Buyer and Seller shall have any rights
under this Agreement.

          (b)  Excluded Liabilities. It is expressly understood that, except for
               --------------------
the Assumed Liabilities, Buyer shall not assume, pay or be liable for any
liability or obligation of Seller of any kind or nature at any time existing or
asserted, whether, known, unknown, fixed, contingent or otherwise, not
specifically assumed herein by Buyer, including, without limitation, any
liability or obligation relating to, resulting from or arising out of (i) the
Excluded Assets, including, without limitation, the Excluded Contracts, (ii) the
employees of the Business, including, without limitation, any obligation to
provide any amounts due to the employees under any pension, profit sharing or
similar plan, bonus or other compensation plan, or related to vacation or other
similar employee benefits, or (iii) any fact existing or event occurring prior
to the Closing Date or relating to the operation of the Business prior to the
Closing Date. The liabilities which are not assumed by Buyer under this
Agreement are hereinafter sometimes referred to as the "Excluded Liabilities."

          (c)  Employees, Wages and Benefits.
               -----------------------------

               (i)  Seller shall terminate all of its employees effective as of
     the Closing Date and Buyer shall not assume or have any obligations or
     liabilities with respect to such employees or such terminations, including,
     without limitation, any severance obligation.  Seller acknowledges and
     agrees that Buyer has the right to interview and discuss employment terms
     and issues with such employees prior to and after the Closing.

                                       3
<PAGE>

               (ii)   Buyer specifically reserves the right, on or after the
     Closing Date, to employ or reject any of Seller's employees or other
     applicants in its sole and absolute discretion; provided that Buyer shall
                                                     --------
     provide to Seller a list of employees to whom Buyer intends to offer
     employment as of the Closing Date.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
     construed as a commitment or obligation of Buyer to accept for employment,
     or otherwise continue the employment of, any of Seller's employees, and no
     employee shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

               (iii)  Seller shall pay all wages, salaries, commissions, and the
     cost of all fringe benefits provided to its employees which shall have
     become due for work performed as of and through the day preceding the
     Closing Date, and Seller shall collect and pay all Taxes in respect of such
     wages, salaries, commissions and benefits.

               (iv)   Seller acknowledges and agrees that Buyer shall not
     acquire any rights or interests of Seller in, or assume or have any
     obligations or liabilities of Seller under, any benefit plans maintained
     by, or for the benefit of any employees of Seller prior to the Closing
     Date, including, without limitation, obligations for severance or vacation
     accrued but not taken as of the Closing Date.

     1.4  The Closing.  The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall
          -----------
take place at a closing (the "Closing") to be held at 10:00 a.m., local time, at
the offices of Voyager Information Networks, Inc., on October 2, 1998, or at
such other time and place as shall be mutually agreed upon in writing by Buyer
and Seller (the "Closing Date").

     1.5  Purchase Price.  In consideration of the sale by Seller to Buyer of
          --------------
the Assets, and subject to the assumption by Buyer of the Assumed Liabilities
and satisfaction of the conditions contained herein, Buyer shall pay to Seller
at the Closing an amount (as adjusted in accordance with Section 1.6 below, the
"Purchase Price") equal to $3,600,000 as follows:

          (a)  Buyer shall deliver the sum of $3,240,000 to Seller by bank
cashier's check or bank wire transfer pursuant to payment instructions delivered
by Seller to Buyer at least two (2) business days prior to the Closing; and

          (b)  Buyer shall deposit the sum of $360,000 (the "Escrow Deposit")
with Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company as Escrow Agent under the Escrow
Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the "Escrow Agreement").
                                         ---------
The Escrow Deposit shall be held, administered and distributed in accordance
with the terms of the Escrow Agreement, and shall be Buyer's remedy for any
Disconnects (as defined in the Escrow Agreement) post-Closing and for any
indemnification claims made pursuant to Section 10 hereof.

     1.6  Adjustments to Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted
          -----------------------------
at the Closing in the manner set forth below:

                                       4
<PAGE>

          (a)  The Purchase Price will be increased or decreased, as the case
     may be, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by the Working Capital Excess or
     Deficiency, as applicable, as of the opening of business on the Closing
     Date.

               For the purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall
have the following meanings:

               (i)    "Working Capital" shall mean the difference between
          Seller's Current Assets and Current Liabilities;

               (ii)   "Current Assets" shall mean and include all Accounts
          Receivable of Seller outstanding on the Closing Date with balances of
          forty-five (45) days or less, all prepaid expenses (including postal
          deposits), and all other current assets which have value to the
          business at the Closing and which are used in the operation of
          Seller's Business, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP,
          consistently applied;

               (iii)  "Current Liabilities" shall mean and include accounts
          payable, accrued expenses, all accrued but unpaid taxes, all deferred
          revenues and all other current liabilities incurred in the operation
          of Seller's Business and reflected on Seller's balance sheet, but
          shall not include the current portion of any bank debt or line of
          credit, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP,
          consistently applied;

               (iv)   "Deficiency" shall mean the amount by which the Current
          Liabilities exceeds the Current Assets; and

               (v)    "Excess" shall mean the amount by which the Current Assets
          exceeds the Current Liabilities.

          (b)  The Purchase Price shall be decreased, on a dollar-for-dollar
basis, by the amount of any Long-term Liabilities that are assumed by Buyer at
the Closing.  For purposes hereof, "Long-term Liabilities" shall mean and
include any term loans (including, without limitation, bank debt, lines of
credit and the current portion of any other debt), capital leases, operating
leases not stated or reserved for on the Seller's balance sheet and the other
liabilities of Seller not listed on the Seller's balance sheet which are assumed
by Buyer at the Closing, as determined in accordance with GAAP, consistently
applied, and which are set forth on Schedule 1.6(b) attached hereto.  In the
                                    ---------------
event Seller elects to pay-off some of the Long-term Liabilities consisting of
bank debt at the Closing, then the calculation thereof shall be decreased by
such amount and Seller shall obtain a pay-off letter from the third-party lender
to evidence the discharge of such obligation at the Closing and such payoff
shall be made directly as part of the wire transfer of the Purchase Price.

                                       5
<PAGE>

          (c)  The Purchase Price shall be decreased, on a dollar for dollar
basis, by the Revenues Adjustment Amount in the event total revenues for the
calender month ended immediately prior to the Closing Date are less than
$170,000, of which at least $165,000 shall be Recurring Revenues (the "Target
Revenues").  For purposes hereof, the term "Revenues Adjustment Amount" shall
equal the product obtained by multiplying (i) $1,818 by (ii) the quotient
obtained by dividing (X) the Annualized Recurring Revenues Deficiency, by (Y)
one thousand dollars ($1,000).  For purposes hereof, the term "Recurring
Revenues" shall mean and include all of Seller's revenues derived from Dial-up
Subscribers (including e-mail only accounts), Dedicated Subscribers and Web-
hosting/Domain-hosting Subscribers (as each such term is defined in Section 2.16
hereof) of Seller's Business, including, without limitation, deferred revenues
(or earned income) and any other recurring revenue sources, but which shall
specifically exclude any revenues derived by Seller from sales taxes, one-time
sign-up fees, one-time contract revenues, and any other revenues which are the
result of extraordinary promotions sponsored by or extraordinary marketing
expenses incurred by Seller outside the ordinary course of Seller's Business and
not consistent with Seller's past business practices, in each case determined on
a monthly basis as of the end of the last completed calendar month prior to
Closing.  For purposes hereof, the term "Annualized Recurring Revenues
Deficiency" shall equal the product of (i) the difference between (A) the Target
Revenues and (B) Recurring Revenues, multiplied by (ii) twelve (12).

          (d)  (i)    No later than five (5) days prior to the Closing, Buyer
     and Seller shall prepare a statement to be attached hereto as Schedule
                                                                   --------
     1.6(d) (the "Estimated Adjustment Statement") which sets forth (i) the
     -----
     Company's estimated Working Capital and the amount of any estimated
     Deficiency or Excess, as the case may be, as of the Closing Date, (ii) the
     Long-term Liabilities Adjustment and (iii) the Revenues Adjustment Amount
     ((i), (ii) and (iii) together, the "Estimated Adjustment"). The Purchase
     Price payable at the Closing shall be increased on a dollar-for-dollar
     basis to the extent of any positive Estimated Adjustment or decreased on a
     dollar-for-dollar basis to the extent of any negative Estimated Adjustment,
     as the case may be, set forth on such Estimated Adjustment Statement.

               (ii)   No later than sixty (60) days following the Closing, Buyer
     shall prepare and deliver to Seller a statement (the "Final Adjustment
     Statement") setting forth the actual Working Capital, and the amount of any
     actual Deficiency or Excess, as the cash may be, as well as any other
     changes to the Estimated Adjustment, as of the Closing Date.  Subject to
     Section 1.6(d)(iii) below, within ten (10) days following the delivery of
     such Final Adjustment Statement to Seller, Buyer or Seller, as the case may
     be, shall pay to the other party, by wire transfer of immediately available
     funds, the difference between the Estimated Adjustment, as shown on the
     Estimated Adjustment Statement, and the actual adjustment, as shown on the
     Final Adjustment Statement.

               (iii)  In the event Seller objects to the Final Adjustment
     Statement, Seller shall notify Buyer in writing of such objection within
     the ten (10) day period following the delivery thereof, stating in such
     written objection the reasons therefor and

                                       6
<PAGE>

     setting forth the Seller's calculation of Seller's actual Working Capital,
     Long-term Liabilities or Recurring Revenues at the Closing. Upon receipt by
     Buyer of such written objection, the parties shall attempt to resolve the
     disagreement concerning the Final Adjustment Statement through negotiation.
     Notwithstanding any other dispute resolution procedure provided for in this
     Agreement, if Buyer and Seller cannot resolve such disagreement concerning
     the Final Adjustment Statement within thirty (30) days following the end of
     the foregoing 10-day period, the parties shall submit the matter for
     resolution to a nationally recognized firm of independent certified public
     accountants not affiliated with either party, with the costs thereof to be
     shared equally by the parties. Such accounting firm shall deliver a
     statement setting forth its own calculation of the final adjustment to the
     parties within thirty (30) days of the submission of the matter to such
     firm. Any payment shown to be due by a party on the statement of such
     accounting firm shall be paid to the other party promptly but in no event
     later than five (5) days following the delivery of such statement by such
     according firm to the parties.

     1.7  Purchase Price Allocation.  At least ten (10) days prior to the
          -------------------------
Closing, Buyer and Seller shall agree on the allocation of the Purchase Price as
set forth on Schedule 1.7 attached hereto.  Such allocation shall be binding
             ------------
upon Buyer and Seller for all purposes (including financial accounting purposes,
financial and regulatory reporting purposes and tax purposes).  Buyer and Seller
each further agrees to file its Federal income tax returns and its other tax
returns reflecting such allocation, Form 8594 and any other reports required by
Section 1060 of the Code.

     1.8  Records and Contracts.  To the extent not previously provided to
          ---------------------
Buyer, at the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer all of the Contracts, with
such assignments thereof and consents to assignments as are necessary to assure
Buyer of the full benefit of the same.  Seller shall also deliver to Buyer at
the Closing all of Seller's files and records constituting Assets.

     1.9  Further Assurances.  Seller, from time to time after the Closing at
          ------------------
the request of Buyer and without further consideration, shall execute and
deliver further instruments of transfer and assignment and take such other
action as Buyer may reasonably require to more effectively transfer and assign
to, and vest in, Buyer the Assets free and clear of all Liens (as defined in
Section 2.8).

     1.01 Sales and Transfer Taxes.  All sales, transfer, use, recordation,
          ------------------------
documentary, stamp, excise taxes, personal property taxes, fees and duties
(including any real estate transfer taxes) under applicable law incurred in
connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby will be
borne and paid by Seller, and Seller shall promptly reimburse Buyer for the
payment of any such tax, fee or duty which Buyer is required to make under
applicable law.

     1.11 Transfer of Subject Assets.  At the Closing, Seller shall deliver or
          --------------------------
cause to be delivered to Buyer good and sufficient instruments of transfer
transferring to Buyer title to all of the Assets, together with all required
consents.  Such instruments of transfer (a) shall

                                       7
<PAGE>

contain appropriate warranties and covenants which are usual and customary for
transferring the type of property involved under the laws of the jurisdictions
applicable to such transfers, (b) shall be in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Buyer and its counsel, (c) shall effectively vest in Buyer good
and marketable title to all of the Assets free and clear of all Liens, and (d)
where applicable, shall be accompanied by evidence of the discharge of all Liens
against the Assets.

SECTION 2. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND PRINCIPALS.  In order to
induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Seller and Principals jointly and
severally hereby represent and warrant to Buyer as follows:

     2.1  Organization; Subsidiaries.
          --------------------------

          (a)  Seller is a limited liability company duly organized, validly
existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan, with full
power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business
in the manner and in the places where such properties are owned or leased or
such business is currently conducted or proposed to be conducted.  The copies of
Seller's Articles of Organization and Operating Agreement, each as amended to
date, heretofore delivered to Buyer's counsel are complete and correct.  Seller
is not in violation of any terms of its Articles of Organization and Operating
Agreement.  Seller is duly qualified to do business in the state of its
organization, and is not required to be licensed or qualified to conduct its
business or own its property in any other jurisdiction.

          (b)  Seller has no subsidiaries and does not own any securities issued
by any other business organization or governmental authority, except U.S.
Government securities, bank certificates of deposit and money market accounts
acquired as short-term investments in the ordinary course of its business.
Seller does not own or have any direct or indirect interest in or control over
any corporation, partnership, joint venture or entity of any kind.

     2.2  Required Action.  All actions and proceedings necessary to be taken by
          ---------------
or on the part of Seller in connection with the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement have been duly and validly taken, and this Agreement and each
other agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by or on
behalf of Seller pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement
(collectively, the "Seller Documents") has been duly and validly authorized,
executed and delivered by Seller and no other action on the part of Seller or
its members is required in connection therewith.  Each of Seller and the
Principals have full right, authority, power and capacity to execute and deliver
this Agreement and each other Seller Document and to carry out the transactions
contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and each other Seller Document
constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, the legal, valid
and binding obligation of each of Seller and the Principals enforceable in
accordance with its respective terms.

                                       8
<PAGE>

     2.3  No Conflicts.
          ------------

          (a)  The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this
Agreement and each other Seller Document does not and will not (i) violate any
provision of the Articles of Organization or Operating Agreement of Seller, in
each case as amended to date, (ii) constitute a violation of, or conflict with
or result in any breach of, acceleration of any obligation under, right of
termination under, or default under, any agreement or instrument to which Seller
is a party or by which Seller or the Assets is bound, (iii) violate any
judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Seller or the
Assets, (iv) require Seller to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to
make any filing with, any person or entity (governmental or otherwise) that has
not been obtained or made or (v) result in the creation or imposition of any
Lien on any of the Assets.

          (b)  The execution, delivery and performance by the Principals of this
Agreement and each other Seller Document does not and will not (i) constitute a
violation of, or conflict with or result in any breach of, acceleration of any
obligation under, right of termination under, or default under, any agreement or
instrument to which any or all of the Principals are a party or by which any or
all of the Principals are bound, (ii) violate any judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to the Principals, (iii) require the
Principals to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing
with, any person or entity (governmental or otherwise) that has not been
obtained or made, or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on
any of the Assets.

     2.4  Taxes.
          -----

          (a)  Seller has paid or caused to be paid all federal, state, local,
foreign and other taxes, including, without limitation, income taxes, estimated
taxes, alternative minimum taxes, excise taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, value-
added taxes, gross receipts taxes, franchise taxes, capital stock taxes,
employment and payroll-related taxes, withholding taxes, stamp taxes, transfer
taxes, windfall profit taxes, environmental taxes and property taxes, whether or
not measured in whole or in part by net income, and all deficiencies, or other
additions to tax, interest, fines and penalties owed by it (collectively,
"Taxes"), required to be paid by it through the date hereof whether disputed or
not.

          (b)  Seller has in accordance with applicable law filed all federal,
state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by it through the date
hereof, and all such returns correctly and accurately set forth the amount of
any Taxes relating to the applicable period.  A list of all federal, state,
local and foreign income tax returns filed with respect to Seller for taxable
periods ended on or after December 31, 1993, is set forth in Schedule 2.4
                                                             ------------
attached hereto, and said schedule indicates those returns that have been
audited or currently are the subject of an audit.  Seller has delivered to Buyer
correct and complete copies of all federal, state, local and foreign income tax
returns listed on said schedule, and of all examination reports and statements
of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by Seller with respect to said
returns.

                                       9
<PAGE>

          (c)  Neither the Internal Revenue Service nor any other governmental
authority is now asserting or, to the knowledge of Seller or the Principals,
threatening to assert against Seller any deficiency or claim for additional
Taxes.  To the knowledge of Seller and the Principals, no claim has ever been
made by an authority in a jurisdiction where Seller does not file reports and
returns that Seller is or may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.
There are no security interests on any of the Assets of Seller that arose in
connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Taxes.  Seller has
never entered into a closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code")

          (d)  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.4, there has not been any
                                      ------------
completed or current audit of any tax return filed by Seller, and Seller has not
been notified by any tax authority that any such audit is contemplated or
pending.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.4, no extension of time with respect
                                 ------------
to any date on which a tax return was or is to be filed by Seller is in force,
and no waiver or agreement by Seller is in force for the extension of time for
the assessment or payment of any Taxes.

          (e)  Seller has never been (and has never had any liability for unpaid
Taxes because it once was) a member of an "affiliated group" (as defined in
Section 1504(a) of the Code).  Seller has never filed, and has never been
required to file, a consolidated, combined or unitary tax return with any other
entity.  Seller does not own and has never owned a direct or indirect interest
in any trust, partnership, corporation or other entity and therefore Buyer is
not acquiring from Seller an interest in any entity.  Except as set forth in
Schedule 2.4, Seller is not a party to any tax sharing agreement.
- ------------

          (f)  Seller is not a "foreign person" within the meaning of Section
1445 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2.

          (g)  For purposes of this Agreement, all references to Sections of the
Code shall include any predecessor provisions to such Sections and any similar
provisions of federal, state, local or foreign law.

     2.5  Compliance with Laws.  Seller's operation of the Business and the
          --------------------
Assets is in compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes,
ordinances, orders, rules and regulations promulgated by any federal, state,
municipal or other governmental authority (including the Federal Communications
Commission), and Seller has not received notice of a violation or alleged
violation of any such statute, ordinance, order, rule or regulation.

     2.6  Insurance.  The physical properties and tangible Assets are insured to
          ---------
the extent disclosed in Schedule 2.6, and all insurance policies and
                        ------------
arrangements of Seller in effect as of the date hereof are disclosed in said
Schedule.  Said insurance policies and arrangements are in full force and
effect, all premiums with respect thereto are currently paid, and Seller is in
compliance in all material respects with the terms thereof.  Said insurance is
adequate and customary for the business engaged in by Seller and is sufficient
for compliance by Seller with all requirements of law and all agreements and
leases to which Seller is a party.

                                       10
<PAGE>

     2.7  Contracts.  The Contracts constitute all leases, contracts and
          ---------
arrangements, whether oral or written, under which Seller is bound or to which
Seller is a party which relate to the Business or Assets.  Schedule 1.1(b)
                                                           ---------------
attached hereto contains a true, correct and complete list of all Contracts.
Each Contract is valid, in full force and effect and binding upon Seller and the
other parties thereto in accordance with its terms.  Neither Seller nor, to the
knowledge of Seller and the Principals, any other party is in default under or
in arrears in the performance, payment or satisfaction of any agreement or
condition on its part to be performed or satisfied under any Contract, nor does
any condition exist that with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute
such a default, and no waiver or indulgence has been granted by any party under
any Contract.  Seller has not received notice of, and each of Seller and the
Principals have no knowledge of, any fact which would result in a termination,
repudiation or breach of any Contract.  Seller has provided Buyer with true and
complete copies of all of such Contracts.

     2.8  Title.  Seller has good and marketable title to all of the Assets free
          -----
and clear of all mortgages, pledges, security interests, charges, liens,
restrictions and encumbrances of any kind (collectively, "Liens") whatsoever,
except for the Liens set forth on Schedule 2.8.  Upon the sale, assignment,
                                  ------------
transfer and delivery of the Assets to Buyer hereunder and under the Seller
Documents, there will be vested in Buyer good, marketable and indefeasible title
to the Assets, free and clear of all Liens.  The Assets include all of the
assets and properties (i) held for use by Seller to conduct the Business as
presently conducted and (ii) necessary for Buyer to operate the Business in the
same manner as such business is currently operated by Seller.  All of the
tangible Assets are in good repair, have been well maintained and are in good
operating condition, do not require any material modifications or repairs, and
comply in all material respects with applicable laws, ordinances and
regulations, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Seller has delivered complete and
true copies of all real property leases (the "Leases") set forth on Schedule
                                                                    --------
1.1(b).  Seller holds good, clear, marketable, valid and enforceable leasehold
- ------
interest in the real property subject to the Leases (the "Leased Real
Property"), subject only to the right of reversion of the landlord or lessor
under the Leases, free and clear of all other prior or subordinate interests,
including, without limitation, mortgages, deeds of trust, ground leases, leases,
subleases, assessments, tenancies, claims, covenants, conditions, restrictions,
easements, judgments or other encumbrances or matters affecting title, and free
of encroachments onto or off of the leased real property.  There are no material
defects in the physical condition of any improvements constituting a part of the
Leased Real Property, including, without limitation, structural elements,
mechanical systems, roofs or parking and loading areas, and all of such
improvements are in good operating condition and repair, have been well
maintained.  All water, sewer, gas, electric, telephone, drainage and other
utilities required by law or necessary for the current or planned operation of
the Leased Real Property have been installed and connected pursuant to valid
permits, and are sufficient to service the Leased Real Property.

     2.9  Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.9, Seller is not now
          ----------                          ------------
involved in nor, to the knowledge of Seller and the Principals, is Seller
threatened to be involved in any litigation or legal or other proceedings
related to or affecting the Business or any Asset or

                                       11
<PAGE>

which would prevent or hinder the consummation of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement. Seller has not been operating the Business under, and the
Business is not subject to, any order, injunction or decree of any court of
federal, state, municipal or other governmental department, commission, board,
agency or instrumentality.

     2.10 Employees; Labor Matters. Seller employs approximately twenty-one (21)
          ------------------------
full-time employees and four (4) part-time employees and generally enjoys good
employer-employee relationships.  Seller shall provide to Buyer a list of the
employees of Seller in connection with the Business at least ten (10) days prior
to Closing, including the name, date of hire and wages of such employees.
Seller is not delinquent in payments to any of its employees for any wages,
salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for any services
performed for it to the date hereof or amounts required to be reimbursed to such
employees.  Upon termination of the employment of any of said employees, neither
Seller nor Buyer will by reason of the acquisition transaction or anything done
prior to the Closing be liable to any of said employees for so-called "severance
pay" or any other payments, except as set forth in Schedule 2.10.  Seller does
                                                   -------------
not have any policy, practice, plan or program of paying severance pay or any
form of severance compensation in connection with the termination of employment,
except as set forth in said Schedule.  Seller is in compliance in all material
respects with all applicable laws and regulations respecting labor, employment,
fair employment practices, work place safety and health, terms and conditions of
employment, and wages and hours.  There are no charges of employment
discrimination or unfair labor practices, nor are there any strikes, slowdowns,
stoppages of work, or any other concerted interference with normal operations
existing, pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and the Principals, threatened
against or involving Seller.  No question concerning representation exists
respecting any group of employees of Seller.  There are no grievances,
complaints or charges that have been filed against Seller under any dispute
resolution procedure (including, but not limited to, any proceedings under any
dispute resolution procedure under any collective bargaining agreement) that
might have an adverse effect on Seller or the conduct of its business and no
arbitration or similar proceeding is pending and no claim therefor has been
asserted. No collective bargaining agreement is in effect or is currently being
or is about to be negotiated by Seller.  Seller has received no information to
indicate that any of its employment policies or practices is currently being
audited or investigated by any federal, state or local government agency.
Seller is, and at all times since November 6, 1986 has been, in compliance with
the requirements of the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986.

     2.11 Financial Statements.   Attached hereto as Schedule 2.11 are copies of
          --------------------                       -------------
the balance sheet of Seller as at August 31, 1998 (the "Base Balance Sheet") and
the statements of income and expense of Seller for August 31, 1998 (collectively
the "Financial Statements"). The Financial Statements have been prepared in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles applied consistently
during the periods covered thereby (except for the absence of footnotes with
respect to unaudited financials), are complete and correct and present fairly
and accurately the financial condition of the Business at the dates of said
statements and the results of operations of the Business for the periods covered
thereby.  As of the date of the Base Balance Sheet (the "Base Balance Sheet
Date"), Seller had no liabilities or obligations of any

                                       12
<PAGE>

kind with respect to the Business, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise,
that are not disclosed and adequately reserved against on the Base Balance
Sheet. As of the date hereof and at the Closing, Seller had and will have no
liabilities or obligations of any kind with respect to the Business, whether
accrued, contingent or otherwise, that are not disclosed and adequately reserved
against on the Base Balance Sheet.

     2.12 Business Since the Base Balance Sheet Date.  Since the Base Balance
          ------------------------------------------
Sheet Date:

          (a)  there has been no material adverse change in the Business or in
the Assets, operations or financial condition of the Business;

          (b)  the Business has, in all material respects, been conducted in the
ordinary course of business and in substantially the same manner as it was
conducted before the date of the Base Balance Sheet Date;

          (c)  there has not been any material obligation or liability
(contingent or other) incurred by Seller with respect to the Business, whether
or not incurred in the ordinary course of business;

          (d)  there has not been any purchase, sale or other disposition, or
any agreement or other arrangement, oral or written, for the purchase, sale or
other disposition, of any material properties or assets of the Business, whether
or not in the ordinary course of business;

          (e)  there has not been any mortgage, encumbrance or lien placed on
any of the Assets, nor any payment or discharge of a material lien or liability
of Seller which was not reflected on the Base Balance Sheet;

          (f)  there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or
not covered by insurance, adversely affecting the Business or Assets;

          (g)  there has not been any change in the collection, payment and
accounting policies used by Seller in the Business; and

          (h)  there has not been any agreement or understanding, whether in
writing or otherwise, for Seller to take any of the actions specified above.

     2.13 Licenses.  As of the date of this Agreement, Seller is the holder of
          --------
all licenses, permits and authorizations with respect to the Business (the
"Authorizations").  The Authorizations constitute all of the licenses, permits
and authorizations required for operation of the Business as now operated.  All
of the Authorizations are in full force and effect and no licenses, permits or
authorizations of any governmental department or agency are required for the
operation of the Business which have not been duly obtained.  As of the date
hereof, there

                                       13
<PAGE>

is not pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and the Principals, threatened any
action by or before any governmental agency to revoke, cancel, rescind or modify
any of the Authorizations, and there is not now issued or outstanding or, to the
knowledge of Seller and the Principals, pending or threatened any order to show
cause, notice of violation, notice of apparent liability, or notice of
forfeiture or complaint against Seller with respect to the Business.

     2.14 Approvals; Consents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.14 attached
          -------------------                          -------------
hereto, no approval, consent, authorization or exemption from or filing with any
person or entity not a party to this Agreement is required to be obtained or
made by Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the Seller Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby.  All of the approvals, consents and authorizations listed on
Schedule 2.14 shall be obtained by Seller at or prior to the Closing.
- -------------

     2.15 Customers and Suppliers.  Seller's relations with its customers and
          -----------------------
suppliers, including its Subscribers, are good and there are not pending or, to
Seller's knowledge, threatened claims or controversies with any customer or
suppliers that is material to the Assets or the Business.

     2.16 Subscribers.  Schedule 2.16(a) attached hereto sets forth, as of the
          -----------   ----------------
date hereof, the Subscribers of the Business as listed by class, type and
billing plan.  As of the Closing Date, the Business will have no fewer than
7,100 Dial-up Subscribers, 67 Dedicated Subscribers and 400 Web-hosting and/or
Domain-hosting Subscribers, all as set forth on Schedule 2.16(a) attached
                                                ----------------
hereto.  For purposes of this Agreement, the terms "Subscriber" shall mean any
active subscriber to Internet services offered by Seller in the Business who has
subscribed to a service for at least one month and has paid at least one bill,
including, without limitation, any person who receives dial-up Internet access
through the Business (a "Dial-up Subscriber"), any person who receives Internet
access from Seller offering higher data transmission rates than available from
dial-up access (a "Dedicated Subscriber") and any person with a web page or
domain name on Seller's server and to whom Seller provides Internet access (a
"Web-hosting Subscriber"); provided, however, that "Subscriber" shall not
                           --------  -------
include any person who is (i) more than forty-five (45) days delinquent in
payment of such person's bill for such services provided by the Business and
(ii) any person receiving complimentary Internet services or Internet services
at a promotional discounted rate.  Set forth on Schedule 2.16(b) attached hereto
                                                ----------------
is a listing of all such accounts which receive complimentary Internet services
or Internet services at a promotional discounted rate.

     2.17 Brokers.  Except for Rampart Associates, Inc., whose fees shall be
          -------
paid by Seller at or prior to the Closing, Seller has not incurred, and will not
incur, any liability for a commission or brokerage fee in connection with this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

     2.18 Collectibility of Accounts Receivable.  All of the Accounts Receivable
          -------------------------------------
of Seller are or will be as of the Closing Date bona fide, valid and enforceable
claims, subject to no

                                       14
<PAGE>

setoff or counterclaim and to Seller's knowledge are collectible in accordance
with their terms. Seller has no accounts or loans receivable from any person,
firm or corporation which is affiliated with Seller or from any member or
employee of Seller, or from any of their respective spouses or family members.

     2.19 Banking Relations.  All of the arrangements which Seller has with any
          -----------------
banking institution are completely and accurately described in Schedule 2.19,
                                                               -------------
indicating with respect to each of such arrangements the type of arrangement
maintained (such as checking account, borrowing arrangements, safe deposit box,
etc.) and the person or persons authorized in respect thereof.

     2.20 Intellectual Property.
          ---------------------

          (a)  Set forth on Schedule 2.20 hereto are all computer programs and
                            -------------
related documentation sold, marketed, licensed and distributed by Seller (the
"Products").  All of the Intellectual Property of Seller is set forth on
Schedule 2.20 attached hereto.  For purposes hereof, the term "Intellectual
- -------------
Property" includes: (i) all patents, patent applications, patent rights, and
inventions and discoveries and invention disclosures (whether or not patented)
(collectively, "Patents"); (ii) the name "NetLink Systems", all  trade names
including "Net-Link", trade dress, logos, packaging design, slogans, Internet
domain names, registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks and
applications (collectively, "Marks"); (iii) all copyrights in both published and
unpublished works, including, without limitation, all compilations, databases
and computer programs, and all copyright registrations and applications, and all
derivatives, translations, adaptations and combinations of the above
(collectively, "Copyrights"); (iv) all know-how, trade secrets, confidential or
proprietary information, customer lists, IP addresses, research in progress,
algorithms, data, designs, processes, formulae, drawings, schematics,
blueprints, flow charts, models, prototypes, techniques, Beta testing procedures
and Beta testing results (collectively, "Trade Secrets"); (v) Seller's web-sites
(including the domain name "www.net-link.net" and any other similar domain
names; (vi) all goodwill, franchises, licenses, permits, consents, approvals,
technical information, telephone numbers, and claims of infringement against
third parties (the "Rights");  and (vii) all contracts relating to the Products
and the Intellectual Property to which Seller is a party or is bound, including,
without limitation, all nondisclosure and/or confidentiality agreements entered
into by persons in connection with disclosures by Seller (collectively,"Assigned
Contracts").

          (b)  Except as described in Schedule 2.20, Seller has exclusive
                                     -------------
ownership of, and has good, valid and marketable title to, all of the
Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Liens, and has the right to use all
of the Intellectual Property without payment to any third party.  Seller's
rights in all of such Intellectual Property are freely transferable.  There are
no claims or demands pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and the Principals,
threatened of any other person pertaining to any of such Intellectual Property
and no proceedings have been instituted, or are pending or, to the knowledge of
Seller and the Principals, threatened against Seller and/or its members,
employees and consultants which challenge the validity and

                                       15
<PAGE>

enforceability of Seller's rights in respect of the Intellectual Property. The
Intellectual Property constitutes all of the assets of Seller used in designing,
creating and developing the Products, and represent all of such Intellectual
Property necessary for the operation of Seller's Business as currently
conducted.

     All current employees, consultants and contractors of Seller have executed
written instruments with Seller that assign to Seller all rights to any
inventions, improvements, discoveries, or information relating to the business
of Seller.  No employee, consultant or contractor of Seller has entered into any
agreement that restricts or limits in any way the scope or type of work in which
the employee, consultant or contractor may be engaged or requires the employee,
consultant or contractor to transfer, assign, or disclose information concerning
his work to anyone other than Seller.

          (c)  Schedule 2.20 sets forth a complete and accurate list and summary
               -------------
description of all of Seller's Patents.  All of the issued Patents are currently
in compliance with formal legal requirements (including without limitation
payment of filing, examination and maintenance fees and proofs of working or
use), are valid and enforceable, and are not subject to any maintenance fees or
taxes or actions falling due within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date.  In
each case where a Patent is held by Seller by assignment, the assignment has
been duly recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and all other
jurisdictions of registration.  No Patent has been or is now involved in any
interference, reissue, re-examination or opposition proceeding.  To the
knowledge of Seller and the Principals, there is no potentially interfering
Patent of any third party.  All products made, used or sold under the Patents
have been marked with the proper patent notice.

          (d)  Schedule 2.20 sets forth a complete and accurate list and summary
               -------------
description of all of Seller's Marks.  All Marks that have been registered with
the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or any other jurisdiction are
currently in compliance with formal legal requirements (including, without
limitation, the timely post-registration filing of affidavits of use and
incontestability and renewal applications), are valid and enforceable, and are
not subject to any maintenance fees or taxes or actions falling due within
ninety (90) days after the Closing Date.  In each case where a Trademark is held
by Seller by assignment, the assignment has been duly recorded with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office and all other jurisdictions of registration.  No
Mark has been or is now involved in any opposition, invalidation or cancellation
proceeding and, to the knowledge of Seller and the Principals, no such action is
threatened with respect to any of the Marks.  All products and materials
containing a Mark bear the proper notice where permitted by law.

          (e)  Schedule 2.20 sets forth a complete and accurate list and summary
               -------------
description of all of Seller's Copyrights.  All the Copyrights have been
registered with the United States Copyright Office and are currently in
compliance with formal legal requirements, are valid and enforceable, and are
not subject to any fees or taxes or actions falling due within ninety (90) days
after the Closing Date.  In each case where a Copyright is held by Seller by
assignment, the assignment has been duly recorded with the U.S. Copyright Office
and all

                                       16
<PAGE>

other jurisdictions of registration. None of the source or object code,
algorithms, or structure included in the Products is copied from, based upon, or
derived from any other source or object code, algorithm or structure in
violation of the rights of any third party. Any substantial similarity of the
Products to any computer program owned by any third party did not result from
the Products being copied from, based upon, or derived from any such computer
software program in violation of the rights of any third party. All copies of
works encompassed by the Copyrights have been marked with the proper copyright
notice.

          (f)  Seller has taken all reasonable security measures (including,
without limitation, entering into appropriate confidentiality and non-disclosure
agreements with all members, employees, consultants and contractors of Seller
and any other persons with access to the Trade Secrets) to protect the secrecy,
confidentiality and value of all Trade Secrets.  To the knowledge of Seller and
the Principals, there has not been any breach by any party to any such
confidentiality or non-disclosure agreement.  The Trade Secrets have not been
disclosed by Seller to any person or entity other than employees or contractors
of Seller who had a need to know and use the Trade Secrets in the course of
their employment or contract performance. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.20,
                                                                 -------------
(i) Seller has not directly or indirectly granted any rights or interests in the
source code of the Products, and (ii) since Seller developed the source code of
the Products, Seller has not provided, licensed or disclosed the source code of
the Products to any person or entity.  Seller has the right to use, free and
clear of claims of third parties, all Trade Secrets.  To the knowledge of Seller
and the Principals, there is not any assertion that the use by Seller of any
Trade Secret violates the rights of any third party.

          (g)  Seller has the exclusive right to use, license, distribute,
transfer and bring infringement actions with respect to the Intellectual
Property.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.20, Seller (i) has not licensed or
                                  -------------
granted to anyone rights of any nature to use any of its Intellectual Property
and (ii) is not obligated to and does not pay royalties or other fees to anyone
for its ownership, use, license or transfer of any of its Intellectual Property.

          (h)  All licenses or other agreements under which Seller is granted
rights by others in Intellectual Property are listed in Schedule 2.20.  All such
                                                        -------------
licenses or other agreements are in full force and effect, to the knowledge of
Seller and the Principals there is no material default by any party thereto, and
all of the rights of Seller thereunder are freely assignable.  True and complete
copies of all such licenses or other agreements, and any amendments thereto,
have been provided to Buyer, and Seller has no reason to believe that the
licensors under the licenses and other agreements under which Seller is granted
rights and has granted rights to others do not have and did not have all
requisite power and authority to grant the rights purported to be conferred
thereby.

          (i)  All licenses or other agreements under which Seller has granted
rights to others in Intellectual Property are listed in Schedule 2.20.  All such
                                                        -------------
licenses or other agreements are in full force and effect, and to the knowledge
of Seller and the Principals there is no material default by any party thereto.
True and complete copies of all such licenses or other agreements, and any
amendments thereto, have been provided to Buyer.

                                       17
<PAGE>

          (j)  Seller has no obligation to any other person to maintain, modify,
improve or upgrade the Products.

          (k)  None of the Products manufactured and sold, nor any process or
know-how used, by Seller infringes or is alleged to infringe any patent,
trademark, service mark, trade name, copyright or other proprietary right or is
a derivative work based on the work of any other person.

          (l)  There are no (i) actions, suits, claims, investigations or other
proceedings involving the Products, the Intellectual Property, or the Rights by
or before any governmental authority or arbitrator pending or, to the knowledge
of Seller and the Principals, threatened against Seller, or (ii) judgments,
decrees, injunctions, or orders involving the Products, the Intellectual
Property or the Rights of any governmental authority or arbitrator against
Seller.  Seller is not in default under any such judgment, decree, injunction or
order.

          (m)  The Products perform in accordance with their published
specifications and documentation and as Seller has warranted to its customers.
Except for hardware devices and components purchased from various manufacturers
and vendors, Seller has reviewed the areas within its businesses and operations
which could be adversely affected by, and has developed a program to address on
a timely basis, the "Year 2000 Problem" (i.e., the risk that applications used
by Seller or its suppliers and/or providers may be unable to recognize and
properly perform date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and
any date after December 31, 1999).  Seller reasonably believes that the "Year
2000 Problem" will not have any material adverse effect on the business or
operations of Seller.

     2.21 Absence of Restrictions.  Seller has not entered into any other
          -----------------------
agreement or arrangement with any other party with respect to the sale, transfer
or any other disposition or encumbrance of the Business or the Assets, in whole
or in part.

     2.22 Permits; Burdensome Agreements.  Schedule 2.22 lists all permits,
          ------------------------------   -------------
registrations, licenses, franchises, certifications and other approvals
(collectively, the "Approvals") required from federal, state or local
authorities in order for Seller to conduct its Business.  Seller has obtained
all such Approvals, which are valid and in full force and effect, and is
operating in compliance therewith.  Such Approvals include, but are not limited
to, those required under federal, state or local statutes, ordinances, orders,
requirements, rules, regulations, or laws pertaining to environmental
protection, public health and safety, worker health and safety, buildings,
highways or zoning.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.22, all such Approvals
                                            -------------
will be available and assigned to Buyer and remain in full force and effect upon
Buyer's purchase of the Assets, and no further Approvals will be required in
order for Buyer to conduct the business currently conducted by Seller subsequent
to the Closing.  Except as disclosed in Schedule 2.22 or in any other schedule
                                        -------------
hereto, Seller is not subject to or bound by any agreement, arrangement,
judgment, decree or order which may materially and adversely affect its business
or prospects, its condition, financial or otherwise, or any of its assets or
properties.

                                       18
<PAGE>

     2.23 Transactions with Interested Persons.  Except as set forth in Schedule
          ------------------------------------                          --------
2.23 hereto, neither Seller, nor any member or supervisory employee of Seller
- ----
or, to the knowledge of Seller or the Principals, any of their respective
spouses or family members owns directly or indirectly on an individual or joint
basis any material interest in, or serves as an officer or director or in
another similar capacity of, any competitor or supplier of Seller, or any
organization which has a material contract or arrangement with Seller.

     2.24 Employee Benefit Programs.
          -------------------------

          (a)  Schedule 2.24 lists every Employee Program (as defined below)
               -------------
that has been maintained (as defined below) by Seller at any time during the
three-year period ending on the Closing Date.

          (b)  Each Employee Program which has ever been maintained by Seller
and which has at any time been intended to qualify under Section 401(a) or
501(c)(9) of the Code has received a favorable determination or approval letter
from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding its qualification under such
section and has, in fact, been continuously qualified under the applicable
section of the Code since the effective date of such Employee Program. No event
or omission has occurred which would cause any such Employee Program to lose its
qualification under the applicable Code section.

          (c)  Seller does not know, and has no reason to know, of any failure
of any party to comply with any laws applicable to the Employee Programs that
have been maintained by Seller. With respect to any Employee Program ever
maintained by Seller, there has occurred no "prohibited transaction," as defined
in Section 406 of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
amended ("ERISA") or Section 4975 of the Code, or breach of any duty under ERISA
or other applicable law (including, without limitation, any health care
continuation requirements or any other tax law requirements, or conditions to
favorable tax treatment, applicable to such plan), which could result, directly
or indirectly, in any taxes, penalties or other liability to Buyer. To the
knowledge of Seller, no litigation, arbitration, or governmental administrative
proceeding (or investigation) or other proceeding (other than those relating to
routine claims for benefits) is pending or threatened with respect to any such
Employee Program.

          (d)  Neither Seller nor any Affiliate (as defined below) (i) has ever
maintained any Employee Program which has been subject to Title IV of ERISA
(including, but not limited to, any Multiemployer Plan (as defined below)) or
(ii) has ever provided health care or any other non-pension benefits to any
employees after their employment is terminated (other than as required by part 6
of subtitle B of title I of ERISA) or has ever promised to provide such post-
termination benefits.

          (e)  With respect to each Employee Program maintained by Seller within
the three (3) years preceding the Closing, complete and correct copies of the
following documents (if applicable to such Employee Program) have previously
been delivered to Buyer:  (i) all

                                       19
<PAGE>

documents embodying or governing such Employee Program, and any funding medium
for the Employee Program (including, without limitation, trust agreements) as
they may have been amended; (ii) the most recent IRS determination or approval
letter with respect to such Employee Program under Code Section 401 or
501(c)(9), and any applications for determination or approval subsequently filed
with the IRS; (iii) the three most recently filed IRS Forms 5500, with all
applicable schedules and accountants' opinions attached thereto; (iv) the
summary plan description for such Employee Program (or other descriptions of
such Employee Program provided to employees) and all modifications thereto; (v)
any insurance policy (including any fiduciary liability insurance policy)
related to such Employee Program; (vi) any documents evidencing any loan to an
Employee Program that is a leveraged employee stock ownership plan; and (vii)
all other materials reasonably necessary for Buyer to perform any of its
responsibilities with respect to any Employee Program subsequent to the Closing
(including, without limitation, health care continuation requirements).

          (f)  For purposes of this section:

               (i)    "Employee Program" means (A) all employee benefit plans
     within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(3), including, but not limited to,
     multiple employer welfare arrangements (within the meaning of ERISA Section
     3(4)), plans to which more than one unaffiliated employer contributes and
     employee benefit plans (such as foreign or excess benefit plans) which are
     not subject to ERISA; and (B) all stock or cash option plans, restricted
     stock plans, bonus or incentive award plans, severance pay policies or
     agreements, deferred compensation agreements, supplemental income
     arrangements, vacation plans, and all other employee benefit plans,
     agreements, and arrangements not described in (A) above.  In the case of an
     Employee Program funded through an organization described in Code Section
     501(c)(9), each reference to such Employee Program shall include a
     reference to such organization.

               (ii)   An entity "maintains" an Employee Program if such entity
     sponsors, contributes to, or provides (or has promised to provide) benefits
     under such Employee Program, or has any obligation (by agreement or under
     applicable law) to contribute to or provide benefits under such Employee
     Program, or if such Employee Program provides benefits to or otherwise
     covers employees of such entity, or their spouses, dependents, or
     beneficiaries.

               (iii)  An entity is an "Affiliate" of Seller if it would have
     ever been considered a single employer with Seller under ERISA Section
     4001(b) or part of the same "controlled group" as Seller for purposes of
     ERISA Section 302(d)(8)(C).

               (iv)   "Multiemployer Plan" means a (pension or non-pension)
     employee benefit plan to which more than one employer contributes and which
     is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements.

                                       20
<PAGE>

     2.25 Environmental Matters.
          ---------------------

          (a)  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.25, (i) Seller has never
                                      -------------
generated, transported, used, stored, treated, disposed of, or managed any
Hazardous Waste (as defined below); (ii) to Seller's knowledge, no Hazardous
Material (as defined below) has ever been or is threatened to be spilled,
released, or disposed of at any site presently or formerly owned, operated,
leased, or used by Seller, or has ever been located in the soil or groundwater
at any such site; (iii) to Seller's knowledge, no Hazardous Material has ever
been transported from any site presently or formerly owned, operated, leased, or
used by Seller for treatment, storage, or disposal at any other place; (iv)
Seller does not presently own, operate, lease, or use, nor has it previously
owned, operated, leased, or used any site on which underground storage tanks are
or were located; and (v) no lien has ever been imposed by any governmental
agency on any property, facility, machinery, or equipment owned, operated,
leased, or used by Seller in connection with the presence of any Hazardous
Material.

          (b)  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.25, (i) To Seller's knowledge,
                                      -------------
Seller has no liability under, nor has it ever violated, any Environmental Law
(as defined below); (ii) to Seller's knowledge, Seller, any property owned,
operated, leased, or used by Seller, and any facilities and operations thereon
are presently in compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) Seller
has never entered into or been subject to any judgment, consent decree,
compliance order, or administrative order with respect to any environmental or
health and safety matter or received any request for information, notice, demand
letter, administrative inquiry, or formal or informal complaint or claim with
respect to any environmental or health and safety matter or the enforcement of
any Environmental Law; and (iv) Seller has no knowledge or reason to know that
any of the items enumerated in clause (iii) of this subsection will be
forthcoming.

          (c)  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.25 hereto, to the knowledge of
                                      -------------
Seller and the Principals, no site owned, operated, leased, or used by Seller
contains any asbestos or asbestos-containing material, any polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) or equipment containing PCBs, or any urea formaldehyde foam
insulation.

          (d)  Seller has, to the knowledge of Seller and the Principals,
provided to Buyer copies of all documents, records, and information available to
Seller concerning any environmental or health and safety matter relevant to
Seller, whether generated by Seller or others, including, without limitation,
environmental audits, environmental risk assessments, site assessments,
documentation regarding off-site disposal of Hazardous Materials, spill control
plans, and reports, correspondence, permits, licenses, approvals, consents, and
other authorizations related to environmental or health and safety matters
issued by any governmental agency.

          (e)  For purposes of this Section 2.25, (i) "Hazardous Material" shall
mean and include any hazardous waste, hazardous material, hazardous substance,
petroleum product, oil, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminant, or other
substance which may pose a threat to the

                                       21
<PAGE>

environment or to human health or safety, as defined or regulated under any
Environmental Law; (ii) "Hazardous Waste" shall mean and include any hazardous
waste as defined or regulated under any Environmental Law; (iii) "Environmental
Law" shall mean any environmental or health and safety-related law, regulation,
rule, ordinance, or by-law at the foreign, federal, state, or local level,
whether existing as of the date hereof, previously enforced, or subsequently
enacted; and (iv) "Seller" shall mean and include Seller and all other entities
for whose conduct Seller is or may be held responsible under any Environmental
Law.

     2.26  Disclosure.  The representations, warranties and statements contained
           ----------
in this Agreement and in the certificates, exhibits and schedules delivered by
Seller and the Principals to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement do not contain any
untrue statement of a material fact, and, when taken together, do not omit to
state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make such representations, warranties or statements not misleading in light of
the circumstances under which they were made.  There are no facts known to
Seller or the Principals which presently or may in the future have a material
adverse affect on the Business, properties, Assets, prospects, operations or
(financial or other) condition of Seller which has not been specifically
disclosed herein or in a Schedule furnished herewith, other than general
economic conditions affecting the Internet services industry generally.

SECTION 3. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER.  As a material inducement to
Seller entering into this Agreement, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to
Seller as follows:

     3.1   Organization. Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
           ------------
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan. Buyer has all
requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now conducted and
to own, lease and operate its properties and assets.

     3.2   Required Action. All actions and proceedings necessary to be taken by
           ---------------
or on the part of Buyer in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement have been duly and validly taken, and this Agreement and each other
agreement, document and instrument to be executed and delivered by or on behalf
of Buyer pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement (collectively, the
"Buyer Documents") has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered
by Buyer and no other action on the part of Buyer or its shareholders is
required in connection therewith. Buyer has full right, authority, power and
capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Buyer Document and
to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement
and each other Buyer Document constitutes, or when executed and delivered will
constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer enforceable in
accordance with its respective terms.

     3.3   No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of
           ------------
this Agreement and each other Buyer Document does not and will not (a) violate
any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or by-laws of Buyer, as amended
to date, (b) constitute a violation of, or conflict with or result in any breach
of, acceleration of any obligation under, right of

                                       22
<PAGE>

termination under, or default under, any agreement or instrument to which Buyer
is a party or by which it is bound, (c) violate any judgment, decree, order,
statute, rule or regulation applicable to Buyer, (d) require Buyer to obtain any
approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any person or entity
(governmental or otherwise) that has not been obtained or made. The officers who
execute this Agreement and the other Buyer Documents contemplated hereby on
behalf of Buyer have and shall have all requisite power to do so in the name of
and on behalf of Buyer.

     3.4   Brokers.  Buyer has not retained any broker or finder or other person
           -------
who would have any valid claim against any of the parties to this Agreement for
a commission or brokerage fee in connection with this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby.

SECTION 4. COVENANTS OF SELLER.  Seller covenants and agrees that, from the date
hereof until consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby at the
Closing, Seller shall:

     4.1   Access to Premises and Records.  Seller shall give Buyer and its
           ------------------------------
representatives, at reasonable times and with reasonable prior notice, free
access to the properties, books and records of the Business and to the Assets
and will furnish to Buyer and its representatives such information regarding the
Business and the Assets as Buyer or its representatives may from time to time
reasonably request in order that Buyer may have full opportunity to make a
diligent investigation consistent with this Agreement.  In addition to, and not
in limitation of the foregoing, Seller shall provide Buyer with access to and
copies of the records of all: (a) Accounts Receivable, (b) Subscriber billing,
(c) pre-paid accounts, (d) accounts for which no remuneration is received by
Seller and (e) general reports with respect to each category of service provided
by the Business.

     4.2   Continuity and Maintenance of Operations of the Business.  Except as
           --------------------------------------------------------
to actions which Buyer has been advised and to which Buyer has consented to in
writing, and except as specifically permitted or required by this Agreement,
Seller shall:

           (a) Operate the Business in the ordinary course consistent with past
practices, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep available the
services of the employees who are involved in the operation of the Business, and
use reasonable best efforts to preserve any beneficial business relationships
with Subscribers, customers, suppliers and others having business dealings with
Seller relating to the Business;

           (b) Use and operate the Assets in a manner consistent with past
practice and maintain the Assets in good operating condition, ordinary wear and
tear excepted;

           (c) Maintain adequate inventories of spare Equipment consistent with
past practices;

           (d) Maintain insurance upon the Assets in such amounts and types as
in effect on the date of this Agreement as set forth in Schedule 2.6 attached
                                                        ------------
hereto;

                                       23
<PAGE>

          (e)  Keep all of its business books, records and files in the ordinary
course of business in accordance with past practices, and provide Buyer with
access thereto upon its reasonable request;

          (f)  Continue to implement its procedures for disconnection and
discontinuance of service to subscribers whose accounts are delinquent in
accordance with those in effect on the date of this Agreement;

          (g)  Perform and comply in all material respects with the terms of the
Contracts and keep such Contracts in full force and effect; and

          (h)  Preserve the goodwill of the Business.

     4.3  Negative Covenants.  Seller shall not, without the prior written
          ------------------
consent of Buyer:

          (a)  Sell, transfer, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of, or agree
to sell, transfer, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of, any Assets;

          (b)  Enter into any contract or commitment for the acquisition of
goods or services relating to the Business (other than in the ordinary course of
business) or which otherwise obligates Seller to perform in full or in part
beyond the Closing Date;

          (c)  Hire any new employees or enter into any employment arrangements
or otherwise increase the salary or compensation of any existing employees;

          (d)  Renegotiate, modify, amend or terminate any Contract;

          (e)  Create, assume, or permit to exist, or agree to incur, assume or
acquire, any Lien, claim or liability on the Assets;

          (f)  Make any modifications or changes to the existing rate schedules
or product offerings in effect with respect to the Business;

          (g)  Offer or employ any sales discounts, free services or other
extraordinary marketing practices or extraordinary promotions outside the
ordinary course of business and not consistent with Seller's past practices;

          (h)  Take any actions or permit its employees and agents to take any
actions which would materially interfere with or preclude the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; and

          (i)  Cause or permit the provision for any new and material pension,
retirement or other employment benefits for employees who perform services in
connection

                                       24
<PAGE>

with the conduct of the Business or any material increase in any existing
benefits (other than as required by law).

     4.4  Consents.  Seller will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, as
          --------
soon as practicable and at its expense, the consent of all third parties under
the Contracts for which the prior approval of such third party is required
pursuant to the terms of the Contract, in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to Buyer; provided, however, that "reasonable best efforts" for
                       --------  -------
this purpose shall not require Seller to undertake extraordinary or unreasonable
measures to obtain such approvals and consents, including, without limitation,
the initiation or prosecution of legal proceedings or the payment of fees in
excess of customary filing and processing fees.

     4.5  Notification of Certain Matters.  Seller shall promptly notify Buyer
          -------------------------------
of (i) any fact, event, circumstances or action the existence or occurrence of
which would cause any of Seller's representations or warranties under this
Agreement, or the disclosures in any schedules or exhibits attached hereto, not
to be true in any material respect and (ii) any failure on its part to comply
with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to
be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement.  Seller shall promptly
notify buyer in writing of the assertion, commencement or threat of any claim,
litigation, proceeding or investigation in which Seller is a party or in which
the Assets or Business may be affected and which could reasonably be expected to
be material or which relates to the transactions contemplated hereby.

     4.6  Adverse Change.  Seller shall promptly notify Buyer in writing of any
          --------------
materially adverse developments affecting the Assets or the Business which
become known to Seller, including, without limitation, (i) any damage,
destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) materially and
adversely affecting any of the Assets or the Business, (ii) any material notice
of violation, forfeiture or complaint under any material Contract, or (iii)
anything which, if not corrected prior to the Closing Date, would prevent Seller
from fulfilling any condition to Closing described in Section 6 hereof.

     4.7  No Solicitation.  Seller shall not, and Seller shall cause its
          ---------------
members, employees, agents and representatives (including, without limitation,
any investment banker, attorney or accountant retained by Seller) and all other
employees who perform services with respect to the operation of the Business not
to, initiate, solicit or encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries or the
making of any proposal with respect to the Assets or the Business, or engage in
any negotiations concerning, or provide to any other person any information or
data relating to, the Business, the Assets or Seller for the purpose of, or have
any discussions with, any person relating to, or otherwise cooperate in any way
with or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage, any inquiries or the
making of any proposal which constitutes, or may reasonably be expected to lead
to, any effort or attempt by any other person to seek or effect a transaction,
or enter into a transaction with any person or persons, other than Buyer,
concerning the possible sale of the Assets or Business, or the capital stock of
Seller.  Seller

                                       25
<PAGE>

shall promptly inform Buyer of any such inquiries or proposals and provide all
pertinent documentation related thereto.

     4.8  Cooperation.  Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all
          -----------
steps within its power and will cooperate with Buyer to cause to be fulfilled
those of the conditions to Buyer's obligations to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement that are dependent upon its actions, and to
execute and deliver such instruments and take such other reasonable actions as
may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the intent of this
Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.  Without limiting
the foregoing, Seller shall cooperate with all reasonable requests of Buyer and
its counsel in connection with Buyer's due diligence investigation of the
Business and Assets.

     4.9  Expenses.  Seller shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection
          --------
with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and in connection with
all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement.

     4.10 Financial Information.  Seller shall, as promptly as practical after
          ---------------------
such information become available, deliver to Buyer copies of Seller's monthly
unaudited financial statements, prepared in accordance with GAAP, consistently
applied, and in form and presentation as is reasonably acceptable to Buyer.

     4.11 Consummation of Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of
          -------------------------
this Agreement:  (a) Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to fulfill and
perform all conditions and obligations on its part to be fulfilled and performed
under this Agreement, and to cause the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement to be fully carried out on or before October 15, 1998 and (b) Seller
shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would or could
reasonably be expected to (i) result in any of the representations and
warranties of Seller being or becoming untrue in any respect that would cause
Section 6.1 of this Agreement not to be satisfied, (ii) result in any conditions
to Closing set forth in Section 6 of this Agreement not to be satisfied, or
(iii) result in a material violation of any provision of this Agreement.

     4.12 Confidentiality.  Seller agrees that it and its representatives will
          ---------------
hold in strict confidence, and will not use, any confidential or proprietary
data or information obtained from Buyer with respect to its business or
financial condition except for the purpose of evaluating, negotiating and
completing the transactions contemplated hereby.  Information generally known in
Buyer's industry or which has been disclosed to Seller by third parties which
have a right to do so shall not be deemed confidential or proprietary
information for purposes of this Agreement.  If the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement are not consummated, Seller will return, and cause its respective
officers, members, agents and representatives to return, to Buyer (or certify
that they have destroyed) all copies of such data and information made available
to Seller (and its officers, members, agents and representatives) in connection
with the transaction.

                                       26
<PAGE>

SECTION 5. COVENANTS OF BUYER. Buyer covenants and agrees that, from the date
hereof until consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby at the
Closing, Buyer shall:

     5.1   Cooperation.  Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all
           -----------
steps within its power and will cooperate with Seller, to cause to be fulfilled
those of the conditions to Seller's obligations to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement that are dependent upon its actions and to
execute and deliver such instruments and take such other reasonable actions as
may be necessary or appropriate in order to carry out the intent of this
Agreement and consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

     5.2   Notification of Certain Matters.  Buyer shall promptly notify Seller
           -------------------------------
of any fact, event, circumstances or action the existence or occurrence of which
would cause (i) any of Buyer's representations or warranties under this
Agreement not to be true in any material respect and (ii) any failure on its
part to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition,
or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement.

     5.3   Expenses.  Buyer shall bear its own expenses incurred in connection
           --------
with the negotiation and preparation of this Agreement and in connection with
all obligations required to be performed by it under this Agreement.

     5.4   Consummation of Agreement.  Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of
           -------------------------
this Agreement:  (a) Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to fulfill and
perform all conditions and obligations on its part to be fulfilled and performed
under this Agreement, and to cause the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement to be fully carried out on or before October 15, 1998; and (b) Buyer
shall not take any action or omit to take any action that would or could
reasonably be expected to (i) result in any of the representations and
warranties of Buyer set forth in this Agreement being or becoming untrue in any
respect that would cause Section 7.1 of this Agreement not to be satisfied, (ii)
result in any condition to the Closing set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement
not being satisfied, or (iii) result in a material violation of any provision of
this Agreement.

     5.5   Confidentiality.  Buyer agrees that it and its representatives will
           ---------------
hold in strict confidence, and will not use, any confidential or proprietary
data or information obtained from Seller with respect to its business or
financial condition except for the purpose of evaluating, negotiating and
completing the transactions contemplated hereby.  Information generally known in
Seller's industry or which has been disclosed to Buyer by third parties which
have a right to do so shall not be deemed confidential or proprietary
information for purposes of this Agreement.  If the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement are not consummated, Buyer will return, and cause its respective
officers, members, agents and representatives to return, to Seller (or certify
that they have destroyed) all copies of such data and information made available
to Buyer (and its officers, members, agents and representatives) in connection
with the transaction.

                                       27
<PAGE>

     5.6   Full Disclosure.  Buyer shall, upon request, provide Seller, its
           ---------------
counsel, accountants and other authorized representatives with such information
concerning Buyer as may be reasonably necessary for Seller to verify performance
of and compliance with Buyer's respective representations, warranties,
covenants, and conditions herein contained.

SECTION 6. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATION OF BUYER.  Buyer's obligation to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the
satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of each of the following
conditions, unless otherwise waived by Buyer in writing:

     6.1   Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
           ------------------------------------------
warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in
all material respects at the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at
such time and the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this
Agreement which are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all
respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at such
time.

     6.2   Performance of Agreements and Deliveries. Seller shall have performed
           ----------------------------------------
in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations under
this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by Seller prior to or
upon the Closing Date and shall have delivered all documents and items required
to be delivered at or prior to the Closing, including, without limitation:

           (a) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from one of the members to
     the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been
     satisfied;

           (b) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from one of the members of
     Seller as to the charter, Operating Agreement, authority and the incumbency
     of all members executing the Seller Documents on behalf of Seller;

           (c) A certified copy of Seller's Articles of Organization from the
     Secretary of State of the State of Michigan;

           (d) An Amendment to the Articles of Organization and any other
     required documentation, which effect a change of Seller's name;

           (e) A certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the
     State of Michigan; and

           (f) Such other certificates and instruments reasonably requested by
Buyer.

     6.3   No Material Adverse Effect. None of the schedules, documents or other
           --------------------------
information to be furnished by Seller to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, shall
disclose any fact, circumstance or matter, or any change in or development in
connection with any matter

                                       28
<PAGE>

disclosed in the original schedules or documents previously delivered by Seller
to Buyer, which has, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse
effect on the Assets or on the Business; and there shall have been no other
changes or developments affecting either the Assets or the Business since the
Base Balance Sheet Date which have, or could reasonably be expected to have, a
material adverse effect on the Assets or Business.

     6.4  Asset Transfer.  Seller shall have delivered to Buyer the following
          --------------
instruments of transfer and assignment in accordance with the provisions hereof,
transferring to Buyer all of Seller's right, title and interest in and to the
Assets, free and clear of all Liens:

          (a)  A Bill of Sale in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B;
                                                            ---------

          (b)  An Assignment and Assumption Agreement in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit C (the "Assignment and Assumption Agreement");
          ---------

          (c)  An Assignment of Patents and Trademarks in the form attached
hereto as Exhibit D;
          ---------

          (d)  An Assignment of Internet Domain Name in the form attached hereto
as Exhibit E (the "Assignment of Internet Domain Name"); and

          (e)  Such other instruments of transfer reasonably requested by Buyer.

     6.5  Assignment of Contracts and Authorizations; Approvals.  All Contracts
          -----------------------------------------------------
shall have been duly and validly assigned to Buyer by Seller, and all consents
and approvals required in connection with the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby under any Contract or Authorization or otherwise shall have
been obtained in form and substance satisfactory to Buyer and without conditions
materially and adversely affecting Buyer and which do not require Buyer to pay
money to any party to any such Contract or Authorization in excess of amounts
required to be so paid pursuant to the terms and conditions thereof.  All such
Contracts and Authorizations shall remain in full force and effect and shall not
have been amended, modified or repudiated in any material respect by either
party thereto.  Neither Seller nor, to the knowledge of Seller and the
Principals, the other party thereto, shall have breached or defaulted under any
Contract or Authorization.  Seller shall not have received notice of or have
knowledge of any fact which could result in the termination, repudiation or
breach of any Contract or Authorization.

     6.6  Escrow Agreement.  Seller shall have executed and delivered to Buyer
          ----------------
the Escrow Agreement and such Escrow Agreement shall be in full force and
effect.

     6.7  Non-competition Agreement.  Seller and Edwin Quinones shall have
          -------------------------
executed and delivered to Buyer a Non-competition Agreement in substantially the
form attached hereto as Exhibit F (the "Non-competition Agreement"), and such
                        ---------
Non-competition Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

                                       29
<PAGE>

     6.8   Employment and Non-competition Agreement.  David Shires and
           ----------------------------------------
Christopher Michaels each shall have executed and delivered to Buyer an
Employment Agreement (the "Employment Agreement") on terms and conditions which
are reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, and a Non-competition Agreement (the
"Employee Non-competition Agreement") in substantially the form attached hereto
as Exhibit G, and such Employment Agreement and Employee Non-competition
   ---------
Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

     6.9   Release of Liens.  Seller shall have obtained and delivered to Buyer
           ----------------
at or prior to the Closing instruments (including UCC-3 termination statements)
releasing any and all Liens on the Assets.

     6.10  Revenues; Subscribers. Seller shall have delivered to Buyer (i) total
           ---------------------
monthly revenues resulting in not less than $170,000 as of the Closing Date, of
which at least $165,000 shall be from Recurring Revenues, and (ii) at least
7,100 Dial-up Subscribers, 67 Dedicated Subscribers and 400 Web-hosting/Domain-
hosting Subscribers, and Seller shall have furnished Buyer with a certificate,
dated as of the Closing Date, to that effect.

     6.11  Opinion of Seller's Counsel. Buyer shall have received the opinion or
           ---------------------------
opinions of Kreis, Enderle, Callander & Hudgins, P.C., counsel for Seller, dated
the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit H attached hereto.
                                               ---------

     6.12  MESA Notice.  Seller shall have disclosed to Buyer, at least two (2)
           -----------
business days prior to the date of this Agreement, on forms provided by the
Michigan Employment Security Agency ("MESA"), the amount of Seller's outstanding
MESA tax liability, unreported MESA tax liability, MESA tax payments, MESA tax
rates, five (5) years of cumulative unemployment benefit charges, a list of all
current employees of Seller, and a listing of employees of Seller separated from
employment in the most recent twelve (12) months immediately preceding the
Closing.

SECTION 7. CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATION OF SELLER. The obligation of
Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject
to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of the following
conditions, unless waived by Seller in writing:

     7.1   Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
           ------------------------------------------
warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all
material respects at the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at
such time, and the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this
Agreement which are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all
respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at such
time.

     7.2   Performance of Agreement and Deliveries.  Buyer shall have performed
           ---------------------------------------
in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations under
this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by Buyer prior to or
upon the Closing Date and shall

                                       30
<PAGE>

have delivered all documents and items required to be delivered at or prior to
the Closing, including, without limitation:

           (a) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from the President of
Buyer to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 have
been satisfied;

           (b) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from Buyer's Secretary as
to the charter, by-laws, authority and the incumbency of all officers executing
the Buyer Documents on behalf of Buyer;

           (c) A certified copy of Buyer's charter from the Secretary of State
of the State of Michigan;

           (d) A certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the
State of Michigan; and

           (e) Such other certificates and instruments reasonably requested by
Seller.

     7.3   Executed Agreements.  Buyer shall have delivered to Seller the
           -------------------
following agreements and instruments of transfer and assignment in accordance
with the provisions hereof, and all of such agreements and instruments of
transfer and assignment shall be in full force and effect:

           (a) The Escrow Agreement;

           (b) The Non-competition Agreement;

           (c) The Assignment and Assumption Agreement; and

           (d) The Assignment of Internet Domain Name.

     7.4   Opinion of Buyer's Counsel. Seller shall have received the opinion or
           --------------------------
opinions of Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP, counsel for Buyer, dated the Closing
Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit I attached hereto.
                                   ---------

SECTION 8. DEFAULTS, REMEDIES, AND TERMINATION.

     8.1   Seller's Default; Buyer's Remedies.
           ----------------------------------

           (a) Seller's Default.  Seller shall be deemed to be in default
               ----------------
hereunder upon the occurrence of (i) any warranties or representations of Seller
set forth herein shall be untrue in any material respect at Closing or (ii)
Seller shall fail to meet, comply with, or perform in any material respect any
covenant, agreement, condition or obligation on its part required within the
time limits and in the manner required in this Agreement.  Seller shall have a
period

                                       31
<PAGE>

not to exceed thirty (30) days from the Closing Date within which to cure any
state of facts constituting a misrepresentation or breach of warranty.

          (b)  Buyer's Remedies.  In the event that Seller shall be deemed to be
               ----------------
in default hereunder, Buyer may, at Buyer's sole option, (i) terminate this
Agreement, (ii) enforce specific performance of this Agreement against Seller,
or (iii) exercise any other right or remedy Buyer may have at law or in equity
by reason of such default including, but not limited to, the recovery of
attorney's fees incurred by Buyer in connection herewith.

     8.2  Buyer's Defaults; Seller's Remedies.
          -----------------------------------

          (a)  Buyer's Default. Buyer shall be deemed to be in default hereunder
               ---------------
upon the occurrence of (i) any warranties or representations of Buyer set forth
herein shall be untrue in any material respect at Closing or (ii) Buyer shall
fail to deliver, at Closing, any of the items specified in Section 7 of the
Agreement for any reason other than a default by Seller. Buyer shall have a
period not to exceed thirty (30) days from the Closing Date within which to cure
any state of facts constituting a misrepresentation or breach of warranty.

          (b)  Seller's Remedies.  In the event that Buyer shall be deemed to be
               -----------------
in default hereunder, Seller may, at Seller's sole option (i) terminate this
agreement, (ii) enforce specific performance of this Agreement against Buyer, or
(iii) exercise any other right or remedy Seller may have at law or in equity by
reason of such default including, but not limited to, the recovery of attorney's
fees incurred by Buyer in connection herewith.

     8.3  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to
          -----------
the Closing by the mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller.

     8.4  Manner of Exercise.  In the event of the termination of this Agreement
          ------------------
by either Buyer or Seller pursuant to Sections 8.1, 8.2, or 8.3, notice thereof
shall forthwith be given to the other party in accordance with the provisions
set forth in Section 11 hereto and this Agreement shall terminate and the
transactions contemplated hereunder shall be abandoned without further action by
Buyer or Seller.

      8.5 Effect of Termination; Liabilities.  In the event of the termination
          ----------------------------------
of this Agreement pursuant to Sections 8.1, 8.2, or 8.3, and prior to the
Closing, all obligations of the parties hereunder (other than pursuant to
Sections 4.12 and 5.5 hereof) shall terminate, and neither Seller nor Buyer
shall have any further liability hereunder, including for losses, liabilities,
obligations, damages, deficiencies, actions, suits, proceedings, demands,
assessments, orders, judgments, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees)
of any kind whatsoever.

                                       32
<PAGE>

SECTION 9. POST-CLOSING COVENANTS; SURVIVAL.

     9.1    Use of Trade Names.  After the Closing Date, neither Seller, nor any
            ------------------
person controlling, controlled by or under common control with Seller will for
any reason, directly or indirectly, for itself or any other person, (a) use the
name "NetLink Systems, L.L.C." or (b) use or disclose any trade secrets,
confidential information, know-how, proprietary information or other
intellectual property of Seller transferred pursuant to this Agreement.

     9.2    Post-Closing Transitional Matters.  For a period of ninety (90) days
            ---------------------------------
following the Closing, Seller shall provide, without additional cost to Buyer,
such assistance as is reasonably requested by Buyer in order to effect an
orderly transition in the ownership and operation of the Assets.

     9.3    Survival.  All representations, warranties, covenants, agreements
            --------
and indemnities contained in this Agreement, or in any schedule, exhibit,
certificate, agreement, document or statement delivered pursuant hereto, are
material, shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the parties and, shall
survive the Closing for a period of one (1) year (the "Expiration Date")
regardless of any investigation conducted by or knowledge of any party hereto;
provided, however, that no party shall be entitled to indemnification from the
- --------  -------
other party pursuant to Section 10 hereof with respect to any liability or loss
disclosed to such party in this Agreement or in any schedule, exhibit,
certificate, agreement or document delivered pursuant hereto, it being
understood that such liabilities are and shall be either an Assumed Liability or
an Excluded Liability for purposes hereof.

SECTION 10. INDEMNIFICATION.

     10.1   Indemnification by Seller.
            -------------------------

          (a) Seller hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its
affiliates and its and their respective directors, officers, stockholders,
partners, members, employees, and agents (individually, a "Buyer Indemnified
Party" and collectively, "Buyer Indemnified Parties"), against and in respect of
all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages, deficiencies, actions, suits,
proceedings, demands, assessments, orders, judgments, costs and expenses
(including the reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of attorneys and
consultants) of any kind or nature whatsoever, but net of the proceeds from any
insurance policies or other third party reimbursement for such loss, to the
extent sustained, suffered or incurred by or made against any Buyer Indemnified
Party, to the extent based upon, arising out of or in connection with:  (i) any
breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller in this Agreement or in
any schedule, exhibit, certificate, agreement or other instrument delivered
pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) any breach of any covenant or agreement made by
Seller in this Agreement or in any schedule, exhibit, certificate, financial
statement, agreement or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement;
(iii) any claim made by any person or entity which relates to the operation of
the Assets or the Business which arises in connection with or on the basis of
events, acts, omissions, conditions or any other state of facts occurring on or
existing

                                       33
<PAGE>

before the Closing Date; and (iv) any claim which arises in connection with any
liability or obligation of Seller other than the Assumed Liabilities.

     10.2  Indemnification by Buyer. Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
           ------------------------
Seller and its members, employees and agents (individually, a "Seller
Indemnified Party" and collectively, "Seller Indemnified Parties") at all times
against and in respect of all losses, liabilities, obligations, damages,
deficiencies, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments, orders,
judgments, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees, disbursements and
expenses of attorneys and consultants), of any kind or nature whatsoever, to the
extent sustained, suffered or incurred by or made against any Seller Indemnified
Party, to the extent based upon, arising out of or in connection with: (A) any
breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer in this Agreement or in
any schedule, exhibit, certificate, agreement or other instrument delivered
pursuant to this Agreement; (B) any breach of any covenant or agreement made by
Buyer in this Agreement or in any schedule, exhibit, certificate, agreement or
other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement; (C) any claim made
against Seller which relates to, results from or arises out of Buyer's operation
of the Assets or the Business from and after the Closing Date; and (D) the
Assumed Liabilities.

     10.3  Notice; Defense of Claims.
           -------------------------

           (a) Notice of Claims.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party
               ----------------
of notice of any claim, liability or expense to which the indemnification
obligations hereunder would apply, the indemnified party shall give notice
thereof in writing to the indemnifying party, but the omission to so notify the
indemnifying party promptly will not relieve the indemnifying party from any
liability except to the extent that the indemnifying party shall have been
prejudiced as a result of the failure or delay in giving such notice.  Such
notice shall state the information then available regarding the amount and
nature of such claim, liability or expense and shall specify the provision or
provisions of this Agreement under which the liability or obligation is
asserted.

          (b)  Third Party Claims. With respect to third party claims, if within
               ------------------
twenty (20) days after receiving the notice described in clause (a) above the
indemnifying party gives (i) written notice to the indemnified party stating
that (A) it would be liable under the provisions hereof for indemnity in the
amount of such claim if such claim were successful and (B) that it disputes and
intends to defend against such claim, liability or expense at its own cost and
expense and (ii) provides reasonable assurance, in writing, to the indemnified
party that such claim will be promptly paid in full if required, then counsel
for the defense shall be selected by the indemnifying party (subject to the
consent of the indemnified party which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld) and the indemnified party shall not be required to make any payment
with respect to such claim, liability or expense as long as the indemnifying
party is conducting a good faith and diligent defense at its own expense;
provided, however, that the assumption of defense of any such matters by the
indemnifying party shall relate solely to the claim, liability or expense that
is subject or potentially subject to indemnification. The indemnifying party
shall have the right, with the consent of the indemnified party, which

                                       34
<PAGE>

consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, to settle all indemnifiable matters
related to claims by third parties which are susceptible to being settled
provided the indemnifying parties' obligation to indemnify the indemnified party
therefor will be fully satisfied. The indemnifying party shall keep the
indemnified party apprised of the status of the claim, liability or expense and
any resulting suit, proceeding or enforcement action, shall furnish the
indemnified party with all documents and information that the indemnified party
shall reasonably request and shall consult with the indemnified party prior to
acting on major matters, including settlement discussions. Notwithstanding
anything herein stated, the indemnified party shall at all times have the right
to fully participate in such defense at its own expense directly or through
counsel; provided, however, if the named parties to the action or proceeding
include both the indemnifying party and the indemnified party and representation
of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable
standards of professional conduct, the expense of separate counsel for the
indemnified party shall be paid by the indemnifying party. If no such notice of
intent to dispute and defend is given by the indemnifying party, or if such
diligent good faith defense is not being or ceases to be conducted, the
indemnified party shall, at the expense of the indemnifying party, undertake the
defense of (with counsel selected by the indemnified party), and shall have the
right to compromise or settle (exercising reasonable business judgment), such
claim, liability or expense. If such claim, liability or expense is one that by
its nature cannot be defended solely by the indemnifying party, then the
indemnified party shall make available all information and assistance that the
indemnifying party may reasonably request and shall cooperate with the
indemnifying party in such defense.

          (c)  Non-Third Party Claims.  With respect to non-third party claims,
               ----------------------
if within twenty (20) days after receiving the notice described in clause (a)
above the indemnifying party does not give written notice to the indemnified
party that it contests to such indemnity, the amount of indemnity payable for
such claim shall be as set forth in the indemnified party's notice.  If the
indemnifying party provides written notice to the indemnified party within such
20-day period that it contests such indemnity, the parties shall attempt in good
faith to reach an agreement with regard thereto within thirty (30) days of
delivery of the indemnifying party's notice.  If the parties cannot reach
agreement within such 30-day period, the matter may be submitted by either party
for binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.10
hereof.

SECTION 11. NOTICES.  All notices and other communications required to be given
hereunder, or which may be given pursuant or relative to the provisions hereof,
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in
hand or mailed, postage prepaid, by first class United States mail, certified
return receipt requested as follows:

          If to Seller:             NetLink Systems, L.L.C.
          ------------
                                    225 West Walnut
                                    Kalamazoo, Michigan 49007
                                    Attn: David Shires

                                       35
<PAGE>

          With a copy to:           Kreis, Enderle, Callander & Hudgins, P.C.
                                    One Moorsbridge
                                    P. O. Box 4010
                                    Kalamazoo, MI 49003
                                    Attn:  Matthew DePerno, Esq.

          If to Buyer:              Voyager Information Networks, Inc.
          -----------
                                    4660 S. Hagadorn Road
                                    East Lansing, MI 48823
                                    Attn: Christopher Torto

          With a copy to:           Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP
                                    Exchange Place
                                    Boston, Massachusetts  02109
                                    Attn:  David F. Dietz, P.C.

SECTIOn 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

     12.1  Assignability; Binding Effect. This Agreement shall not be assignable
           -----------------------------
by Buyer or Seller except with the written consent of the other, except that
Buyer may assign its rights hereunder either (i) to any affiliate of Buyer,
provided, however, that no assignment by Buyer shall in any way affect Buyer's
obligations or liabilities under this Agreement and Buyer acknowledges that it
shall remain primarily liable under this Agreement in the event of such an
assignment, (ii) as a result of any merger, reorganization or other
consolidation, or (iii) in connection with the granting of a security interest
to its senior lender. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to
the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors, and assigns.

     12.2  Headings.  The subject headings used in this Agreement are included
           --------
for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the construction or
interpretation of any of its provisions.

     12.3  Amendments; Waivers.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified,
           -------------------
nor may compliance with any condition or covenant set forth herein be waived,
except by a writing duly and validly executed by Buyer and Seller or, in the
case of a waiver, the party waiving compliance.  No delay on the part of any
party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a
waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of any party of any such right,
power or privilege, or any single or partial exercise of any such right, power
or privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
such right, power or privilege.

     12.4  Bulk Sales Law.  Buyer hereby waives compliance by Seller of any
           --------------
applicable bulk sales law and Seller agrees, to make full and timely payment
when due of all amounts owed by such Seller to its creditors.  Seller agrees to
indemnify and hold Buyer harmless from,

                                       36
<PAGE>

and reimburse Buyer for, any loss, cost, expense, liability or damage (including
reasonable counsel fees and disbursements and expenses) which Buyer may suffer
or incur by virtue of the non-compliance by Seller with such laws.

     12.5   Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the schedules and
            ----------------
exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and cancels any and all
prior or contemporaneous arrangements, understandings and agreements between
them relating to the subject matter hereof.

     12.6   Severability.  In the event that any provision or any portion of any
            ------------
provision of this Agreement shall be held to be void or unenforceable, then the
remaining provisions of this Agreement (and the remaining portion of any
provision held to be void or unenforceable in part only) shall continue in full
force and effect.

     12.7   Governing Law.  This Agreement and the transactions contemplated
            -------------
hereby shall be governed and construed by and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Michigan, without regard to conflict of laws principles.

     12.8   Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
            ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall
constitute the same instrument.

     12.9   Expenses.  Each party shall pay its own expenses incident to the
            --------
negotiation, preparation and performance of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of its counsel,
accountants, and consultants for all activities of such counsel, accountants,
and consultants undertaken pursuant to this Agreement, whether or not the
transactions contemplated hereby are consummated.

     12.10  Dispute Resolution.  Any dispute arising out of or relating to this
          ------------------
Agreement or the breach, termination or validity hereof shall be finally settled
by arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with the CPR Institute for
Dispute Resolution Rules for Nonadministered Arbitration of Business Disputes
(the "CPR Rules").  The CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution shall appoint a
neutral advisor from its National CPR Panel.  The arbitration shall be governed
by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. (S)(S)1-16, and judgment upon the
award rendered by the arbitrators may be entered by any court having
jurisdiction thereof.  The place of arbitration shall be Detroit, Michigan.

     Such proceedings shall be administered by the neutral advisor in accordance
with the CPR Rules as he/she deems appropriate, however, such proceedings shall
be guided by the following agreed upon procedures:

            (a)  Mandatory exchange of all relevant documents, to be
accomplished within forty-five (45) days of the initiation of the procedure;

                                       37
<PAGE>

            (b)  No other discovery;

            (c)  Hearings before the neutral advisor which shall consist of a
summary presentation by each side of not more than three hours; such hearings to
take place in one or two days at a maximum; and

            (d)  Decision to be rendered not later than ten (10) days following
such hearings.

     Each of the parties hereto (a) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent
jurisdiction located in the State of Michigan for the purpose of enforcing the
award or decision in any such proceeding and (b) hereby waives, and agrees not
to assert in any civil action to enforce the award, any claim that it is not
subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named court, that its
property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the civil action
is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the civil action is
improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced
in or by such court, and (c) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by
any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an
enforcement of the judgment of any such court.  Each of the parties hereto
hereby consents to service of process by registered mail at the address to which
notices are to be given.  Each of the parties hereto agrees that its submission
to jurisdiction and its consent to service of process by mail is made for the
express benefit of the other parties hereto.  Final judgment against any party
hereto in any such action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other
jurisdictions by suit, action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other
manner provided by or pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction; provided,
                                                                       --------
however, that any party may at its option bring suit, or institute other
- -------
judicial proceedings, in any state or federal court of the United States or of
any country or place where the other parties or their assets, may be found.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is specifically understood and agreed
that certain breaches of this Agreement will result in irreparable injury to the
parties hereto, that the remedies available to the parties at law alone will be
an inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other legal
or equitable remedies which the parties may have, a party may enforce its rights
by an action for specific performance and the parties expressly waive the
defense that a remedy in damages will be adequate.

     12.11  Third Party Rights. This Agreement is for the benefit of the parties
            ------------------
hereto and is not entered into for the benefit of, and shall not be construed to
confer any benefit upon, any other party or entity.

     12.12  Exhibits and Schedules.  All exhibits and schedules referred to in
            ----------------------
this Agreement shall be deemed to be attached to and made a part of this
Agreement.  Buyer shall not be deemed to have actual or constructive notice of
any fact, matter or item set forth in an exhibit or schedule for the purposes of
any other representation, warranty, exhibit, or schedule

                                       38
<PAGE>

unless the appropriate facts, matters, or items set forth in such exhibit or
schedule are specifically cross-referenced in such other representation,
warranty, exhibit or schedule.

                 [Remainder of page intentionally left blank]

                                       39
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller, Principals and Buyer have caused this Asset
Purchase Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                              SELLER:

                              NETLINK SYSTEMS, L.L.C.


                              By: /s/ David Shires
                                  ------------------------------
                                  Name:  David Shires
                                  Title: Member


                              PRINCIPALS:


                              /s/ David Shires
                              ---------------------------------
                              David Shires


                              /s/ Christopher Michaels
                              ---------------------------------
                              Christopher Michaels


                              /s/ Edwin Quinones
                              ---------------------------------
                              Edwin Quinones


                              BUYER:

                              VOYAGER INFORMATION NETWORKS, INC.


                              By: /s/ Christopher Torto
                                  -----------------------------
                                  Name:   Christopher Torto
                                  Title:  Chief Executive Officer

                                       40

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 10.7

                          INTERNET RESELLER AGREEMENT


     THIS RESELLER AGREEMENT made this 13th day of April 1999 by and between
Voyager Information Networks, Inc. ("Voyager") and Millennium Digital Media
("Reseller").

     1.   Appointment.  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement,
          Voyager grants to Reseller the right to promote and provide to End
          Users the dial up Internet access services more specifically described
          on Exhibits A through D attached hereto (the "Voyager Products and
          Services"). Reseller agrees to exclusively promote Voyager Products
          and Services, however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to
          preclude Voyager from distributing the Products and Services, as
          Voyager deems appropriate, or from appointing others to do so.

     2.   Voyager's Responsibilities.  Depending upon the level of service
          chosen by the Reseller, Voyager shall provide the specific services
          listed in Exhibits A and B.

     3.   Reseller's Responsibilities.  Depending upon the level of service
          chosen by the Reseller, Reseller shall provide the specific services
          listed in Exhibits A and B.

     4.   Price, Payment and Shipment.

          4.1  Price.  For each Voyager Product and Service option, Reseller
               shall pay to Voyager the prices as set forth in the applicable
               Exhibit attached hereto. Prices may be adjusted on an annual
               basis with 60 days advance written notification from Voyager.

          4.2  Terms of Payment.  Payment for Voyager Products and Services and
               any other charges under this Agreement are due within thirty (30)
               days after the date of receipt of an invoice from Voyager. If
               payment is not received within sixty (60) days, then Reseller
               shall be charged an interest rate equal to the lesser of one and
               one-half percent (1.5%) per month or the maximum amount permitted
               by the laws of the State of Michigan.

          4.3  Taxes.  All pricing under this Agreement is exclusive of taxes.
               Reseller shall pay any applicable federal, state, county, local
               or other governmental taxes, fees or duties now or hereafter
               imposed on the sale, export, use or possession of Voyager's
               Products and Services, or any export, use or possession of
               Voyager's Products and Services, or any other transaction
               contemplated by this Agreement, as well as any

                                       1
<PAGE>

               penalties or interest thereon.

     5.   Maintenance and Support.  Reseller acknowledges that routine
          maintenance and periodic system repairs, upgrades and reconfigurations
          provided by Voyager pursuant to this Agreement, public emergencies,
          force majeure events, restrictions imposed by law, acts of God, labor
          disputes and other situations, including mechanical or electronic
          breakdowns, may result in temporary impairment or interruption in
          Voyager's Internet Services. Reseller further acknowledges that
          Voyager does not guarantee continuous or uninterrupted service and
          reserves the rights from time to time to temporarily reduce or suspend
          service. Outside of formal maintenance hours on Mondays from 1am -
          5am, Voyager shall notify Reseller of any other planned outages,
          maintenance or repairs, upgrades or reconfigurations within 48 hours
          from their schedule occurrence. In addition, Voyager shall notify
          Reseller of any other outages or events which interrupt service as
          they occur or Voyager becomes aware of such occurrence.

     6.   Ownership and Proprietary Rights.

          6.1  Ownership.  Voyager represents that it has the rights necessary
               to grant Reseller the right to market and sell the Voyager
               Products and Services pursuant to this Agreement.

          6.2  Internet Ownership.  Reseller hereby acknowledges that the
               Internet is not owned, operated, managed by or in any way
               affiliated with Voyager or any of its affiliates, and that it is
               a separate network of computers independent of Voyager. Reseller
               further acknowledges that use of the Internet is solely at the
               End User's risk and their use is subject to all applicable local,
               state, federal and international laws and regulations and that
               access to the Internet is dependent on numerous factors,
               technologies and systems, many of which are beyond Voyager's
               authority and control.

          6.3  Proprietary Rights.  Reseller acknowledges that ownership of all
               applicable copyrights and intellectual property rights in the
               Voyager Products and Services and applicable documentation shall
               remain vested in Voyager. Reseller shall not remove Voyager's
               copyright notices and other restricted rights legends or notices
               from the Products and documentation.

          6.4  Unauthorized Use or Copying.  Reseller shall not repackage, copy,
               modify or reproduce the Voyager Products and Services, or
               applicable

                                       2
<PAGE>

               documentation in any way, nor shall Reseller permit any third
               party to do so. Reseller acknowledges that access to Voyager's
               network or any other networks connected to Voyager's network must
               comply with the rules appropriate for that other network and that
               the transmission of any material in violation of any federal or
               state regulations is prohibited, including, but not limited to,
               copyright material, material legally judged to be threatening or
               obscene, material protected by trade secret or material that is
               otherwise, in the sole discretion of Voyager, deemed to be
               proprietary, inappropriate or improper such as bulk e-mail
               messages.

          6.5  Advertising.  Any marketing and promotion, including but not
               limited to radio and television advertisements, billboards,
               newsletters, direct mail campaigns, and special promotions, shall
               contain such notices as may be specified by Voyager for approval,
               prior to use, distribution or disclosure, any advertising,
               promotion or publicity in which the Voyager Products or Services
               are described for any reason.

          6.6  End User Pricing.  Reseller shall submit to Voyager, for prior
               written approval, all End User price lists for Voyager Products
               and Services as outlined in the agreement. Any modifications to
               the End User Price lists shall be approved in writing by Voyager
               before Seller incorporates any such price changes.

          6.7  IP Ownership.  All IP addresses issued by Voyager for the purpose
               of supporting Reseller services, shall remain the sole property
               of Voyager and shall only be provided by Voyager upon request by
               Reseller and in compliance with Voyager's current IP issuance
               policies. Upon termination of this agreement, the Reseller shall
               cease using the Voyager issued IP's at Voyagers request.


     7.   Covenants of Reseller.

          7.1  Covenants.  Reseller shall make no representations or warranties
               on behalf of Voyager. In addition, Reseller shall not sell,
               transfer, publish, disclose, display or otherwise make available
               the Voyager Products or Services, or copies thereof, to others
               except as specifically set forth herein.

          7.2  Indemnification.  Reseller agrees to indemnify and hold harmless
               Voyager, its directors, officers, employees or agents from and
               against any claim, injury, loss or expense, including attorneys'
               fees, arising out of (i) the failure of Reseller to comply with
               the terms of this Agreement,

                                       3
<PAGE>

               (ii) any misrepresentations of Reseller in connection with
               Voyager or the Products or Services, (iii) any other wrongful
               conduct of Reseller, its employees, representatives, agents or
               dealers, or (iv) any interruptions or omission of Service
               provided by Voyager hereunder.


     8.   Limitation of Liability.

          8.1  Disclaimer of Warranties.  THE VOYAGER PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND
               APPLICABLE DOCUMENTATION ARE PROVIDED "AS IS". THIS INCLUDES LOSS
               OF DATA RESULTING FROM DELAYS, NONDELIVERIES, MISDELIVERIES OR
               SERVICE INTERRUPTION HOWEVER CAUSED. USE OF ANY INFORMATION
               OBTAINED BY VOYAGER'S NETWORK IS AT END USER'S OWN RISK. VOYAGER
               SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE ACCURACY OR
               QUALITY OF INFORMATION OBTAINED THROUGH ITS SERVICES. VOYAGER
               SPECIFICALLY DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
               INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
               MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AS TO ANY
               PRODUCTS OR SERVICES PROVIDED UNDER THIS AGREEMENT.

          8.2  Limitation.  IN NO EVENT SHALL VOYAGER BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOSS OR
               PROFIT OR ANY OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGE, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED
               TO SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR OTHER INDIRECT DAMAGES
               UNDER ANY CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS
               AGREEMENT, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, CLAIMS ARISING FROM
               MALFUNCTION OR DEFECTS IN THE PRODUCTS OR NON-DELIVERY OF THE
               PRODUCTS, EVEN IF VOYAGER HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
               SUCH DAMAGES.

          8.3  Amounts Paid.  IN NO EVENT SHALL VOYAGER'S LIABILITY FOR ANY
               CLAIM ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID TO
               VOYAGER BY RESELLER UNDER THIS AGREEMENT FOR THE PRODUCT OR
               SERVICE WHICH IS THE SUBJECT OF SUCH A CLAIM

                                       4
<PAGE>

     9.    Term and Termination.

           9.1  Term.  This Agreement shall commence on April 13, 1999 and shall
                continue for an initial term of three (3) years. Thereafter,
                this Agreement shall automatically renew for additional one (1)
                year periods unless terminated by either party within sixty (6)
                days notice of the expiration date.

           9.2  Termination.  This Agreement may be terminated by either party
                with or without cause given ninety (90) days prior written
                notices to the other party.

           9.3  Duties Upon Termination.  Upon the termination or expiration of
                this Agreement for any reason: (1) Reseller's rights to promote
                Voyager Products and Services pursuant to Section 1 shall
                terminate; (b) Reseller shall promptly return to Voyager all
                materials provided to Reseller by Voyager hereunder; (c) each
                party shall promptly prepare an accounting of all sums (if any)
                due to each other, and each party shall pay the same within
                fifteen (15) days of receipt of an invoice, (d) Reseller shall
                promptly return and cease use of all IP addresses issued by
                Voyager.

10.  Indemnification.

     10.1  Intellectual Property.  Voyager shall, at is expense, defend any
           claim against Reseller that use of the Voyager Products, as provided
           to Reseller under this Agreement, infringes a United States
           copyright, trade secret or other intellectual property right of any
           third party. Voyager shall pay any direct costs and damages
           attributable to such claim finally awarded by a court of competent
           jurisdiction against Reseller on such claim. Voyager shall have no
           liability for any such claim if Reseller is in material breach of
           this Agreement, or if the claim is based on use of or anything other
           than an unaltered Product as provided by Voyager, data or hardware,
           if such infringement would have been avoided by the use of the
           unaltered Product as provided by Voyager.

     10.2  Cooperation by Reseller.  Voyager shall have no obligations under
           Section 10.1 of this Agreement unless:

           (a)  Voyager shall have been promptly notified of the suit or claim
                by Reseller and furnished by Reseller with a copy of each
                communication, notice or other action relating to said claim;

                                       5
<PAGE>

           (b)  Voyager shall have the right to assume sole authority to conduct
                the litigation or settlement of such a claim or any negotiations
                related thereto at Voyager's expense; and

           (c)  Reseller shall provide reasonable information and assistance
                requested by Voyager at Reseller's expense in connection with
                such a claim.

11.  Confidentiality.  Any specifications, samples, technical information, lists
     of customers or potential customers or other proprietary business
     information or data, written, oral or otherwise, disclosed by Voyager to
     Reseller ("Confidential Information") shall remain the property of Voyager.
     Reseller agrees to hold all such Confidential Information in strict
     confidence and not to disclose such Confidential Information to any third
     party without Voyager's prior written consent.  Upon expiration or
     termination of this Agreement for any reason, Reseller shall destroy all
     such Confidential Information in Reseller's possession.

12.  General.

     12.1  Jurisdiction and Venue.  This Agreement shall be governed by and
           construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Michigan,
           without reference to its conflicts of laws provisions. Jurisdiction
           for litigation of any dispute, controversy or claim arising out of or
           in connection with this Agreement, shall be only in a federal or the
           state court having subject matter jurisdiction located in Lansing,
           Michigan.

     12.2  Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Exhibits attached
           hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
           respect to this subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous
           proposals, both oral and written, negotiations, representations,
           commitments, writings and any other communications between the
           parties. This Agreement may not be released, discharged, or modified
           except by a written amendment signed by both parties.

     12.3  Independent Contractors. It is expressly agreed that Voyager and
           Reseller are acting hereunder as independent contractors. Under no
           circumstances shall any of the employees of one party be deemed the
           employees of the other for any purpose.

     12.4  Notice.  Any notice required to be given by either party to the other
           shall be deemed given if in writing and actually delivered or if
           deposited in the United States mail in registered or certified form
           with return receipt requested, postage paid, addressed to the last
           known address of the notified party.

     12.5  Assignment.  Neither party hereto may assign this Agreement without
           the

                                       6
<PAGE>

           express written consent of the other party hereto, which consent
           shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     12.6  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined by a
           court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid or unenforceable, such
           determination shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any
           other part or provision of this Agreement.

     12.7  Waiver.  No waiver by Voyager of any breach of any provisions hereof
           shall constitute a waiver unless made in writing signed by Voyager.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each part hereto has executed this Agreement by a duly
authorized representative as of the date set forth above.


VOYAGER:                                RESELLER:

Voyager Information                     Millennium Digital Media
  Networks, Inc.


By: /s/ Christopher P. Torto            By: /s/ John K. Brooke
   --------------------------------        ------------------------------------
     Christopher P. Torto
     Chief Executive Officer               Title: Chief Operating Officer
                                                 ------------------------------

                                       7
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT A

          Dial-up Internet Services and Rates for Voyager Owned POPs

This level of service allows Reseller's End Users access into Voyager maintained
POPs with additional network and support services.

1.   Wholesale Rate for Voyager Services Provided (listed below):

     .    $12.50 per customer/month (unlimited access) or
     .    $6.50 per customer/month (light usage account for 10 hours with each
          additional hour at 75 cents).

2.   Voyager provided services:

     .    Internet Access.  Voyager shall provide to each End User transport
          and routing from the Voyager point of presence ("POP") to the Internet
          via Voyager's high speed network.
     .    Maintenance of POP and Network.  Voyager to provide and maintain all
          POP, telephone circuits and network equipment.
     .    Technical Support.  Voyager shall provide technical support to End
          Users provided that the End User's equipment meets the minimum
          requirements described in Exhibit E attached hereto.
     .    E-mail.  Voyager shall provide each End User with one primary e-mail
          account as well as two additional e-mail addresses on Voyager's mail
          server and global delivery of Internet e-mail.
     .    Personal Webspace.  Voyager shall provide each End User with 5MB of
          personal disk space on Voyager's Webserver and access through an FTP
          account.
     .    Billing Support.  Voyager shall provide Reseller with access to
          Voyager's Web based customer database for real-time billing and
          account information on each End User account.
     .    Sales and Marketing Support.  Voyager shall provide Reseller with
          sample literature for use in Reseller's marketing and sales programs.

3.   Reseller provided services:

     .    Billing:  Reseller shall originate End User Billing and respond to
          all End User billing questions.
     .    Collections/Bad Debt:  Reseller shall collect all End User accounts
          and manage bad debt.
     .    Sales and Marketing:  Reseller shall perform all sales and marketing
          related activities.

                                       8
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT B


 Internet Services and Rates for Reseller Owner Network - Use of Cable Modems
      (Connection to Voyager using Reseller's Infrastructure and Network)


This level of service provides Internet access, email and personal web space
services for Reseller End Users using Reseller's own network infrastructure.

1.   Wholesale Rate for Voyager Services Provided:

     .    Internet Bandwidth Transport Fee - See Exhibit D for detailed
          schedule of charges.
     .    Plus:  $6.00 per Customer

2.   Voyager provided services:

     .    Internet Access:  Voyager shall provide to each End User transport
          and routing from the Voyager network operating center ("NOC") to the
          Internet via Voyager's high speed network.
     .    Maintenance of Voyager Network - Voyager to provide and maintain all
          Voyager owned network circuits and equipment.
     .    Technical Support.  Voyager shall provide technical support related
          to Voyager's network, email and personal web space services.  Support
          shall also be provided for Cable Modem customers for Cable Modem
          TCP/IP configurations, IP conventions, and e-mail problems.  Voyager
          shall issue trouble tickets immediately to Reseller's Data Support
          staff upon unsuccessful resolution of any call.  A weekly summary
          report shall be provided to Reseller of all transactions either
          successfully resolved or forwarded for Reseller field resolution.
          Voyager shall provide and maintain the appropriate number of dedicated
          800/888 inbound phone lines to handle Cable Modem inbound call volume.
     .    E-mail.  Voyager shall provide each End User with one primary e-mail
          account as well as two additional e-mail addresses on Voyager's mail
          server and global deliver of Internet e-mail.
     .    Personal Webspace.  Voyager shall provide each End User with 5MB of
          personal disk space on Voyager's Webserver and access through an FTP
          account.
     .    Billing Support.  Voyager shall provide Reseller with access to
          Voyager's Web based customer database for real-time billing and
          account information on each End User account.
     .    IP Addresses.  Voyager shall provide valid Internic Registered IP
          addresses for all Reseller modems, servers, and routers.

3.   Reseller provided services:

     .    Reseller Network - Reseller to provide and maintain the Reseller
          network.
     .    Transport to Voyager NOC - Reseller to provide for transport and
          routing from Reseller network to Voyager NOC.
     .    Technical Support - Reseller to provide all technical support related
          to the Reseller network and all equipment (i.e. cable modems, etc.).
     .    Billing:  Reseller shall originate End User billing and respond to
          all End User billing questions.
     .    Collections/Bad Debt:  Reseller shall collect all End User accounts
          and manage bad debt.
     .    Sales and Marketing:  Reseller shall perform all sales and marketing
          related activities.

                                       9
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT C

           Internet Services and Rates for Dedicated Internet Access


Voyager shall provide Reseller a shared or dedicated connection(s) to the
Internet through Voyager's high-speed network from Voyager's office located at
4660 S. Hagadorn Road, Ste. 320, East Lansing, Michigan 48823.

1.   Dedicated Connection - Internet Access and Usage Rates

     Port Install Charge (one-time setup):         $250
     Port Charge (Monthly):                 $375 per Mb
     Bandwidth Usage Charge (Monthly):      $1.50 per kilobit (See calculation
                                            below)

     Bandwidth Usage Rate Calculation for sustained usage (sustained usage is
     measured by samples taken every 5 minutes).  The highest maximum and
     average values are added together and divided by two.  The sustained usage
     in kilobits is then multiplied by our kilobit rate of $1.50 per kilobit:

     Charge = [(max + average) sustained usage in kilobits] x $1.50
               ______________
                     2

3.   Equipment Requirement for Dedicated Access

     Dedicated access to Voyager network will require, at a minimum, the
     following hardware and software at any premises where access is required:

     .    A Cisco 2500 series or greater router with an IP feature set and a
          comparable (current) version of Cisco IOS:
     .    Two CSUs approved by Voyager for the lease line connection (one CSU
          for each end of the circuit);
     .    A V.35 cable to connect the router to the CSU;
     .    A connection to a standard analog voice telephone line for out of
          band management of the router (optional);
     .    A standard V.35 analog modem for out of band management of the router
          (optional);
     .    A standard Voyager approved transceiver to interconnect the router to
          the customer's LAN/WAN.

                                       10
<PAGE>

                                   EXHIBIT D

             End User Equipment Requirements for Dial-up Accounts

For dial-in access to a Voyager maintained POP, End Users will require, at a
minimum, the following hardware and software:

 .    PC with Intel 486 (or equivalent) processor or Macintosh Classic 2 or
     newer computer with at least 8 MB of memory (16 MB is recommended);

 .    Modem fully compliant with V. 32/42 bis and/or V.34 standards (NOTE:
     Modems drive by software emulation of these standards will not work);

 .    A serial card with a 16550 UART chip;

 .    Microsoft Windows 3.1 or higher or System 7;

 .    Connection to a standard analog voice telephone line; and

 .    Internet browser (Voyager to supply software if customer does not have
     browser).

                                       11

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.23

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE
OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.


                                PROMISSORY NOTE
                                ---------------

                                              Date:  January 11, 1999


$450,000



     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned ("Debtor") hereby promises to pay to
Voyager Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Payee"), at such place or
places as may be specified by Payee or any holder hereof, in legal tender of the
United States of America, the principal amount of $450,000 (the "Principal"),
which represents the amount equal to the fair market value of the 300,000 shares
of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of Payee purchased by Debtor
pursuant to that Stock Purchase and Restriction Agreement on the date hereof
(the "Shares"), with interest at the rate of 5.00% per annum, compounded
annually, on the unpaid balance.  Interest shall accrue commencing on the date
hereof and shall be due and payable in full at the Repayment Date (as
hereinafter defined).  The Debtor shall pay to Payee, within ten (10) days after
receipt thereof, the net after-tax proceeds from any sale by the Debtor of the
Shares, in reduction of the Principal and accrued interest thereon until such
time as such Principal and interest have been repaid in full.  For purposes
hereof, net after-tax proceeds refers to the amount received by the Debtor upon
any sale of such Shares, less brokerage commissions or underwriting discounts,
other expenses of every kind, including documentary, excise and other taxes, if
any, directly relating to the sale and an amount equal to the federal, state and
local taxes on any gain from such sale (as determined by multiplying the amount
of such gain by the combined maximum federal, state and local tax rate
applicable to the sale of such Shares by the Debtor, taking into account the
holding period for such Shares and any federal income tax deduction for state
and local income taxes).  In any event, any Principal then unpaid shall be due
and payable, with accrued interest thereon, on the fourth (4th) anniversary of
date hereof (the "Repayment Date").

     This Note is subject to the terms of and the payment hereof is secured by a
certain Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between Debtor and
Payee (the "Pledge Agreement").

     In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Pledge Agreement, shall
occur, the aggregate unpaid balance of Principal and accrued interest thereon
may be declared to be due
<PAGE>

and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Pledge Agreement.
The obligation of the undersigned Debtor to pay the Recourse Amount (as
hereinafter defined) shall be absolute and unconditional, and the Payee shall
have full recourse against the Debtor's assets (including, but not limited to,
the collateral pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement) to recover the Recourse
Amount. The Recourse Amount as of any time shall mean 25% of the Principal, plus
accrued interest as of such date, reduced by any payment of Principal made by or
on behalf of the Debtor from any source. With respect to amounts due and payable
hereunder in excess of the Recourse Amount, the Payee shall have no recourse
against the Debtor or any of his assets other than the collateral pledged
pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and Payee shall look only to its rights as
provided in the Pledge Agreement for the repayment of amounts in excess of the
Recourse Amount.

     Debtor may discharge the obligations undertaken hereby, at any time, by
repaying the outstanding Principal and accrued interest thereon, without
penalty.  Debtor may, without penalty, make a partial prepayment of Principal
and/or accrued interest thereon in any amount at any time and may thereby reduce
any required future payment hereunder by the amount of such prepayment.

     Debtor expressly waives presentment for payment, protest and demand, notice
of protest, demand and dishonor and expressly agrees that this Note may be
extended from time to time without in any way affecting the liability of Debtor.
No delay or omission on the part of Payee in exercising any right hereunder
shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right under this Note.

     This Note may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in
writing that is signed by the Debtor and Payee.  This Note shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Debtor and inure to the
benefit of Payee and its successors, endorsees and assigns.



                                    DEBTOR:


                                    /s/ Osvaldo deFaria
                                    -------------------
                                    Name: Osvaldo deFaria




                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.24

THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS
AMENDED, AND MAY NOT BE SOLD, ASSIGNED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE
OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION.


                                PROMISSORY NOTE
                                ---------------

                                              Date:  January 11, 1999


$1,050,000



     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned ("Debtor") hereby promises to pay to
Voyager Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation ("Payee"), at such place or
places as may be specified by Payee or any holder hereof, in legal tender of the
United States of America, the principal amount of $1,050,000 (the "Principal"),
which represents the amount equal to the fair market value of the 700,000 shares
of common stock, par value $.0001 per share, of Payee purchased by Debtor
pursuant to that Stock Purchase and Restriction Agreement on the date hereof
(the "Shares"), with interest at the rate of 5.00% per annum, compounded
annually, on the unpaid balance.  Interest shall accrue commencing on the date
hereof and shall be due and payable in full at the Repayment Date (as
hereinafter defined).  The Debtor shall pay to Payee, within ten (10) days after
receipt thereof, the net after-tax proceeds from any sale by the Debtor of the
Shares, in reduction of the Principal and accrued interest thereon until such
time as such Principal and interest have been repaid in full.  For purposes
hereof, net after-tax proceeds refers to the amount received by the Debtor upon
any sale of such Shares, less brokerage commissions or underwriting discounts,
other expenses of every kind, including documentary, excise and other taxes, if
any, directly relating to the sale and an amount equal to the federal, state and
local taxes on any gain from such sale (as determined by multiplying the amount
of such gain by the combined maximum federal, state and local tax rate
applicable to the sale of such Shares by the Debtor, taking into account the
holding period for such Shares and any federal income tax deduction for state
and local income taxes).  In any event, any Principal then unpaid shall be due
and payable, with accrued interest thereon, on the fourth (4th) anniversary of
date hereof (the "Repayment Date").

     This Note is subject to the terms of and the payment hereof is secured by a
certain Pledge Agreement dated as of the date hereof by and between Debtor and
Payee (the "Pledge Agreement").

     In case an Event of Default, as defined in the Pledge Agreement, shall
occur, the aggregate unpaid balance of Principal and accrued interest thereon
may be declared to be due
<PAGE>

and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Pledge Agreement.
The obligation of the undersigned Debtor to pay the Recourse Amount (as
hereinafter defined) shall be absolute and unconditional, and the Payee shall
have full recourse against the Debtor's assets (including, but not limited to,
the collateral pledged pursuant to the Pledge Agreement) to recover the Recourse
Amount. The Recourse Amount as of any time shall mean 25% of the Principal, plus
accrued interest as of such date, reduced by any payment of Principal made by or
on behalf of the Debtor from any source. With respect to amounts due and payable
hereunder in excess of the Recourse Amount, the Payee shall have no recourse
against the Debtor or any of his assets other than the collateral pledged
pursuant to the Pledge Agreement, and Payee shall look only to its rights as
provided in the Pledge Agreement for the repayment of amounts in excess of the
Recourse Amount.

     Debtor may discharge the obligations undertaken hereby, at any time, by
repaying the outstanding Principal and accrued interest thereon, without
penalty.  Debtor may, without penalty, make a partial prepayment of Principal
and/or accrued interest thereon in any amount at any time and may thereby reduce
any required future payment hereunder by the amount of such prepayment.

     Debtor expressly waives presentment for payment, protest and demand, notice
of protest, demand and dishonor and expressly agrees that this Note may be
extended from time to time without in any way affecting the liability of Debtor.
No delay or omission on the part of Payee in exercising any right hereunder
shall operate as a waiver of such right or of any other right under this Note.

     This Note may be changed, modified or terminated only by an agreement in
writing that is signed by the Debtor and Payee.  This Note shall be governed by
and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts,
and shall be binding upon the successors and assigns of Debtor and inure to the
benefit of Payee and its successors, endorsees and assigns.



                                    DEBTOR:


                                    /s/ Glenn Friedly
                                    ------------------
                                    Name:  Glenn Friedly

                                       2

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.28

               PLANET DIRECT INTERNET SERVICE PROVIDER AGREEMENT
               -------------------------------------------------


     This Agreement is made between PLANET DIRECT CORPORATION ("PDC") with
offices at 100 Brickstone Square, Andover, Massachusetts 01810 and Voyager
Information Networks, Inc. (the "ISP"), with offices at 4660 S. Hagadorn Rd.,
Suite 320 East Lansing, MI and is made on this 17th day of March, 1997
("Effective Date").  All capitalized terms have the meanings set forth herein.
In consideration of the agreements and representations contained herein, the
parties hereto agree as follows:

1.   CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

     1.1  "PD Service"  means PDC's entire present and future interactive
           ----------
communication and information service consisting of existing and future software
products, services, and electronic and digital technologies and systems created
in any and all forms by PDC (and/or others and licensed or otherwise provided to
PDC) which are distributed, delivered or otherwise transmitted or made available
electronically to users to be used by such users, including, without limitation,
any and all documentation (all materials describing the programming, design, and
use of any software included in the PD Service) accompanying such products,
services, technologies and systems, any revisions, upgrades, enhancements,
maintenance or new releases, new versions and/or add-ons to such products,
services, technologies and systems, and original equipment manufacturer (OEM)
versions of such products, services, technologies and systems.

     1.2  "ISP/PD URL" means the URL http:// Voyager.planetdirect.com
           ----------

     1.3  "Registered Members" means subscribers (customers of ISP) and any
           ------------------
other end users who register for the PD Service through the ISP/PD URL.

2.   RIGHTS GRANTED.

     2.1  Name Exclusivity/License.  The ISP will have the exclusive right to be
          ------------------------
associated with the ISP/PD URL and is given the non-exclusive and non-
transferable license to provide access to the PD Service to Registered Members
through the ISP/PD URL.

     2.2  Co-Branding.  PDC will brand and advertise the PD Service.  This
          -----------
promotional activity will include cobranding the PD Service with the ISP.  The
ISP will be included in these promotions as deemed appropriate by mutual
parties.

     2.3  Trademarks.  PDC shall have the right to use and publish in connection
          ----------
with the PC Service any present or future trade name or trademark or service
mark of the ISP in connection with its Internet access service for purposes of
cobranding the PD Service with the ISP, provided that all marks are so indicated
by appropriate symbol or designation and attributed to the ISP.
<PAGE>

     2.4  Promotional Links.  On the page represented by the ISP/PD URL, there
          -----------------
will be an area specified by PDC which will contain links for the ISP's use.

     2.5  Complementary ISP Account.  The ISP will provide PDC with a
          -------------------------
complementary ISP dial-up account, which account will remain functional during
the Term of this Agreement. This account will enable PDC to monitor PD Service
page loading performance and to assist in other trouble-shooting matters.

3.   DELIVERY/INFRASTRUCTURE.  PDC will make the PD Service available for access
by the Registered Members by way of the Internet access service regularly
maintained by the ISP for its subscribers.  The PD Service will be served from
computer servers operated and maintained by PDC or its designee.  PDC shall
retain complete control over pricing, presentation, updates and expansions of
the entire PD Service, as well as the placement of advertising within the PD
Service.  The PD Service shall be owned exclusively by PDC, and PDC shall own
all compilation copyrights with respect to the PD Service (to the extent not
copyrightable by a third party) and other content created by or for PDC as part
of the PD Service.

4.   MARKETING/PROMOTION.  The ISP agrees, at its expense, to use its best
efforts to maximize use of the PD Service by its subscribers, prospective
subscribers, and the Registered Members.  These efforts will include, but not be
limited to, promotional activities such as on-line advertising, print
advertising, and newsletters.  In addition, the marketing activities of the ISP
will include the following:

     4.1  Entry Link.  Within (TBD) days of the effective Date of this
          ----------
Agreement, the ISP will create a prominent link (the "Entry Link") on the ISP's
homepage, represented by the URL http://www.yoyager.net, to the page represented
by the ISP/PD URL.  PDC will provide  ISP the graphics file to be placed in the
Entry Link area.  The dimensions of such link shall be at least 125x125 pixels.
The ISP shall place this link so that it will appear without scrolling.  The ISP
will update the graphics file upon PDC forwarding a new or revised graphics file
to the ISP.

     4.2  E-mail Communication.  The ISP will send out two (2) promotional e-
          --------------------
mails, provided by PDC, to the ISP's subscribers.  The first e-mail will be sent
out within one week of the placement of the Entry Link, and the second e-mail
will be sent out within four (4) weeks of the first e-mail.  These e-mails will
encourage the subscribers to register for and try out the PD Service.  Through
the use of e-mails and other promotional activities throughout the Term of the
agreement, the ISP will continue to (a) encourage the ISP's subscribers to
register and try out the PD Service and (b) stimulate incremental usage of the
PD Service by the Registered Members.

     4.3  Default Browser Start Page.  The ISP will encourage all subscribers to
          --------------------------
establish the page represented by the ISP/PD URL as their browser start page.

5.   TECHNICAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE SUPPORT.  PDC will provide training materials
to ISP personnel on the PD Service which will enable the ISP to provide ongoing
assistance to Registered Members with regard to technical, administrative and
service-oriented

                                       2
<PAGE>

issues relating to (a) access to the PD Service and (b) the utilization and/or
maintenance of the PD Service. PDC will provide "second level" support to the
ISP for customer support issues related to the PD Service that ISP personnel are
unable to resolve.

6.   SALES OF ADVERTISEMENTS.

     6.1  Advertisements Sold by PDC.  Related to all banner advertisements that
          --------------------------
are sold by PDC and served by PDC (or PDC's designee) to the ISP's Registered
Members, the ISP will receive a fee equal to 17% of the revenue per impression
received by PDC.

     6.2  Advertisements Serving.  PDC has engaged a separate company to perform
          ----------------------
activities relating to the ad reservation system, the ad serving process, and
log generation of ad serving data.

7.   REMUNERATION.  Any remuneration due hereunder shall be paid on a monthly
basis and within 45 days following the end of each month.  On an annual basis,
PDC will have an independent auditor perform procedures related to the internal
controls and procedures used by PDC to calculate the remuneration to ISPs that
are under contract with PDC.

8.   GENERAL WARRANTIES.  The parties represent and warrant at all times and for
the benefit of each party that (a) each party has full power and authority to
enter into this Agreement and to convey the rights granted hereunder; (b) each
party will perform all of its obligations under this Agreement.

9.   INDEMNIFICATION.  PDC has developed a "User Agreement" for users who
register for the PD Service.  Such User Agreement includes a provision that
states that, if the user performs any prohibited activities (as defined in the
User Agreement), the user will indemnify and hold harmless PDC and the ISPs that
are under contract with PDC from any claims by third parties relating to such
prohibited activities.  In addition, PDC and ISP agree to indemnify, defend, and
hold harmless the other party, and its successors, officers, directors,
employees, agents and assigns, from and against any and all expenses and costs,
including reasonable attorney's fees, arising out of any causes of action,
claims or demands in connection with any claim which relates to the warranties,
representations, and covenants made by such party to the other party, as set
forth herein.  If either party requests indemnification pursuant to this
section, it will (a) give prompt written notice to the party from which
indemnification is requested; (b) give that party the opportunity to control the
defense of the action or claim, as well the opportunity to assign counsel in
said defense; and (c) cooperate fully in said defense.

10.  LIMITATION OF DIRECT LIABILITY.   SECTIONS 8 AND 9 CONTAIN THE ONLY
WARRANTIES MADE BY ISP AND PDC.  ANY AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND
WHATSOEVER ARE EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED AND DISCLAIMED. WITHOUT LIMITING THE
GENERALITY OF THE IMMEDIATELY PRECEDING SENTENCE, EACH PARTY DISCLAIMS ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
WHETHER AS

                                       3
<PAGE>

TO THE PD SERVICE (WHICH IS PROVIDED HEREUNDER "AS IS") OR THE TECHNOLOGY
DEPLOYED IN CONNECTION THEREWITH. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, AND WITH THE
EXCEPTION OF SECTION 9 ABOVE, NEITHER PARTY IS LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL,
INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, ECONOMIC OR PUNITIVE DAMAGES INCURRED BY THE OTHER PARTY
EVEN IF THE OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

11.  DURATION/TERMINATION. This Agreement will be in effect for one year
following the Effective Date (the "Initial Term") and shall be automatically
extended for additional periods of one year each.  Either party may terminate
this Agreement, for any reason, by giving the other party 60 days notice, naming
the termination date.  As used herein, the "Term" means the Initial Term and any
such extensions up to the date of termination as set forth in the termination
notice.

12.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Each party undertakes to retain in confidence (a) the
terms and conditions of this Agreement and (b) all non-public information and
know-how disclosed pursuant to this Agreement which is either designated as
proprietary and/or confidential or, by the nature of the circumstances
surrounding disclosure, ought in good faith to be treated as proprietary and/or
confidential (collectively, "Confidential Information"); provided that each
party may disclose the terms and conditions of this Agreement to its immediate
legal and financial consultants in the ordinary course of its business or, in
confidence, to its investors or potential investors.  Each party agrees to use
best efforts to protect Confidential Information, with precautions that are at
least as great as those taken to protect its own confidential information.  A
party's disclosure of Confidential Information as required by governmental or
judicial order is not prohibited by this Agreement, provided that the disclosing
party gives the other party prompt notice of such order and assists in the
procurement of an appropriate protective order (or equivalent) imposed on such
disclosure.  Nothing contained herein limits either party's right to develop
products independently without the use of the other party's Confidential
Information.  To the extent not inconsistent with this section, any non-
disclosure agreement(s) entered into between the parties prior to this Agreement
are deemed incorporated herein by this reference.

13.  MISCELLANEOUS.

     13.1  No Inadvertent Waiver.  No waiver of any breach of any provision of
           ---------------------
this Agreement constitutes a waiver of any prior concurrent or subsequent breach
of the same or any other provisions, and will not be effective unless made in
writing and signed by an authorized representative of the waiving party.

     13.2  Force Majeure.  Neither party is liable for, and will not be
           -------------
considered in default or breach of this Agreement on account of, any delay or
failure to perform as required by this Agreement as a result of any causes or
conditions that are beyond such party's reasonable control and which such party
is unable to overcome by the exercise of reasonable diligence.

                                       4
<PAGE>

     13.3   Governing Law.  This Agreement is governed by the laws of
            -------------
Massachusetts.  The parties agree to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of
the Commonwealth of Massachusetts for the purpose of interpreting and enforcing
any of the provisions of this Agreement.

     13.4   Assignment.  Neither this Agreement nor any interest herein may be
            ----------
assigned in whole or in part by either party, without the prior written consent
of the other party, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     13.5   Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, along with any Schedule attached
            ----------------
hereto, embodies the entire agreement between the parties and supersedes all
previous and contemporaneous agreements, understandings and arrangement with
respect to the subject matter hereof, whether oral or written, and may be
amended only by a written instrument duly signed by authorized representatives
of ISP and PDC.

     13.6   Specific Performance.  In the event of any breach of this Agreement,
            --------------------
each party agrees that the nondefaulting party will not have an adequate remedy
at law and, in addition to any other available remedies, shall be entitled to an
injunction restricting the defaulting party from committing or continuing any
violation of this Agreement and requiring specific performance of all terms and
conditions hereof.

     13.7   Survival.  Sections 8, 9, 10 and 12 of this Agreement will survive
            --------
the termination of this Agreement

     13.8   Severability.  In the event that any provision contained in this
            ------------
Agreement should, for any reason, be held to be invalid or unenforceable in any
respect, such unenforceable provisions shall be reduced in scope or duration to
the extent necessary in order to make the same enforceable.

     13.9   Public Announcements.  Neither party will issue any press release,
            --------------------
advertising or other public announcement concerning its relationship with the
other party without the written approval of the other party.  Such approval will
not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.  If there is no response in five (5)
business days, such approval shall be deemed as granted.

     13.10  Compliance with Export Laws.  ISP understands that PDC is subject to
            ---------------------------
regulation by agencies of the United States Government which prohibit export or
diversion of certain products to certain countries, including Cuba, Haiti, Iraq,
Libya, Yugoslavia, North Korea, Iran, and Syria.  The ISP agrees that it will
comply in all respects with the export and reexport restrictions applicable to
the PD Service licensed hereunder.

     13.11  Relationship of Parties.  Neither this Agreement, nor any terms and
            -----------------------
conditions contained herein, may be construed as creating or constituting a
partnership, joint venture or agency relationship.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date
set forth above.

PLANET DIRECT CORPORATION                    ISP
- -------------------------                    ---


By:   /s/ Richard J. Orlando                 By:   /s/ Michael L. Williams
   ----------------------------------           --------------------------------

Print Name:   Richard J. Orlando             Print Name: Michael L. Williams
           --------------------------                   ------------------------

Title: Senior Vice President Sales           Title: Chief Operating Officer
      -------------------------------              -----------------------------

                                       6

<PAGE>

                                                                   Exhibit 10.30


                            STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
                            ------------------------

     Agreement made as of May 7, 1999 by and between Voyager Information
Networks, Inc., a Michigan corporation ("Buyer"), GDR Enterprises, Inc., an Ohio
corporation ("Seller"), and each of Ronald M. Rose, Luke A. Gain and Stephen L.
Dona, as the shareholders of the Seller (collectively the "Shareholders").

     WHEREAS, the Shareholders own of record and beneficially all of the issued
and outstanding capital stock of Seller, consisting of 800 shares of Seller's
common stock, no par value (the "Shares"); and

     WHEREAS, each of the Shareholders desires to sell all of the Shares owned
by him to Buyer, and Buyer desires to acquire all of the Shares.

     NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


SECTION 1.  PURCHASE AND SALE OF SHARES.

     1.1  Purchase and Sale of Shares.  In consideration of and in reliance upon
- ---------------------------
the representations, warranties and covenants contained herein and subject to
the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, each Shareholder
shall sell to Buyer, and Buyer shall purchase from each Shareholder, the Shares
listed opposite such Shareholder's name on Exhibit A attached hereto for the
                                           ---------
purchase price set forth in Section 1.3.

     1.2  The Closing.  The transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall
          -----------
take place at a closing (the "Closing") to be held at 10:00 a.m., local time, at
the offices of Sebaly, Shillito & Dyer in Dayton, Ohio, on the date on which all
of the conditions to closing set forth in Sections 6 and 7 of this Agreement
have been satisfied or waived, or at such other time and place as shall be
mutually agreed upon in writing by Buyer and Seller (the "Closing Date").

     1.3  Purchase Price.  At the Closing, Buyer shall make the following
          --------------
payments by bank cashier's check or wire transfer of immediately available
funds:

          (a) Buyer shall deposit the sum of Eight Hundred Thousand Dollars
($800,000) (the "Escrow Deposit") with Boston Safe Deposit and Trust Company as
Escrow Agent under the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B
                                                                       ---------
(the "Escrow Agreement").  The Escrow Deposit shall be held, administered and
distributed in accordance with the terms of the Escrow Agreement.

          (b) Buyer shall deliver to each Shareholder an amount equal to such
Shareholder's percentage ownership of the outstanding Shares, as set forth
opposite such Shareholder's name on Exhibit A attached hereto, multiplied by
                                    ---------
Seven Million Four Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($7,460,000) (as adjusted in
accordance with Section 1.5 below, the "Purchase Price").
<PAGE>

     1.4  Closing Deliveries; Payment of Purchase Price.
          ---------------------------------------------

          (a) At the Closing, each Shareholder shall deliver or cause to be
delivered to Buyer certificates or other instruments representing all of the
Shares owned by such Shareholder.  Such stock certificates or other instruments
shall be duly endorsed in blank for transfer or shall be presented with stock
powers duly executed in blank with such signature guarantees and such other
documents as may be reasonably required by Buyer to effect a valid transfer of
such shares by such shareholder free and clear of any and all liens,
encumbrances, charges or claims.

          (b) Buyer shall pay to each Shareholder such Shareholder's portion of
the Purchase Price by wire transfer of immediately available funds to an account
designated by such Shareholder (such account information to be provided to Buyer
no later than two (2) business days prior to the Closing).

     1.5 Adjustments to Purchase Price.  The Purchase Price shall be adjusted
         -----------------------------
at the Closing in the manner set forth below:

          (a) The Purchase Price will be increased or decreased, as the case may
be, on a dollar-for-dollar basis, by the difference between (i) the Seller's
Estimated Net Working Capital (as defined herein) as of the opening of business
on the Closing Date and (ii) Negative Seven Hundred Eighty Five Thousand Nine
Hundred Eleven dollars ($-785,911.70 ), (the "Base Net Working Capital").  For
purpose of this Section 1.5, the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

              (i) "Current Assets" shall mean and include cash and cash
equivalents, certificates of deposit and other marketable securities,
subscriptions and accounts receivable for customer accounts incurred in the
ordinary course of business (which shall not include accounts receivable owed by
TDIN, Inc., GDR Enterprises, Inc., and EriNet Telecom, Inc.), inventory and
supplies, prepaid expenses (including postal deposits), and other current assets
used in the operation of the Business, in each case as determined in accordance
with a manner consistent with Seller's and each Subsidiary's historical
accounting methods ("Historical Accounting Methods"), consistently applied;
provided, however, Current Assets shall also include $[__________] which is the
- --------  -------
amount the Seller paid to National City Leasing Corporation on or prior to the
Closing to pay off the equipment leases on Schedule 2.8.
                                           ------------

              (ii)  "Current Liabilities" shall mean and include accounts
payable and accrued expenses, the current portion of any bank debt, all accrued
but unpaid taxes, all deferred revenues and any other current liabilities
(excluding any current liability for capital or operating leases) reflected on
the balance sheet of the Company in each case as determined in accordance with
Historical Accounting Methods consistently applied.

                                       2
<PAGE>

              (iii) "Deficiency" shall mean the amount by which the Estimated
Net Working Capital is less than the Base Net Working Capital.

              (iv)  "Excess" shall mean the amount by which the Estimated Net
Working Capital exceeds the Base Net Working Capital.

              (v)   "Net Working Capital" shall mean the amount equal to
Seller's (i) Current Assets minus (b) Current Liabilities, determined in
accordance with Historical Accounting Methods, consistently applied by Seller.

          (b) Buyer and Seller shall prepare a statement to be attached hereto
as Schedule 1.5 (the "Estimated Adjustment Statement") which sets forth the
   ------------
estimated amount of the Net Working Capital as of the Closing Date (the
"Estimated Net Working Capital").  The Purchase Price shall be increased on a
dollar-for-dollar basis to the extent of any estimated Excess (the "Estimated
Net Working Capital Increase") or decreased on a dollar-for-dollar basis to the
extent of any estimated Deficiency (the "Estimated Net Working Capital
Decrease"), as applicable, as the case may be, set forth on such Estimated
Adjustment Statement.

              (i)   No later than sixty (60) days following the Closing, Buyer
shall prepare and deliver to the Shareholders a statement (the "Final Adjustment
Statement") setting forth the actual Net Working Capital ("Actual Net Working
Capital") as of the Closing Date. Subject to subsection (ii) below, within ten
(10) days following the delivery of such Final Adjustment Statement to the
Shareholders' Representative (as defined in Section 1.6), Buyer or the
Shareholders, as the case may be, shall pay to the other party, by wire transfer
of immediately available funds, the difference on a dollar-for-dollar basis
between the Estimated Net Working Capital Increase or the Estimated Net Working
Capital Decrease, as applicable, as shown on the Estimated Adjustment Statement,
and the Actual Net Working Capital Increase or the Actual Net Working Capital
Decrease, as applicable, as shown on the Final Adjustment Statement; provided,
                                                                     --------
however, (i) the Shareholders shall any amount due to Buyer via a wire transfer
- -------
from the Escrow Deposit and (ii) Buyer shall pay each Shareholder an amount
equal to such Shareholder's percentage ownership of the outstanding Shares, as
set forth opposite such Shareholder's name on Exhibit A attached hereto,
                                              ---------
multiplied by amount due to the Shareholders collectively.  For purposes of the
Final Adjustment Statement,  the following terms shall have the following
meanings:

                    (A) "Actual Net Working Capital Increase" shall mean the
amount by which the Actual Net Working Capital exceeds the Base Net Working
Capital.

                    (B) "Actual Net Working Capital Decrease" shall mean the
amount by which the Actual Net Working Capital is less than the Base Net Working
Capital.

              (ii)  In the event the Shareholders' Representative objects to the
Final Adjustment Statement, the Shareholders' Representative shall notify Buyer
in writing of such

                                       3
<PAGE>

objection within the ten (10) day period following the delivery thereof, stating
in such written objection the reasons therefor and setting forth the
Shareholders' calculation of Seller's actual Net Working Capital at the Closing.
Upon receipt by Buyer of such written objection, the parties shall attempt to
resolve the disagreement concerning the Final Adjustment Statement through
negotiation. Notwithstanding any other dispute resolution procedure provided for
in this Agreement, if Buyer and the Shareholders' Representative cannot resolve
such disagreement concerning the Final Adjustment Statement within thirty (30)
days following the end of the foregoing 10-day period, the parties shall submit
the matter for resolution to a nationally recognized firm of independent
certified public accountants not affiliated with either party, with the costs
thereof to be shared equally by the parties. Such accounting firm shall deliver
a statement setting forth its own calculation of the final adjustment to the
parties within thirty (30) days of the submission of the matter to such firm.
Any payment shown to be due by a party on the statement of such accounting firm
shall be paid to the other party promptly but in no event later than five (5)
days following the delivery of such statement by such according firm to the
parties.

      1.6 Shareholders' Representative.
          ----------------------------

          (a) In order to efficiently administer the waiver of any condition or
right of the Shareholders and the settlement of any dispute arising under the
Agreement, the Shareholders hereby designate Ronald M. Rose as their
representative (the "Shareholders' Representative").

          (b) The Shareholders hereby authorize the Shareholders' Representative
(i) to take all action necessary in connection with the waiver of any condition
to the obligations of the Shareholders under this Agreement, the waiver of any
right of the Shareholders hereunder, or the settlement of any dispute arising
hereunder, (ii) to give and receive all notices required to be given under this
Agreement and (iii) to take any and all additional action as is contemplated to
be taken by or on behalf of the Shareholders by the terms of this Agreement.

          (c) In the event that the Shareholders' Representative dies, becomes
legally incapacitated or resigns from such position, Luke A. Gain shall fill
such vacancy and shall be deemed to be the Shareholders' Representative for all
purposes of this Agreement; however, no change in the Shareholders'
Representative shall be effective until Buyer is given notice of it by the
Shareholders.

          (d) All decisions and actions by the Shareholders' Representative
shall be binding upon all of the Shareholders, and no Stockholder shall have the
right to object, dissent, protest or otherwise contest the same.

          (e) By their execution of this Agreement, the Shareholders agree that:

                                       4
<PAGE>

              (i)   Buyer shall be able to rely conclusively on the instructions
     and decisions of the Shareholders' Representative as to any actions
     required or permitted to be taken by the Shareholders or the Shareholders'
     Representative hereunder, and no party hereunder shall have any cause of
     action against Buyer for any action taken by Buyer in reliance upon the
     instructions or decisions of the Shareholders' Representative;

              (ii)  all actions, decisions and instructions of the Shareholders'
     Representative shall be conclusive and binding upon all of the Shareholders
     and no Stockholder shall have any cause of action against the Shareholders'
     Representative for any action taken, decision made or instruction given by
     the Shareholders' Representative under this Agreement, except for fraud or
     willful breach of this Agreement by the Shareholders' Representative;

              (iii) remedies available at law for any breach of the provisions
     of this Section 1.6 are inadequate; therefore, Buyer and Seller shall be
     entitled to temporary and permanent injunctive relief without the necessity
     of proving damages if either Buyer or Seller brings an action to enforce
     the provisions of this Section 1.6; and

              (iv)  the provisions of this Section 1.6 are independent and
     severable, shall constitute an irrevocable power of attorney, coupled with
     an interest and surviving death, granted by the Shareholders to the
     Shareholders' Representative and shall be binding upon the executors,
     heirs, legal representatives and successors of each Stockholder.

          (f) All fees and expenses incurred by the Shareholders' Representative
shall be paid by the Shareholders.


SECTION 2.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER AND SHAREHOLDERS.

     In order to induce Buyer to enter into this Agreement, Seller and each of
the Shareholders, jointly and severally, hereby represent and warrant to Buyer
as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date, as set forth below, provided,
                                                                      --------
for purposes of this Section 2, unless the context requires otherwise, "Seller"
shall include Seller and each of its Subsidiaries (as defined below).  To the
extent any such representation and warranty is qualified by the "Knowledge of
Seller," "Seller's Knowledge,""Known to Seller," "Knowledge of the Shareholders,
"Shareholders' Knowledge," or "Known to the Shareholders"  such Knowledge shall
mean (i) the actual knowledge of Ronald M. Rose, Stephen L. Dona and Luke A.
Gain and (ii) that knowledge which should have been obtained by such person
after making such due inquiry and exercising the due diligence that a prudent
business person in a similar circumstance should have made or exercised.

                                       5
<PAGE>

     2.1  Organization; Capital Stock; Securities Owned.
          ---------------------------------------------

          (a) Seller is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in
good standing under the laws of the State of Ohio.  Seller has all requisite
power and authority to conduct its business as it is now conducted or proposed
to be conducted and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets. The
copies of Seller's articles of incorporation and code of regulation each as
amended to date, heretofore delivered to Buyer's counsel are complete and
correct.  Seller is not in violation of any term of its articles of
incorporation and code of regulation.  Seller is duly qualified to do business
in the state of its incorporation and is duly qualified to do business as a
foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where such qualification is required.

          (b) The authorized capital stock of Seller consists of 850 shares of
Common Stock, no par value, of which 800 shares are duly and validly issued,
outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable.  There are no outstanding options,
warrants, rights, commitments, preemptive rights or agreements of any kind for
the issuance or sale of, or outstanding securities convertible into, any
additional shares of capital stock of any class of Seller.  Each of the
Shareholders owns beneficially and of record the Shares set forth opposite such
Shareholder's name on Exhibit A hereto, free and clear of any liens,
                      ---------
restrictions or encumbrances of any kind whatsoever.

          (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.1(c) attached hereto and except
                                     ---------------
with respect to the Subsidiaries, Seller does not own any securities issued by
any other business organization or governmental authority, except U.S.
Government securities, bank certificates of deposit and money market accounts
acquired as short-term investments in the ordinary course of its business.
Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.1(c), Seller does not own nor have any direct
                       ---------------
or indirect interest in or control over any corporation, partnership, joint
venture or entity of any kind.

     2.2  Subsidiaries.
          ------------

          (a) All of Seller's subsidiaries and investments in any other
corporation or business organization are listed in Schedule 2.2 attached hereto
                                                   ------------
(collectively, the "Subsidiaries" or individually, a "Subsidiary").  Each
Subsidiary is a duly organized, validly existing corporation in good standing
under the laws of the state of its incorporation with full corporate power and
authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business in the
manner and in the places where such properties are owned or leased or such
business is currently conducted or proposed to be conducted.

          (b) All of the outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary
are owned beneficially and of record by Seller free of any lien, restriction or
encumbrance and said shares have been duly and validly issued and are
outstanding, fully paid and non-assessable. Except as set forth in Schedule 2.2,
                                                                   ------------
there are no outstanding warrants, options or other rights to purchase or
acquire any of the shares of capital stock of any Subsidiary, or

                                       6
<PAGE>

any outstanding securities convertible into such shares or outstanding warrants,
options or other rights to acquire any such convertible securities.

          (c) The copies of each of the Subsidiaries' code of regulation
certified by the Secretaries of State of each jurisdiction in which such
Subsidiaries are organized and of each of the Subsidiaries' articles of
incorporation, as amended to date, certified by Seller's Secretary, and
heretofore delivered to Buyer's counsel, are complete and correct, and no
amendments thereto are pending.  None of the Subsidiaries is in violation of any
term of its articles of incorporation or code of regulation.  Each Subsidiary is
duly qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction
where such qualification is required.

     2.3  Required Action.  All actions and proceedings necessary to be taken by
          ---------------
or on the part of Seller and/or the Shareholders in connection with the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly taken,
and this Agreement and each other agreement, document and instrument to be
executed and delivered by or on behalf of Seller or the Shareholders pursuant
to, or as contemplated by, this Agreement (collectively, the "Seller Documents")
has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by Seller or the
Shareholders, as applicable, and no other action on the part of the Shareholders
or Seller or its officers or directors is required in connection therewith.
Seller and each of the Shareholders has full right, authority, power and
capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Seller Document
and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This
Agreement and each other Seller Document constitutes, or when executed and
delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligation of Seller and
each of the Shareholders enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

     2.4  No Conflicts.
          ------------

          (a) The execution, delivery and performance by Seller of this
Agreement and each other Seller Document does not and will not (i) violate any
provision of the articles of incorporation or code of regulation of Seller or
any of the Subsidiaries, in each case as amended to date, (ii) constitute a
violation of, or conflict with or result in any breach of, acceleration of any
obligation under, right of termination under, or default under, any agreement or
instrument to which Seller or Subsidiaries is a party or by which Seller, or any
of the Subsidiaries is bound, (iii) to Seller's Knowledge, violate any judgment,
decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to Seller or Subsidiaries,
(iv) require Seller to obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any
filing with, any person or entity (governmental or otherwise) that has not been
obtained or made or (v) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any
of the Shares.

          (b) The execution, delivery and performance by each of the
Shareholders of this Agreement and each other Seller Document does not and will
not (i) constitute a violation of, or conflict with or result in any breach of,
acceleration of any obligation under, right of termination under, or default
under, any agreement or instrument to which any or all of the Shareholders are a
party or by which any or all of the Shareholders are bound, (ii) to the

                                       7
<PAGE>

Shareholders' Knowledge violate any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or
regulation applicable to the Shareholders, (iii) require the Shareholders to
obtain any approval, consent or waiver of, or to make any filing with, any
person or entity (governmental or otherwise) that has not been obtained or made,
or (iv) result in the creation or imposition of any Lien on any of the Shares.

     2.5  Taxes.
          -----

          (a) Seller and each of the Subsidiaries have paid or caused to be paid
all federal, state, local, foreign and other taxes, including, without
limitation, income taxes, estimated taxes, alternative minimum taxes, excise
taxes, sales taxes, use taxes, value-added taxes, gross receipts taxes,
franchise taxes, capital stock taxes, employment and payroll-related taxes,
withholding taxes, stamp taxes, transfer taxes, windfall profit taxes,
environmental taxes and property taxes, whether or not measured in whole or in
part by net income, and all deficiencies, or other additions to tax, interest,
fines and penalties owed by Seller and Subsidiaries (collectively, "Taxes"),
required to be paid by Seller or Subsidiaries through the date hereof whether
disputed or not.

          (b) Seller and each of the Subsidiaries have withheld and collected
all taxes required to have been withheld and collected and all such Taxes have
been paid over to the appropriate governmental authorities.

          (c) Seller and Subsidiaries have in accordance with applicable law
filed all federal, state, local and foreign tax returns required to be filed by
Seller and Subsidiaries through the date hereof, and all such returns correctly
and accurately set forth the amount of any Taxes relating to the applicable
period.  A list of all federal, state, local and foreign income tax returns
filed with respect to Seller and Subsidiaries for taxable periods ended on or
after December 31, 1993, is set forth in Schedule 2.5 attached hereto.  Seller
                                         ------------
has delivered to Buyer correct and complete copies of all federal, state, local
and foreign income tax returns listed on said schedule, and of all examination
reports and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by Seller
or Subsidiaries with respect to said returns.

          (d) Neither the Internal Revenue Service nor any other governmental
authority is now asserting or, to the knowledge of Seller or the Shareholders,
threatening to assert against Seller or Subsidiaries any deficiency or claim for
additional Taxes.  To the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders, no claim has
ever been made by an authority in a jurisdiction where Seller or Subsidiaries
does not file reports and returns that Seller or any of the Subsidiaries is or
may be subject to taxation by that jurisdiction.  There are no security
interests on any of the assets of Seller or Subsidiaries that arose in
connection with any failure (or alleged failure) to pay any Taxes.  Neither
Seller nor any of the Subsidiaries has entered into a closing agreement pursuant
to Section 7121 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

                                       8
<PAGE>

          (e) There has not been any audit of any tax return filed by Seller or
Subsidiaries, no audit of any tax return of Seller or Subsidiaries is in
progress, and Seller has not been notified by any tax authority that any such
audit is contemplated or pending.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.5 attached
                                                          ------------
hereto, no extension of time with respect to any date on which a tax return was
or is to be filed by Seller or Subsidiaries is in force, and no waiver or
agreement by Seller or Subsidiaries is in force for the extension of time for
the assessment or payment of any Taxes.

          (f) Neither Seller nor any of Subsidiaries have been (and has had any
liability for unpaid Taxes because it once was) a member of an "affiliated
group" (as defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code).  Seller and Subsidiaries
have never filed, and have never been required to file, a consolidated, combined
or unitary tax return with any other entity.  Seller and Subsidiaries do not own
and has never owned a direct or indirect interest in any trust, partnership,
corporation or other entity and therefore Buyer is not acquiring from Seller and
Subsidiaries an interest in any entity.  Seller and Subsidiaries are not a party
to any tax sharing agreement.

          (g) Neither Seller nor any of Subsidiaries is a "foreign person"
within the meaning of Section 1445 of the Code and Treasury Regulations Section
1.1445-2.

          (h) For purposes of this Agreement, all references to Sections of the
Code shall include any predecessor provisions to such Sections and any similar
provisions of federal, state, local or foreign law.

     2.6  Compliance with Laws.  To Seller's and the Shareholders' Knowledge,
          --------------------
Seller's and each of the Subsidiaries' operation of its business is in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable statutes, ordinances,
orders, rules and regulations promulgated by any federal, state, municipal or
other governmental authority (including the Federal Communications Commission),
and Seller has not received notice of a violation or alleged violation of any
such statute, ordinance, order, rule or regulation.

     2.7  Insurance.  The physical properties and tangible assets of Seller are
          ---------
insured to the extent disclosed in Schedule 2.7 attached hereto, and all
                                   ------------
insurance policies and arrangements of Seller in effect as of the date hereof
are disclosed in said Schedule.  Said insurance policies and arrangements are in
full force and effect, all premiums with respect thereto are currently paid, and
Seller is in compliance in all material respects with the terms thereof.  Said
insurance is adequate and customary for the business engaged in by Seller and is
sufficient for compliance by Seller with all requirements of law and all
agreements and leases to which Seller is a party.

     2.8  Contracts.  Schedule 2.8 attached hereto contains a true, correct and
          ---------   ------------
complete list of all contracts to which Seller and any of the Subsidiaries is a
party, including, without limitation, original contracts for the provision of
Internet connectivity, dedicated service, web-hosting, web-domain, dial-up
services, web-development and Internet commerce, all of

                                       9
<PAGE>

Seller's insurance contracts, all leases with respect to real property and all
co-location agreements (collectively, the "Contracts"). The Contracts constitute
all material leases, contracts and arrangements, whether oral or written, under
which Seller or any of the Subsidiaries is bound or to which Seller or any of
the Subsidiaries is a party. With respect to each oral agreement or
understanding to which Seller is a party, Seller has provided a written summary
of the material terms of each such agreement or understanding on Schedule 2.8.
                                                                 ------------
Each Contract is valid, in full force and effect and binding upon Seller and, to
Seller's Knowledge, the other parties thereto in accordance with its terms.
Neither Seller nor, to the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders, any other
party is in default under or in arrears in the performance, payment or
satisfaction of any agreement or condition on its part to be performed or
satisfied under any Contract, nor does any condition exist that with notice or
lapse of time or both would constitute such a default, and no waiver or
indulgence has been granted by any party under any Contract. Seller has not
received notice of, and each of Seller and the Shareholders have no knowledge
of, any fact which would result in a termination, repudiation or breach of any
Contract. Seller has provided Buyer with true and complete copies of all of such
Contracts, other than with respect to the oral agreements or understandings
described on Schedule 2.8.
             ------------

     2.9  Title to Assets.
          ---------------

          (a) Seller has good and marketable title to, or subsisting leasehold
interests in, all of its personal properties and assets which are material to
the business of Seller free and clear of all mortgages, pledges, security
interests, charges, liens, restrictions and encumbrances of any kind
(collectively, "Liens") whatsoever except for the rights of the lessors under
the leases set forth on Schedule 2.9(a)(i) attached hereto.  All of the tangible
                        ------------------
assets of Seller are in good repair, have been well maintained and are in good
operating condition, do not require any material modifications or repairs, and
comply in all material respects with applicable laws, ordinances and
regulations, ordinary wear and tear excepted. Schedule 2.9(a)(ii) contains a
                                              -------------------
true and complete list of all free standing kiosks, servers, routers, modems,
computers, electronic devices, test equipment and all other fixed assets,
equipment, furniture, fixtures, leasehold improvements, parts, accessories,
inventory, office materials, software, supplies and other tangible personal
property of every kind and description owned by Seller and used or held for use
in connection with the business of Seller.

          (b) Seller has delivered complete and true copies of all real property
leases (the "Leases") set forth on Schedule 2.9(b) to Buyer.  Seller holds good,
                                   ---------------
clear, marketable, valid and enforceable leasehold interest in the real property
subject to the Leases (the "Leased Real Property"), subject only to the rights
of the landlord or lessor under the Leases, free and clear of all other prior or
subordinate interests, including, without limitation, mortgages, deeds of trust,
ground leases, leases, subleases, assessments, tenancies, claims, covenants,
conditions, restrictions, easements, judgments or other encumbrances or matters
affecting title, and free of encroachments onto or off of the leased real
property.  To the knowledge of Seller, there are no material defects in the
physical condition of any improvements constituting a part of the Leased Real
Property, including, without limitation, structural elements, mechanical

                                       10
<PAGE>

systems, roofs or parking and loading areas, and all of such improvements are in
good operating condition and repair, have been well maintained.  All water,
sewer, gas, electric, telephone, drainage and other utilities required by law or
necessary for the current or planned operation of the Leased Real Property have
been installed and connected pursuant to valid permits, and are sufficient to
service the Leased Real Property.  Seller does not hold or own a fee interest in
any real property.

     2.10  No Litigation.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.10 attached hereto,
           -------------                          -------------
Seller is not now involved in nor, to the knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholders, is Seller threatened to be involved in any litigation or legal or
other proceedings related to or affecting the business of Seller (including any
Intellectual Property) or which would prevent or hinder the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Seller is not subject to any
order, injunction or decree of any court of federal, state, municipal or other
governmental department, commission, board, agency or instrumentality.

     2.11  Employees; Labor Matters.  Seller employs approximately eighteen (18)
           ------------------------
full-time employees and one (1) part-time employees and generally enjoys good
employer-employee relationships.  Seller shall provide to Buyer a list of the
employees of Seller at the Closing, including the name, date of hire and wages
of such employees.  Seller is not delinquent in payments to any of its employees
for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for
any services performed for it to the date hereof or amounts required to be
reimbursed to such employees.  Upon termination of the employment of any of said
employees, neither Seller nor Buyer will by reason of the transactions
contemplated hereby or anything done prior to the Closing be liable to any of
said employees for so-called "severance pay" or any other payments, except as
set forth in Schedule 2.11 attached hereto.  Seller does not have any policy,
             -------------
practice, plan or program of paying severance pay or any form of severance
compensation in connection with the termination of employment, except as set
forth in said Schedule.  To its knowledge, Seller is in compliance in all
material respects with all applicable laws and regulations respecting labor,
employment, fair employment practices, work place safety and health, terms and
conditions of employment, and wages and hours.  There are no charges of
employment discrimination or unfair labor practices, nor are there any strikes,
slowdowns, stoppages of work, or any other concerted interference with normal
operations existing, pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholders, threatened against or involving Seller.  No question concerning
representation exists respecting any group of employees of Seller.  No
collective bargaining agreement is in effect or is currently being or is about
to be negotiated by Seller.  Seller has received no information to indicate that
any of its employment policies or practices is currently being audited or
investigated by any federal, state or local government agency.  Seller is, and
at all times since November 6, 1986 has been, in compliance with the
requirements of the Immigration Reform Control Act of 1986.

     2.12  Financial Statements.   Attached hereto as Schedule 2.12 are copies
           --------------------                       -------------
of the balance sheet of Seller as at February 28, 1999 (the "Base Balance
Sheet") and the statements of income and expense of Seller for the twelve (12)
months ended December 31, 1998

                                       11
<PAGE>

(collectively, the "Financial Statements"). The Financial Statements have been
prepared in accordance with Historical Accounting Methods applied consistently
during the periods covered thereby (except for the absence of footnotes with
respect to unaudited financial), are complete and correct and present fairly and
accurately the financial condition of Seller at the dates of said statements and
the results of operations of Seller for the periods covered thereby. As of the
date of the Base Balance Sheet (the "Base Balance Sheet Date"), Seller had no
liabilities or obligations of any kind, whether accrued, contingent or
otherwise, that are not disclosed and adequately reserved against on the Base
Balance Sheet. Except as disclosed on Schedule 2.12 attached hereto, as of the
                                      -------------
date hereof and at the Closing, Seller has and will have no liabilities or
obligations of any kind, whether accrued, contingent or otherwise, that are not
disclosed and adequately reserved against on the Base Balance Sheet.

     2.13  Business Since the Base Balance Sheet Date.  Except as disclosed on
           ------------------------------------------
Schedule 2.13 attached hereto, since the Base Balance Sheet Date:
- -------------

          (a) there has been no material adverse change in the assets,
operations or financial condition of the business of Seller;

          (b) the business of Seller has, in all material respects, been
conducted in the ordinary course of business and in substantially the same
manner as it was conducted before the date of the Base Balance Sheet Date;

          (c) there has not been any material obligation or liability
(contingent or other) incurred by Seller, whether or not incurred in the
ordinary course of business, including, without limitation, any capital or
operating leases with respect to equipment;

          (d) there has not been any purchase, sale or other disposition, or any
agreement or other arrangement, oral or written, for the purchase, sale or other
disposition, of any material properties or assets of Seller, whether or not in
the ordinary course of business;

          (e) there has not been any mortgage, encumbrance or lien placed on any
of the assets of Seller, nor any payment or discharge of a material lien or
liability of Seller which was not reflected on the Base Balance Sheet;

          (f) there has not been any damage, destruction or loss, whether or not
covered by insurance, adversely affecting the business of Seller;

          (g) there has not been any material change in Seller's pricing,
marketing, customer service, billing, accounting, operational or promotional
activities; and

          (h) there has not been any agreement or understanding, whether in
writing or otherwise, for Seller to take any of the actions specified above.

                                       12
<PAGE>

     2.14  Licenses.  Schedule 2.14 attached hereto contains a list of all
           --------   -------------
licenses, permits and authorizations required for the operation of the business
of Seller or Subsidiaries (the "Authorizations").  Seller is the holder of all
such Authorizations.  All of the Authorizations are in full force and effect
and, to Seller's Knowledge, no licenses, permits or authorizations of any
governmental department or agency are required for the operation of the business
of Seller or Subsidiaries which have not been duly obtained.  As of the date
hereof, there is not pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholders, threatened any action by or before any governmental agency to
revoke, cancel, rescind or modify any of the Authorizations, and there is not
now issued or outstanding or, to the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders,
pending or threatened any order to show cause, notice of violation, notice of
apparent liability, or notice of forfeiture or complaint against Seller with
respect to the business of Seller.

     2.15  Approvals; Consents.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.15 attached
           -------------------                          -------------
hereto, no approval, consent, authorization or exemption from or filing with any
person or entity not a party to this Agreement is required to be obtained or
made by Seller in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement
and the Seller Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby and thereby.  All of the approvals, consents and authorizations listed on

Schedule 2.15 shall be obtained by Seller at or prior to the Closing.
- -------------

     2.16  Customers and Suppliers.  Seller's relations with its customers and
           -----------------------
suppliers, including its Subscribers (as defined below), are good and there are
not pending or, to Seller's knowledge, threatened claims or controversies with
any customer or suppliers that is material to the business of Seller.

     2.17  Subscribers.  Schedule 2.17(a) attached hereto sets forth, as of the
           -----------   ----------------
date hereof, the Seller's Subscribers as listed by class, type and billing plan.
For purposes of this Agreement, the terms "Subscriber" shall mean any active
subscriber to Internet services offered by Seller who has subscribed to a
service for at least one month and has paid at least one bill, including,
without limitation, any person who receives dial-up Internet access and   e-mail
services from Seller (a "Dial-up Subscriber"), any person who receives dedicated
Internet access from Seller offering higher data transmission rates than
available from dial-up access (a "Dedicated Subscriber"), and any person with a
Web page or domain name on Seller's server and to whom Seller provides Internet
access (a "Web-hosting/Domain-hosting Subscriber"); provided, however, that
                                                    --------  -------
"Subscriber" shall not include any person who is (i) more than thirty (30) days
delinquent in payment of such person's bill for such services provided by Seller
and (ii) any person receiving complimentary Internet services or Internet
services at a promotional discounted rate.  Set forth on Schedule 2.17(b)
                                                         ----------------
attached hereto is a listing of all such accounts which receive complimentary
Internet services or Internet services at a promotional discounted rate.  Set
forth on Schedule 2.17(c) attached hereto is Seller's policy and practice with
         ----------------
respect to the disconnection of Subscribers, with which Seller has, at all times
since its inception, complied in all material respects.

                                       13
<PAGE>

     2.18  Brokers.  Seller has not retained any broker or finder or other
           -------
person who would have any valid claim against any of the parties to this
Agreement for a commission or brokerage fee in connection with this Agreement or
the transactions contemplated hereby.

     2.19  Collectibility of Accounts Receivable.  All of the accounts
           -------------------------------------
receivable of Seller are or will be as of the Closing Date bona fide, valid and
enforceable claims, subject to no set off or counterclaim of which Seller has
Knowledge and to the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders, are collectible
in accordance with their terms. Except as set forth on Schedule 2.19 attached
                                                       -------------
hereto, Seller has no accounts or loans receivable from any person, firm or
corporation which is affiliated with Seller or from any director, officer or
employee of Seller, or from any of their respective spouses or family members.

     2.20  Banking Relations.  All of the arrangements which Seller has with any
           -----------------
banking institution are completely and accurately described in Schedule 2.20
                                                               -------------
attached hereto, indicating with respect to each of such arrangements the type
of arrangement maintained (such as checking account, borrowing arrangements,
safe deposit box, etc.) and the person or persons authorized in respect thereof.

     2.21 Intellectual Property.
          ---------------------

          (a) Set forth on Schedule 2.21 attached hereto are all computer
                           -------------
programs and related documentation sold, marketed, licensed and distributed by
Seller (the "Products"). All of the Intellectual Property of Seller is set forth
on Schedule 2.21 attached hereto.  For purposes hereof, the term "Intellectual
   -------------
Property" includes: (i) all patents, patent applications, patent rights, and
inventions and discoveries and invention disclosures (whether or not patented)
(collectively, "Patents"); (ii) Seller's rights to the names Mall 2000, Inc.,
EriNet Telecom, Inc. and TDIN, Inc., all trade names, trade dress, logos,
packaging design, slogans, any and all Internet domain names used or useful in
the business of Seller, registered and unregistered trademarks and service marks
and applications (collectively, "Marks"); (iii) all copyrights in both published
and unpublished works, including, without limitation, all compilations,
databases and computer programs, and all copyright registrations and
applications, and all derivatives, translations, adaptations and combinations of
the above (collectively, "Copyrights"), (iv) all trade secrets, confidential or
proprietary information, customer lists, IP addresses, research in progress,
algorithms, data, designs, processes, formulae, drawings, schematics,
blueprints, flow charts, models, prototypes, techniques, Beta testing
procedures, Beta testing results and identifiable know-how (collectively, "Trade
Secrets"); (v) Seller's web-sites (including the domain names eri.net,
erinet.com, mall2000.com, cfanet.com, tdin.net and tdin.com and any other
similar domain names); (vi) all goodwill, franchises, licenses, permits,
consents, approvals, technical information, telephone numbers, and claims of
infringement against third parties (the "Rights"); and (vii) all contracts
relating to the Products and the Intellectual Property to which Seller is a
party or is bound, including, without limitation, all nondisclosure and/or
confidentiality agreements entered into by persons in connection with
disclosures by Seller (collectively,"Assigned Contracts").

                                       14
<PAGE>

          (b) Except as described in Schedule 2.21, Seller has exclusive
                                     -------------
ownership of, and has good, valid and marketable title to, all of the
Intellectual Property, free and clear of any Liens, and has the right to use all
of the Intellectual Property without payment to any third party.  Seller's
rights in all of such Intellectual Property are freely transferable.  There are
no claims or demands pending or, to the knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholders, threatened of any other person pertaining to any of such
Intellectual Property and no proceedings have been instituted, or are pending
or, to the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders, threatened against Seller
and/or its officers, employees and consultants which challenge the validity and
enforceability of Seller's rights in respect of the Intellectual Property.  The
Intellectual Property constitutes all of the assets of Seller used in designing,
creating and developing the Products, and represent all of such Intellectual
Property necessary for the operation of Seller's business as currently
conducted.

     To Seller's Knowledge, no employee, consultant or contractor of Seller has
entered into any agreement that restricts or limits in any way the scope or type
of work in which the employee, consultant or contractor may be engaged or
requires the employee, consultant or contractor to transfer, assign, or disclose
information concerning his work to anyone other than Seller.

          (c) Schedule 2.21 sets forth a complete and accurate list and summary
              -------------
description of all of Seller's Patents.  All of the issued Patents are currently
in compliance with formal legal requirements (including without limitation
payment of filing, examination and maintenance fees and proofs of working or
use), are valid and enforceable, and are not subject to any maintenance fees or
taxes or actions falling due within ninety (90) days after the Closing Date.  In
each case where a Patent is held by Seller by assignment, the assignment has
been duly recorded with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and all other
jurisdictions of registration.  No Patent has been or is now involved in any
interference, reissue, re-examination or opposition proceeding.  To the
knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders, there is no potentially interfering
Patent of any third party.  All products made, used or sold under the Patents
have been marked with the proper patent notice.

          (d) Schedule 2.21 sets forth a complete and accurate list and summary
              -------------
description of all of Seller's Marks.  All Marks that have been registered with
the United States Patent and Trademark Office and/or any other jurisdiction are
currently in compliance with formal legal requirements (including, without
limitation, the timely post-registration filing of affidavits of use and
incontestability and renewal applications), are valid and enforceable, and are
not subject to any maintenance fees or taxes or actions falling due within
ninety (90) days after the Closing Date.  In each case where a Trademark is held
by Seller by assignment, the assignment has been duly recorded with the U.S.
Patent and Trademark Office and all other jurisdictions of registration.  No
Mark has been or is now involved in any opposition, invalidation or cancellation
proceeding and, to the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders, no such action
is threatened with respect to any of the Marks.  All products and materials
containing a Mark bear the proper notice where permitted by law.

                                       15
<PAGE>

          (e) Schedule 2.21 sets forth a complete and accurate list and summary
              -------------
description of all of Seller's Copyrights.  All the Copyrights have been
registered with the United States Copyright Office and are currently in
compliance with formal legal requirements, are valid and enforceable, and are
not subject to any fees or taxes or actions falling due within ninety (90) days
after the Closing Date.  In each case where a Copyright is held by Seller by
assignment, the assignment has been duly recorded with the U.S. Copyright Office
and all other jurisdictions of registration.  None of the source or object code,
algorithms, or structure included in the Products is copied from, based upon, or
derived from any other source or object code, algorithm or structure in
violation of the rights of any third party.  Any substantial similarity of the
Products to any computer program owned by any third party did not result from
the Products being copied from, based upon, or derived from any such computer
software program in violation of the rights of any third party.  All copies of
works encompassed by the Copyrights have been marked with the proper copyright
notice.

          (f) The Trade Secrets have not been disclosed by Seller or officers,
directors, employees, consultants of the Seller or any person with access to the
Trade Secrets to any person or entity other than employees or contractors of
Seller who had a need to know and use the Trade Secrets in the course of their
employment or contract performance.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.21, (i)
                                                            -------------
Seller has not directly or indirectly granted any rights or interests in the
source code of the Products, and (ii) since Seller developed the source code of
the Products, Seller has not provided, licensed or disclosed the source code of
the Products to any person or entity.  Seller has the right to use, free and
clear of claims of third parties, all Trade Secrets.  To the knowledge of Seller
and the Shareholders, there is not any assertion that the use by Seller of any
Trade Secret violates the rights of any third party.

          (g) Seller has the exclusive right to use, license, distribute,
transfer and bring infringement actions with respect to the Intellectual
Property.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.21, Seller (i) has not licensed or
                                  -------------
granted to anyone rights of any nature to use any of its Intellectual Property
and (ii) is not obligated to and does not pay royalties or other fees to anyone
for its ownership, use, license or transfer of any of its Intellectual Property.

          (h) All licenses or other agreements under which Seller is granted
rights by others in Intellectual Property are listed in Schedule 2.21.  All such
                                                        -------------
licenses or other agreements are in full force and effect, to the knowledge of
Seller and the Shareholders there is no material default by any party thereto,
and all of the rights of Seller thereunder are freely assignable.  True and
complete copies of all such licenses or other agreements, and any amendments
thereto, have been provided to Buyer, and Seller has no reason to believe that
the licensors under the licenses and other agreements under which Seller is
granted rights and has granted rights to others do not have and did not have all
requisite power and authority to grant the rights purported to be conferred
thereby.

          (i) All licenses or other agreements under which Seller has granted
rights to others in Intellectual Property are listed in Schedule 2.21.  All such
                                                        -------------
licenses or other agreements are in full force and effect, and to the knowledge
of Seller and the Shareholders

                                       16
<PAGE>

there is no material default by any party thereto. True and complete copies of
all such licenses or other agreements, and any amendments thereto, have been
provided to Buyer.

          (j) The Products perform in accordance with their published
specifications and documentation and as Seller has warranted to its customers.
Seller has reviewed the areas within its businesses and operations which could
be adversely affected by, and has developed a program to address on a timely
basis, the "Year 2000 Problem" (i.e., the risk that applications used by Seller
or its suppliers and/or providers may be unable to recognize and properly
perform date-sensitive functions involving certain dates prior to and any date
after December 31, 1999).  Seller and the Shareholders reasonably believe that
the "Year 2000 Problem" will not have any material adverse effect on the
business or operations of Seller.

     2.22  Absence of Restrictions.  Neither the Shareholders nor Seller has
           -----------------------
entered into any other agreement or arrangement with any other party with
respect to the sale, transfer or any other disposition or encumbrance of the
Shares or all or substantially all of the assets of Seller.

     2.23 Transactions with Interested Persons.  Except as set forth in
          ------------------------------------
Schedule 2.23 attached hereto, neither Seller, nor any Shareholder, officer,
- -------------
supervisory employee or director of Seller or, to the knowledge of Seller or the
Shareholders, any of their respective spouses or family members owns directly or
indirectly on an individual or joint basis any material interest in, or serves
as an officer or director or in another similar capacity of, any competitor or
supplier of Seller, or any organization which has a material contract or
arrangement with Seller.

     2.24  Employee Benefit Programs.
           -------------------------

          (a) Schedule 2.24 sets forth a list of every Employee Program that has
              -------------
been maintained by Seller or an Affiliate (as defined below) at any time during
the six-year period ending on the Closing Date.

          (b) Each Employee Program which has ever been maintained by Seller or
an Affiliate and which has been intended to qualify under Section 401(a) or
501(c)(9) of the Code has received a favorable determination or approval letter
from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") regarding its qualification under such
section and has, in fact, been qualified under the applicable section of the
Code from the effective date of such Employee Program through and including the
Closing Date (or, if earlier, the date that all of such Employee Program's
assets were distributed).  No event or omission has occurred which would cause
any Employee Program to lose its qualification or otherwise fail to satisfy the
relevant requirements to provide tax-favored benefits under the applicable Code
Section (including without limitation Code Sections 105, 125, 401(a) and
501(c)(9)).  Each asset held under any such Employee Program may be liquidated
or terminated without the imposition of any redemption fee, surrender charge or
comparable liability.  No partial termination (within the meaning of Section
411(d)(3) of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Program.

                                       17
<PAGE>

          (c) Neither Seller nor any Affiliate knows of any failure of any party
to comply with any laws applicable with respect to the Employee Programs that
have ever been maintained by the Company or any Affiliate.  With respect to any
Employee Program ever maintained by Seller or any Affiliate, there has been no
(i) "prohibited transaction," as defined in Section 406 of the Employee
Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA") or Code Section
4975, (ii) failure to comply with any provision of ERISA, other applicable law,
or any agreement, or (iii)  non-deductible contribution, which, in the case of
any of (i), (ii), or (iii), could subject Seller or any Affiliate to liability
either directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, through any
obligation of indemnification or contribution) for any damages, penalties, or
taxes, or any other loss or expense.  No litigation or governmental
administrative proceeding (or investigation) or other proceeding (other than
those relating to routine claims for benefits) is pending or threatened with
respect to any such Employee Program.  All payments and/or contributions
required to have been made (under the provisions of any agreements or other
governing documents or applicable law) with respect to all Employee Programs
ever maintained by Seller or any Affiliate, for all periods prior to the Closing
Date, either have been made or have been accrued (and all such unpaid but
accrued amounts are described on Schedule 2.24).
                                 -------------

          (d)  Neither Seller nor any Affiliate (i) has ever maintained any
Employee Program which has been subject to title IV of ERISA or Code Section 412
or ERISA Section 302, including, but not limited to, any Multiemployer Plan or
(ii) has ever provided health care or any other non-pension benefits to any
employees after their employment is terminated (other than as required by part 6
of subtitle B of title I of ERISA) or has ever promised to provide such post-
termination benefits.

          (e) With respect to each Employee Program maintained by Seller within
the six years preceding the Closing Date, complete and correct copies of the
following documents (if applicable to such Employee Program) have previously
been delivered to Buyer:  (i) all documents embodying or governing such Employee
Program, and any funding medium for the Employee Program (including, without
limitation, trust agreements) as they may have been amended to the date hereof;
(ii) the most recent IRS determination or approval letter with respect to such
Employee Program under Code Section 401(a) or 501(c)(9), and any applications
for determination or approval subsequently filed with the IRS; (iii) the six
most recently filed IRS Forms 5500, with all applicable schedules and
accountants' opinions attached thereto; (iv) the six most recent actuarial
valuation reports completed with respect to such Employee Program; (v) the
summary plan description for such Employee Program (or other descriptions of
such Employee Program provided to employees) and all modifications thereto;
(vi) any insurance policy (including any fiduciary liability insurance policy or
fidelity bond) related to such Employee Program; (vii) any registration
statement or other filing made pursuant to any federal or state securities law
and (viii) all correspondence to and from any state or federal agency within the
last six years with respect to such Employee Program.

          (f) Each Employee Program required to be listed on Schedule 2.24 may
                                                             -------------
be amended, terminated, or otherwise modified by Seller to the greatest extent
permitted by applicable law, including the elimination of any and all future
benefit accruals under any

                                       18
<PAGE>

Employee Program and no employee communications or provision of any Employee
Program document has failed to effectively reserve the right of Seller or the
Affiliate to so amend, terminate or otherwise modify such Employee Program.

          (g) Each Employee Program ever maintained by Seller (including each
non-qualified deferred compensation arrangement) has been maintained in
compliance with all applicable requirements of federal and state securities laws
including (without limitation, if applicable) the requirements that the offering
of interests in such Employee Program be registered under the Securities Act of
1933 and/or state "Blue Sky" laws.

          (h) Each Employee Program ever maintained by Seller or an Affiliate
has complied with the applicable notification and other applicable requirements
of the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, Health Insurance
Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, the Newborns' and Mothers' Health
Protection Act of 1996, the Mental Health Parity Act of 1996, and the Women's
Health and Cancer Rights Act of 1998.

          (i)  For purposes of this section:

               (i)   "Employee Program" means (A) all employee benefit plans
within the meaning of ERISA Section 3(3), including, but not limited to,
multiple employer welfare arrangements (within the meaning of ERISA Section
3(40)), plans to which more than one unaffiliated employer contributes and
employee benefit plans (such as foreign or excess benefit plans) which are not
subject to ERISA; (B) all stock option plans, stock purchase plans, bonus or
incentive award plans, severance pay policies or agreements, deferred
compensation agreements, supplemental income arrangements, vacation plans, and
all other employee benefit plans, agreements, and arrangements (including any
informal arrangements) not described in (A) above, including without limitation,
any arrangement intended to comply with Code Section 120, 125, 127, 129 or 137;
and (C) all plans or arrangements providing compensation to employee and non-
employee directors. In the case of an Employee Program funded through a trust
described in Code Section 401(a) or an organization described in Code Section
501(c)(9), or any other funding vehicle, each reference to such Employee Program
shall include a reference to such trust, organization or other vehicle.

               (ii)  An entity "maintains" an Employee Program if such entity
sponsors, contributes to, or provides benefits under or through such Employee
Program, or has any obligation (by agreement or under applicable law) to
contribute to or provide benefits under or through such Employee Program, or if
such Employee Program provides benefits to or otherwise covers employees of such
entity (or their spouses, dependents, or beneficiaries).

               (iii) An entity is an "Affiliate" of Seller if it would have ever
been considered a single employer with the Company under ERISA Section 4001(b)
or part of the same "controlled group" as Seller for purposes of ERISA Section
302(d)(8)(C).

                                       19
<PAGE>

               (iv)  "Multiemployer Plan" means an employee pension or welfare
benefit plan to which more than one unaffiliated employer contributes and which
is maintained pursuant to one or more collective bargaining agreements.

     2.25  Environmental Matters.
            ---------------------

          (a) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.25, (i) Seller has never
                                     -------------
generated, transported, used, stored, treated, disposed of, or managed any
Hazardous Waste (as defined below); (ii) to the knowledge of Seller and the
Shareholders, no Hazardous Material (as defined below) has ever been or is
threatened to be spilled, released, or disposed of at any site presently or
formerly owned, operated, leased, or used by Seller, or has ever been located in
the soil or groundwater at any such site; (iii)  to the knowledge of Seller and
the Shareholders, no Hazardous Material has ever been transported from any site
presently or formerly owned, operated, leased, or used by Seller for treatment,
storage, or disposal at any other place; (iv) Seller does not presently own,
operate, lease, or use, nor has it previously owned, operated, leased, or used
any site on which underground storage tanks are or were located; and (v) no lien
has ever been imposed by any governmental agency on any property, facility,
machinery, or equipment owned, operated, leased, or used by Seller in connection
with the presence of any Hazardous Material.

          (b) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.25, (i) to the knowledge of
                                     -------------
Seller and the Shareholders, Seller has no liability under, nor has it ever
violated, any Environmental Law (as defined below); (ii) to the knowledge of
Seller and the Shareholders, any property owned, operated, leased, or used by
Seller, and any facilities and operations thereon are presently in compliance
with all applicable Environmental Laws; (iii) Seller has never entered into or
been subject to any judgment, consent decree, compliance order, or
administrative order with respect to any environmental or health and safety
matter or received any request for information, notice, demand letter,
administrative inquiry, or formal or informal complaint or claim with respect to
any environmental or health and safety matter or the enforcement of any
Environmental Law; and (iv) Seller has no knowledge or reason to know that any
of the items enumerated in clause (iii) of this subsection will be forthcoming.

          (c) Except as set forth in Schedule 2.25 hereto, to the knowledge of
                                     -------------
Seller and the Shareholders, no site owned, operated, leased, or used by Seller
contains any asbestos or asbestos-containing material, any polychlorinated
biphenyls (PCBs) or equipment containing PCBs, or any urea formaldehyde foam
insulation.

          (d) Seller has, to the knowledge of Seller and the Shareholders,
provided to Buyer copies of all documents, records, and information available to
Seller concerning any environmental or health and safety matter relevant to
Seller, whether generated by Seller or others, including, without limitation,
environmental audits, environmental risk assessments, site assessments,
documentation regarding off-site disposal of Hazardous Materials, spill control
plans, and reports, correspondence, permits, licenses, approvals, consents, and
other authorizations related to environmental or health and safety matters
issued by any governmental agency.

                                       20
<PAGE>

          (e) For purposes of this Section 2.25, (i) "Hazardous Material" shall
mean and include any hazardous waste, hazardous material, hazardous substance,
petroleum product, oil, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminant, or other
substance which may pose a threat to the environment or to human health or
safety, as defined or regulated under any Environmental Law; (ii) "Hazardous
Waste" shall mean and include any hazardous waste as defined or regulated under
any Environmental Law; (iii) "Environmental Law" shall mean any environmental or
health and safety-related law, regulation, rule, ordinance, or by-law at the
foreign, federal, state, or local level, whether existing as of the date hereof,
previously enforced, or subsequently enacted; and (iv) "Seller" shall mean and
include Seller and all other entities for whose conduct Seller is or may be held
responsible under any Environmental Law.

     2.26  Undisclosed Liabilities.  Seller has no liabilities or obligations of
           -----------------------
any nature (whether known or unknown and whether absolute, accrued, contingent
or otherwise) except for liabilities or obligations reflected on the Base
Balance Sheet and current liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of
business since the date thereof.

     2.27  Indebtedness.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.27, Seller has no
           ------------                          -------------
bank debt or indebtedness (other than pursuant to operating or capitalized lease
obligations for leased equipment and other current liabilities).

     2.28  Agreements.  Except as set forth in Schedule 2.28, each such
           ----------                          -------------
Shareholder who is employed by Seller is not a party to any non-competition,
trade secret or confidentiality agreement with any party other than Seller.
There are no agreements or arrangements not contained herein or disclosed in a
Schedule hereto, to which such Shareholder is a party relating to the business
of Seller or to such Shareholder's rights and obligations as a stockholder,
director or officer of Seller.  Such Shareholder does not own, directly or
indirectly, on an individual or joint basis, any material interest in, or serve
as an officer or director of, any customer, competitor or supplier of Seller, or
any organization which has a contract or arrangement with the Seller.  Such
Shareholder has not at any time transferred any of the stock of Seller held by
or for such holder to any employee of the Seller, which transfer constituted or
could be viewed as compensation for services rendered to Seller by said
employee.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement will not
violate or result in a default or acceleration of any obligation under any
contract, agreement, indenture or other instrument involving Seller to which
such Shareholder is a party.

     2.29  Disclosure.  The representations, warranties and statements contained
           ----------
in this Agreement and in the certificates, exhibits and schedules delivered by
Seller and the Shareholders to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement do not contain
any untrue statement of a material fact, and, when taken together, do not omit
to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to
make such representations, warranties or statements not misleading in light of
the circumstances under which they were made.  There are no facts

                                       21
<PAGE>

known to Seller or the Shareholders which presently or may in the future have a
material adverse affect on Seller's business, properties, assets, prospects,
operations or (financial or other) condition of Seller which has not been
specifically disclosed herein or in a Schedule furnished herewith, other than
general economic conditions affecting the Internet services industry generally.

SECTION 3.  REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER.

     As a material inducement to Seller and the Shareholders entering into this
Agreement, Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller and the Shareholders
as follows:

     3.1  Organization.  Buyer is a corporation duly organized, validly existing
          ------------
and in good standing under the laws of the State of Michigan.  Buyer has all
requisite power and authority to conduct its business as it is now conducted and
to own, lease and operate its properties and assets.

     3.2  Required Action; Authority.  All actions and proceedings necessary to
          --------------------------
be taken by or on the part of Buyer in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement have been duly and validly taken, and this
Agreement and each other agreement, document and instrument to be executed and
delivered by or on behalf of Buyer pursuant to, or as contemplated by, this
Agreement (collectively, the "Buyer Documents") has been duly and validly
authorized, executed and delivered by Buyer.  Buyer has full right, authority,
power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and each other Buyer
Document and to carry out the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.
This Agreement and each other Buyer Document constitutes, or when executed and
delivered will constitute, the legal, valid and binding obligations of Buyer
enforceable in accordance with its respective terms.

     3.3  No Conflicts.  The execution, delivery and performance by Buyer of
          ------------
this Agreement and each other Buyer Document does not and will not (a) violate
any provision of the Articles of Incorporation or by-laws of Buyer, as amended
to date, (b) constitute a violation of, or conflict with or result in any breach
of, acceleration of any obligation under, right of termination under, or default
under, any agreement or instrument to which Buyer is a party or by which it is
bound, (c) violate any judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation
applicable to Buyer, (d) require Buyer to obtain any approval, consent or waiver
of, or to make any filing with, any person or entity (governmental or otherwise)
that has not been obtained or made.  The officers who execute this Agreement and
the other Buyer Documents contemplated hereby on behalf of Buyer have and shall
have all requisite power to do so in the name of and on behalf of Buyer.

     3.4  Brokers.  Except for Rampart Associates, LLC, whose fees will be paid
          -------
by Buyer at or prior to the Closing, Buyer has not retained any broker or finder
or other person who would have any valid claim against any of the parties to
this Agreement for a commission or brokerage fee in connection with this
Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

                                       22
<PAGE>

     3.5  Investment Intent.  Buyer is acquiring the Shares for investment for
          -----------------
its own account only and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with,
any "distribution" thereof within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended.


SECTION 4.  COVENANTS OF SELLER.

     Seller covenants and agrees that:

     4.1  Access to Premises and Records.  From the date hereof until
          ------------------------------
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing, Seller
shall give Buyer and its representatives, at reasonable times and with
reasonable prior notice, free access to the properties, books and records of
Seller and will furnish to Buyer and its representatives such information
regarding Seller as Buyer or its representatives may from time to time
reasonably request in order that Buyer may have full opportunity to make a
diligent investigation consistent with this Agreement.  The foregoing shall
include, without limitation, Buyer and its representatives conducting, at
Buyer's expense, an audit of the accounting books and records of the Seller and
the Subsidiaries.  In addition to, and not in limitation of the foregoing,
Seller shall provide Buyer with access to and copies of the records of all: (a)
accounts receivable, (b) Subscriber billings, (c) pre-paid accounts, (d)
accounts for which no remuneration is received by Seller and (e) general reports
with respect to each category of service provided by Seller.

     4.2  Continuity and Maintenance of Operations.  Except as to actions which
          ----------------------------------------
Buyer has been advised and to which Buyer has consented to in writing, and
except as specifically permitted or required by this Agreement, Seller shall:

          (a) Operate its business in the ordinary course consistent with past
practices, use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep available the
services of the employees who are involved in the operation of the business of
Seller, and use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve any beneficial
business relationships with Subscribers, customers, suppliers and others having
business dealings with Seller;

          (b) Use and operate the business of Seller in a manner consistent with
past practices and maintain Seller's assets in good operating condition,
ordinary wear and tear excepted;

          (c) Maintain insurance upon the Seller's assets in such amounts and
types as in effect on the date of this Agreement as set forth in Schedule 2.7
                                                                 ------------
attached hereto;

          (d) Keep all of its business books, records and files in the ordinary
course of business in accordance with past practices, and provide Buyer with
access thereto upon its reasonable request;

                                       23
<PAGE>

          (e) Continue to implement and enforce its procedures for disconnection
and discontinuance of service to Subscribers whose accounts are delinquent in
accordance with those in effect on the date of this Agreement;

          (f) Perform and comply in all material respects with the terms of the
Contracts and keep such Contracts in full force and effect; and

          (g) Use its reasonable best efforts to preserve the goodwill of
Seller.

     4.3  Negative Covenants.  Seller shall not, and Seller shall cause its
          ------------------
Subsidiaries not to, without the prior written consent of Buyer:

          (a) Sell, transfer, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of, or agree to
sell, transfer, lease, assign or otherwise dispose of, any assets outside the
ordinary course of business;

          (b) Make any change in the number of shares of its capital stock
authorized, issued or outstanding or grant any option, warrant or other right to
purchase, or to convert any obligation into, shares of its capital stock;

          (c) Amend its articles of incorporation or code of regulation;

          (d) Enter into any contract or commitment for the acquisition of goods
or services (other than in the ordinary course of business) or which otherwise
obligates it to perform in full or in part beyond the Closing Date;

          (e) Hire any new employees or enter into any employment arrangements
or otherwise increase the salary or compensation of any existing employees;

          (f) Renegotiate, modify, amend or terminate any Contract;

          (g) Create, assume, or permit to exist, or agree to incur, assume or
acquire, any Lien, claim or liability on its assets or the Shares;

          (h) Make any modifications or changes to the existing rate schedules
or product offerings in effect;

          (i) Offer or employ any sales discounts, free services or other
extraordinary marketing practices or extraordinary promotions outside the
ordinary course of business and not consistent with past practices;

          (j) Take any actions or permit its employees and agents to take any
actions which would materially interfere with or preclude the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement; or

                                       24
<PAGE>

          (k) Cause or permit the provision for any new and material pension,
retirement or other employment benefits for employees who perform services in
connection with Seller's business or any material increase in any existing
benefits (other than as required by law).

     4.4  Consents.  Seller will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain, as
          --------
soon as practicable and at its expense, the consent of all third parties under
the Contracts for which the prior approval of such third party is required
pursuant to the terms of the Contract; provided, however, that "reasonable best
                                       --------  -------
effort" for this purpose shall not require Seller to undertake extraordinary or
unreasonable measures to obtain such approvals and consents, including, without
limitation, the initiation or prosecution of legal proceedings or the payment of
fees in excess of customary filing, processing and documentation fees.

     4.5  Notification of Certain Matters.  Seller shall promptly notify Buyer
          -------------------------------
of (i) any fact, event, circumstances or action the existence or occurrence of
which would cause any of Seller's representations or warranties under this
Agreement, or the disclosures in any schedules or exhibits attached hereto, not
to be true in any material respect and (ii) any failure on its part to comply
with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to
be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement.  Seller shall promptly
notify buyer in writing of the assertion, commencement or threat of any claim,
litigation, proceeding or investigation in which Seller is a party or in which
the assets or business of Seller may be affected and which could reasonably be
expected to be material or which relates to the transactions contemplated
hereby.

     4.6  Adverse Change.  Seller shall promptly notify Buyer in writing of any
          --------------
materially adverse developments affecting the assets or the business of Seller
which become known to Seller, including, without limitation, (i) any damage,
destruction or loss (whether or not covered by insurance) materially and
adversely affecting any of the assets or the business of Seller, (ii) any
material notice of violation, forfeiture or complaint under any material
Contract, or (iii) anything which, if not corrected prior to the Closing Date,
would prevent Seller from fulfilling any condition to Closing described in
Section 6 hereof.

     4.7  No Solicitation.  From the date of this Agreement until the earlier of
          ---------------
(a) July 2, 1999 and (b) termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1,
Seller shall not, and Seller shall cause its officers, employees, shareholders,
agents and representatives (including, without limitation, any investment
banker, attorney or accountant retained by Seller) and all other employees not
to, initiate, solicit or encourage, directly or indirectly, any inquiries or the
making of any proposal with respect to the assets or the business of Seller, or
engage in any negotiations concerning, or provide to any other person any
information or data relating to, the business or assets of Seller for the
purpose of, or have any discussions with, any person relating to, or otherwise
cooperate in any way with or assist or participate in, facilitate or encourage,
any inquiries or the making of any proposal which constitutes, or may reasonably
be expected to lead to, any effort or attempt by any other person to seek or
effect a transaction, or enter into a transaction with any person or persons,
other than Buyer, concerning the

                                       25
<PAGE>

possible sale of all or substantially all of the assets or business of Seller,
or the capital stock of Seller. Seller shall promptly inform Buyer of any such
inquiries or proposals and provide all pertinent documentation related thereto.

     4.8  Confidentiality.  Seller agrees that it and its representatives will
          ---------------
hold in strict confidence, and will not use, any confidential or proprietary
data or information obtained from Buyer with respect to its business or
financial condition except for the purpose of evaluating, negotiating and
completing the transactions contemplated hereby.  Information generally known in
Buyer's industry or which has been disclosed to Seller by third parties which
have a right to do so shall not be deemed confidential or proprietary
information for purposes of this Agreement.  If the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement are not consummated, Seller will return, and cause its respective
officers, directors, agents and representatives to return, to Buyer (or certify
that they have destroyed) all copies of such data and information made available
to Seller (and its officers, directors, agents and representatives) in
connection with the transaction.

SECTION 5.  COVENANTS OF BUYER.

     Buyer covenants and agrees that:

     5.1  Confidentiality.  Buyer agrees that, from the date hereof until
          ---------------
consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby at the Closing, Buyer and
its representatives will hold in strict confidence, and will not use, any
confidential or proprietary data or information obtained from Seller at any
time, prior to or after the date hereof with respect to its business or
financial condition except for the purpose of evaluating, negotiating and
completing the transactions contemplated hereby.  Information generally known in
Seller's industry or which has been disclosed to Buyer by third parties which
have a right to do so shall not be deemed confidential or proprietary
information for purposes of this Agreement.  If the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement are not consummated, Buyer will return, and cause its respective
officers, directors, agents and representatives to return, to Seller (or certify
that they have destroyed) all copies of such data and information made available
to Buyer (and its officers, directors, agents and representatives) in connection
with the transaction.

     5.2  Notification of Certain Matters.  Buyer shall promptly notify Seller
          -------------------------------
of (i) any fact, event, circumstances or action the existence or occurrence of
which would cause any of Buyer's representations or warranties under this
Agreement, or the disclosures in any schedules or exhibits attached hereto, not
to be true in any material respect and (ii) any failure on its part to comply
with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to
be complied with or satisfied by it under this Agreement.  Buyer shall promptly
notify Seller in writing of the assertion, commencement or threat of any claim,
litigation, proceeding or investigation in which Buyer is a party and which
could reasonably be expected to be material or which relates to the transactions
contemplated hereby.

                                       26
<PAGE>

     5.3  Employees.  From and after the Closing, each employee of Seller shall
          ---------
be eligible to participate in any and all employee benefit plans of Buyer
generally made available to similarly situated employees thereof on the same
basis and without distinction.  To the extent that any employee of Seller
becomes a participant in any such plan, such employee shall be given credit
under such plans for all service prior to the Closing with Seller, or any
predecessor employer (to the extent such credit was given by Seller under a
similar plan) and prior to the time such employee becomes such a participant,
for the purposes of eligibility, waiting periods and vesting, but not for
purposes of benefit accruals.  In addition, if any employees of Seller employed
as of the Closing become covered by a medical plan of Buyer or any of its
affiliates, such medical plan shall not impose any exclusion on coverage for
preexisting medical conditions with respect to these employees, which exclusion
is not generally applicable to employees of Buyer or any of its affiliates.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing in this Agreement shall be interpreted or
construed to confer upon the employees of Seller any right with respect to
continuance of employment by Buyer, nor shall this Agreement interfere in any
way with the right of Buyer to terminate the employee's employment at any time
and nothing in this Agreement shall interfere in any way with the right of Buyer
to amend, terminate or otherwise discontinue any or all plans, practices or
policies of Buyer in effect from time to time.  Finally, the parties hereto
agree that Buyer in its sole discretion shall determine which employees are
similarly situated; provided, however, that such determination shall be made in
                    --------  -------
good faith and may not be based on whether the employee was, prior to the
Closing, an employee of Seller.


SECTION 6.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATION OF BUYER.

     Buyer's obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the Closing Date, of
each of the following conditions, unless otherwise waived by Buyer in writing:

     6.1  Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
          ------------------------------------------
warranties of Seller contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in
all material respects at the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at
such time and the representations and warranties of Seller contained in this
Agreement which are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all
respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at such
time.

     6.2  Performance of Agreements and Deliveries.  Seller shall have performed
          ----------------------------------------
in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations under
this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by Seller prior to or
upon the Closing Date and shall have delivered all documents and items required
to be delivered at or prior to the Closing, including, without limitation:

          (a) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from the President of
Seller to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have
been satisfied;

                                       27
<PAGE>

          (b) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from Seller's Secretary as
to the articles of incorporation, code of regulation, authority and the
incumbency of all officers executing the Seller Documents on behalf of Seller;

          (c) A certified copy of Seller's certificate of incorporation from the
Secretary of State of the State of Ohio;

          (d) A certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the
State of Ohio; and

          (e) Such other certificates and instruments reasonably requested by
Buyer.

     6.3  Release of Liens.  Seller shall have obtained and delivered to Buyer
          ----------------
at or prior to the Closing instruments (including payoff letters, bills of sale
and UCC-3 termination statements) releasing any and all Liens on the assets of
Seller and the Subsidiaries (including, but not limited to, those certain
equipment leases with National City Leasing Corporation as set forth in
Schedule 2.15 attached hereto).
- -------- ----

     6.4  Transfer of Vehicles.  Seller shall have transferred to the
          --------------------
Shareholders ownership and possession of the three company vehicles listed on

Schedule 6.4 and the Shareholders shall have personally assumed any and all
- ------------
associated liabilities, and Buyer shall have received evidence thereof
reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

     6.5  Opinion of Seller's Counsel.  Buyer shall have received the opinion of
          ---------------------------
Sebaly, Shillito & Dyer, counsel for Seller and the Shareholders, dated the
Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto.
                                           ---------

     6.6  Monthly Revenues.  The Seller shall have monthly revenues of at least
          ----------------
$380,000 from recurring sources, calculated by multiplying the number of
Subscribers as of closing by the average yearly rate in effect for such
Subscribers, by type, (excluding one-time set-up fees and other ancillary
charges), and dividing by twelve, and Seller shall have furnished Buyer with a
certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, to that effect.

     6.7  Due Diligence.  The result of Buyer's due diligence review of Seller
          -------------
shall be reasonably satisfactory to Buyer.

     6.8  Material Adverse Change.  There shall have been no material adverse
          -----------------------
change in the business, properties, assets, results of operations, financial
condition or prospects of Seller since the date of this Agreement.

     6.9  FIRPTA Certificate.  Seller shall furnish a certificate stating, under
          ------------------
penalty of perjury, that Seller is not a foreign person for purposes of Section
1445 of the Code, and setting forth Seller's name, address and taxpayer
identification number.

                                       28
<PAGE>

     6.10  Discharge of Debt.  Seller shall discharge any bank debt or other
           -----------------
Seller (and Subsidiary) indebtedness (other than pursuant to operating or
capitalized lease obligations for leased equipment and any other current
liabilities) described on Schedule 6.10 attached hereto at or prior to the
                          -------------
Closing.

     6.11  Non-competition Agreements.  Seller and each of the Shareholders
           --------------------------
shall have executed and delivered to Buyer Non-competition Agreements in
substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.
                                          ---------

     6.12  Subscribers.  Seller shall have delivered to Buyer at least:
           -----------
(i) 19,000 Dial-up Subscribers; (ii) 35 Dedicated Subscribers; and
(iii) 250 Web-hosting Subscribers, and Seller shall have furnished Buyer with a
certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, to that effect.

     6.13  Employee Benefit Plans.  Seller shall have initiated procedures
           ----------------------
(including the adoption of corporate resolutions) for, and shall be diligently
pursuing the completion, of the termination of  (i) its current pension plan and
profit sharing plans and (ii) any key-man insurance policies.

     6.14  Termination of Employment Contract.  Seller shall have terminated the
           ----------------------------------
employment contract dated January 2, 1996 with Mr. Luke Gain, and Buyer shall
have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to Buyer to that effect.

     6.15  Loan.  Mr. Ron Rose shall have paid in full the loan receivable of
           ----
$170,000.00 and Buyer shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to
Buyer to that effect.

     6.16  Release.   A release of Seller from all liabilities other than those
           -------
arising out of the transactions or agreements contemplated hereby, from each of
the Shareholders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E.
                                                ---------

     6.17  Settlement of Litigation.  Seller shall have entered into a
           ------------------------
settlement agreement with Computer Free America, Inc. v. Mall 2000, Inc. (Case
                          ---------------------------    ---------------
Number 98-CV-0403) (the "CFA Dispute") and obtained from Computer Free America,
Inc. a release of Seller, its predecessors and successors from all liabilities
associated with the CFA Dispute and Buyer shall have received evidence
reasonably satisfactory to Buyer to that effect.


     6.18  Resignation of Officers and Directors.  Prior to the Closing Date,
           -------------------------------------
each of the officers and directors of Seller and each Subsidiary shall have
resigned effective as of the Closing Date.

     6.19  Delivery of Stock Record Books.  Seller shall have delivered to Buyer
           ------------------------------
original stock record books and minute books for Seller and each Subsidiary.

                                       29
<PAGE>

SECTION 7.  CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO OBLIGATION OF SELLER AND THE SHAREHOLDERS.

     The obligation of Seller and each Shareholder to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement is subject to the satisfaction, on
or prior to the Closing Date, of the following conditions, unless waived by
Seller in writing:

     7.1  Accuracy of Representations and Warranties.  The representations and
          ------------------------------------------
warranties of Buyer contained in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all
material respects at the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at
such time, and the representations and warranties of Buyer contained in this
Agreement which are qualified by materiality shall be true and correct in all
respects as of the Closing Date with the same effect as though made at such
time.

     7.2  Performance of Agreement and Deliveries.  Buyer shall have performed
          ---------------------------------------
in all material respects all of its covenants, agreements and obligations under
this Agreement which are to be performed or complied with by Buyer prior to or
upon the Closing Date and shall have delivered all documents and items required
to be delivered at or prior to the Closing, including, without limitation:

          (a) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from the President of Buyer
to the effect that the conditions set forth in Sections 7.1 and 7.2 have been
satisfied;

          (b) A certificate, dated the Closing Date, from Buyer's Secretary as
to the Articles of Incorporation, bylaws, authority and the incumbency of all
officers executing the Buyer Documents on behalf of Buyer;

          (c) A certified copy of Buyer's Articles of Incorporation from the
Secretary of State of the State of Michigan; and

          (d) A certificate of good standing from the Secretary of State of the
State of Michigan.

SECTION 8.  TERMINATION.

     8.1  Events of Termination.  This Agreement and the transactions
          ---------------------
contemplated by this Agreement may be terminated at any time prior to the
Closing:

          (a) By the mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller.

                                       30
<PAGE>

          (b) By the Shareholders, if they are not in breach or default
hereunder:

              (i)   if any representation or warranty of Buyer made herein is
untrue in any material respect and such breach is not cured within thirty (30)
days of Buyer's receipt of a notice from Seller that such breach exists or has
occurred;

              (ii)  if Buyer shall have defaulted in any material respect in the
performance of any material obligation under this Agreement and such breach is
not cured within thirty (30) days of Buyer's receipt of a notice from Seller
that such default exists or has occurred;

              (iii) if the Closing has not occurred prior to July 2, 1999.

          (c) By Buyer, if it is not in breach or default hereunder:

              (i)   if any representation or warranty of Seller made herein is
untrue in any material respect and such breach is not cured within thirty (30)
days of Seller's receipt of a notice from Buyer that such breach exists or has
occurred;

              (ii)  if Seller shall have defaulted in any material respect in
the performance of any material obligation under this Agreement and such breach
is not cured within thirty (30) days of Seller's receipt of a notice from Buyer
that such default exists or has occurred; or

              (iii) if the Closing has not occurred prior to July 2, 1999.

     8.2  Manner of Exercise.  In the event of the termination of this Agreement
          ------------------
by either Buyer or Seller pursuant to Section 8.1 notice thereof shall forthwith
be given to the other party in accordance with the provisions set forth in
Section 11 hereto and this Agreement shall terminate and the transactions
contemplated hereunder shall be abandoned without further action by Buyer or
Seller.

     8.3 Effect of Termination; Liabilities.  In the event of the termination
         ----------------------------------
of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, and prior to the Closing, all
obligations of the parties hereunder (other than pursuant to Sections 4.7, 4.8
and 5.1 hereof) shall terminate, and neither Seller nor Buyer shall have any
further liability hereunder, including for losses, liabilities, obligations,
damages, deficiencies, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments,
orders, judgments, costs and expenses (including attorneys' fees) of any kind
whatsoever; except upon termination of this Agreement pursuant to Sections
8.1(b)(i), 8.1(b)(ii), 8.1(c)(i) and 8.1(c)(ii), the Shareholders shall be
entitled to any remedy which it may have, whether at law or in equity.

     8.4  Waiver; Extension of Time for Performance.  Seller may extend the time
          -----------------------------------------
for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of Buyer hereunder,
waive any inaccuracies

                                       31
<PAGE>

in the representations and warranties of Buyer contained herein or in any
document delivered pursuant hereto, or waive compliance by Buyer with any of the
agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such extension or waiver shall be
valid if set forth in an instrument in writing signed by Seller. Buyer may
extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of
Seller or the Shareholders hereunder, waive any inaccuracies in the
representations and warranties of Seller or the Shareholders contained herein or
in any document delivered pursuant hereto, or waive compliance by Seller or the
Shareholders with any of the agreements or conditions contained herein. Any such
extension or waiver shall be valid if set forth in an instrument in writing
signed by Buyer.

SECTION 9.  SURVIVAL.

     9.1  Survival of Warranties.  Each of the representations, warranties,
          ----------------------
agreements, covenants and obligations herein or in any schedule, exhibit,
certificate or financial statement delivered by any party to the other party
incident to the transactions contemplated hereby are material, shall be deemed
to have been relied upon by the other party and shall survive the Closing
regardless of any investigation and shall not merge in the performance of any
obligation by either party hereto.  Each and every such representation and
warranty shall survive for a period of one (1) year from the Closing Date (the
"Expiration Date"); provided, however, that (i) all representations and
                    --------  -------
warranties made pursuant to Subsections 2.1(b) and 2.2(b) shall never expire,
(ii) all representations and warranties made pursuant to Sections 2.5, 2.9,
2.11, 2.12, 2.24 and 2.25 shall expire upon the expiration of the statute of
limitations period applicable to actions related thereto plus a period of thirty
(30) days, (iii) all claims based on intentional or fraudulent actions,
misrepresentations or breaches shall expire upon the expiration of the statute
of limitations period applicable to actions related thereto plus a period of
thirty (30) days and (iv) if on or prior to the Expiration Date a specific set
of facts shall have become known which may give rise to a claim for
indemnification, and a Buyer Indemnified Party (as defined in Section 10.1) or a
Seller Indemnified Party (as defined in Section 10.2) shall have given written
notice to the Shareholders' Representative or Buyer respectively of such facts
known by such Buyer Indemnified Party or Seller Indemnified Party at such time,
then the right to indemnification with respect to such claim shall remain in
effect without regard to when such matter shall be finally determined and
disposed of by the negotiation of the parties or dispute resolution pursuant to
Section 12.10.

SECTION 10.  INDEMNIFICATION.

     10.  Indemnification by the Shareholders.
          -----------------------------------

          (a) Each of the Shareholders hereby agrees, jointly and severally, to
indemnify and hold harmless Buyer, its affiliates and its and their respective
directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees, and agents
(individually, a "Buyer Indemnified Party" and collectively, "Buyer Indemnified
Parties"), against and in respect of all losses, liabilities, obligations,
damages, deficiencies, actions, suits, proceedings, demands, assessments,
orders, judgments, costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees,

                                       32
<PAGE>

disbursements and expenses of attorneys and consultants) of any kind or nature
whatsoever, but net of the proceeds from any insurance policies or other third
party reimbursement for such loss, to the extent sustained, suffered or incurred
by or made against any Buyer Indemnified Party, to the extent based upon,
arising out of or in connection with:

              (i)   any breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller
and the Shareholders in this Agreement or in any schedule, exhibit, certificate,
agreement or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement;

              (ii)  any breach of any covenant or agreement made by Seller or
the Shareholders in this Agreement or in any schedule, exhibit, certificate,
financial statement, agreement or other instrument delivered pursuant to this
Agreement;

              (iii) any claim made by any person or entity which relates to the
operation of the business of Seller or the Subsidiaries which arises in
connection with or on the basis of events, acts, omissions, conditions or any
other state of facts occurring on or existing before the Closing Date;

              (iv)  any undisclosed liabilities;

              (v) any liability or obligation arising out of, relating to or
resulting from the vehicles, including any vehicle leases, to be retained by the
Shareholders as set forth on Schedule 6.4;
                             ------------

              (vi)  any liability or obligation arising out of, relating to or
resulting from the CFA Dispute as defined in Section 6.17;

              (vii)  any liability or obligation arising out of, relating to or
resulting (A) from Seller's or the Subsidiaries' Taxes, including but not
limited to Ohio state sales taxes, attributable to the periods, or portions
thereof, ending on or before the Closing (which has not been paid or provided
for or reserved against by Seller in the Base Balance Sheet included in the
Financial Statements) or (B) as a result of or relating to any breach of any
representation, warranty or covenant with respect to Taxes or tax related
matters;

              (viii) any liability or obligation arising out of, relating to or
resulting from the Seller's pension plan and profit sharing plans described in
Section 6.13;

              (ix)  any liability or obligation arising out of, relating to or
resulting from the loan receivable of $170,000.00 described in Section 6.15; and

              (x) any liability or obligation arising out of, relating to or
resulting from any bank debt or other Seller (and Subsidiary) indebtedness
described on Schedule 6.10.
             -------------

                                       33
<PAGE>

          (b) Limitation on Indemnification by Shareholders.  Notwithstanding
              ---------------------------------------------
the foregoing, the right of the Buyer Indemnified Parties to indemnification
under Section 10.1(a)(i) shall be subject to the following provisions:

              (i) No indemnification pursuant to Subsection 10.1(a)(i) above
shall be payable to any Buyer Indemnified Party, unless the total of all claims
for indemnification pursuant to Subsection 10.1(a)(i) shall exceed $75,000 in
the aggregate (the "Shareholder Basket"), whereupon only the amount in excess of
$75,000 shall be recoverable in accordance with the terms hereof; provided,
                                                                  --------
however, any claims relating to Subsections 2.1(b), 2.2(b), 2.5, 2.9, 2.11,
- -------
2.12, 2.24 and 2.25 shall not be subject to the Shareholder Basket and the right
to indemnification with respect to such claim shall remain in effect on a
dollar-for-dollar basis.

              (ii)  The indemnification obligations of the Shareholders pursuant
to Subsections 10.1(a)(ii) - 10(a)(x) above shall not be subject to the
Shareholder Basket and the right to indemnification with respect to such claim
shall remain in effect on a dollar-for-dollar basis; provided, however, fifty
                                                     --------  -------
percent (50%) of any claims related to Ohio state sales taxes attributable to
the periods, or portions thereof, ending on or before the Closing (which has not
been paid or provided for or reserved against by Seller in the Base Balance
Sheet included in the Financial Statements) shall be subject to the Shareholder
Basket.


     10.2  Indemnification by Buyer.
           ------------------------

          (a) Buyer agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each of the
Shareholders (individually, a "Seller Indemnified Party" and collectively,
"Seller Indemnified Parties") at all times against and in respect of all losses,
liabilities, obligations, damages, deficiencies, actions, suits, proceedings,
demands, assessments, orders, judgments, costs and expenses (including the
reasonable fees, disbursements and expenses of attorneys and consultants), of
any kind or nature whatsoever, to the extent sustained, suffered or incurred by
or made against any Seller Indemnified Party, to the extent based upon, arising
out of or in connection with: (i) any breach of any representation or warranty
made by Buyer in this Agreement or in any schedule, exhibit, certificate,
agreement or other instrument delivered pursuant to this Agreement; (ii) any
breach of any covenant or agreement made by Buyer in this Agreement or in any
schedule, exhibit, certificate, agreement or other instrument delivered pursuant
to this Agreement; and (iii) any claim made against Seller, any of the
Subsidiaries, or any of the Shareholders which relates to, results from or
arises out of (A) Buyer's ownership of the Shares, (B) Buyer's operation of the
business of the Seller or the Subsidiaries or (C) any liability on the part of
any Shareholder as a guarantor of, or a party to, any contract, lease, or other
agreements of Seller set forth on Schedule 2.8 from and after the Closing Date.
                                  ------------

          (b) Limitation on Indemnification by Buyer.  Notwithstanding the
              --------------------------------------
foregoing, the right of the Seller Indemnified Parties to indemnification under
Section 10.2(a) shall be subject to the following provisions:

                                       34
<PAGE>

              (i) No indemnification pursuant to Subsection 10.2(a)(i) above
shall be payable to any Seller Indemnified Party, unless the total of all claims
for indemnification pursuant to Subsection 10.2(a) shall exceed $75,000 in the
aggregate (the "Buyer Basket"), whereupon only the amount in excess of $75,000
shall be recoverable in accordance with the terms hereof.

              (ii)  The indemnification obligations of Buyer pursuant to
Subsections 10.2(a)(ii) - 10.2(a)(iii) above shall not be subject to the Buyer
Basket and the right to indemnification with respect to such claim shall remain
in effect on a dollar-for-dollar basis.


     10.3  Notice; Defense of Claims.
           -------------------------

          (a) Notice of Claims.  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party
              ----------------
of notice of any claim, liability or expense to which the indemnification
obligations hereunder would apply, the indemnified party shall give notice
thereof in writing to the indemnifying party, but the omission to so notify the
indemnifying party promptly will not relieve the indemnifying party from any
liability except to the extent that the indemnifying party shall have been
prejudiced as a result of the failure or delay in giving such notice.  Such
notice shall state the information then available regarding the amount and
nature of such claim, liability or expense and shall specify the provision or
provisions of this Agreement under which the liability or obligation is
asserted.

          (b) Third Party Claims.  With respect to third party claims, if within
              ------------------
twenty (20) days after receiving the notice described in clause (a) above the
indemnifying party gives (i) written notice to the indemnified party stating
that (A) it would be liable under the provisions hereof for indemnity in the
amount of such claim if such claim were successful and (B) that it disputes and
intends to defend against such claim, liability or expense at its own cost and
expense and (ii) provides reasonable assurance to the indemnified party that
such claim will be promptly paid in full if required, then counsel for the
defense shall be selected by the indemnifying party (subject to the consent of
the indemnified party which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and the
indemnified party shall not be required to make any payment with respect to such
claim, liability or expense as long as the indemnifying party is conducting a
good faith and diligent defense at its own expense; provided, however, that the
assumption of defense of any such matters by the indemnifying party shall relate
solely to the claim, liability or expense that is subject or potentially subject
to indemnification.  The indemnifying party shall have the right, with the
consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, to settle all indemnifiable matters related to claims by third parties
which are susceptible to being settled provided the indemnifying parties'
obligation to indemnify the indemnified party therefor will be fully satisfied.
The indemnifying party shall keep the indemnified party apprised of the status
of the claim, liability or expense and any resulting suit, proceeding or
enforcement action, shall furnish the indemnified party with all documents and
information that the indemnified party shall reasonably request and shall

                                       35
<PAGE>

consult with the indemnified party prior to acting on major matters, including
settlement discussions.  Notwithstanding anything herein stated, the indemnified
party shall at all times have the right to fully participate in such defense at
its own expense directly or through counsel; provided, however, if the named
parties to the action or proceeding include both the indemnifying party and the
indemnified party and representation of both parties by the same counsel would
be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct, the expense
of separate counsel for the indemnified party shall be paid by the indemnifying
party.  If no such notice of intent to dispute and defend is given by the
indemnifying party, or if such diligent good faith defense is not being or
ceases to be conducted, the indemnified party shall, at the expense of the
indemnifying party, undertake the defense of (with counsel selected by the
indemnified party), and shall have the right to compromise or settle (exercising
reasonable business judgment), such claim, liability or expense.  If such claim,
liability or expense is one that by its nature cannot be defended solely by the
indemnifying party, then the indemnified party shall make available all
information and assistance that the indemnifying party may reasonably request
and shall cooperate with the indemnifying party in such defense.

          (c) Non-Third Party Claims.  With respect to non-third party claims,
              ----------------------
if within twenty (20) days after receiving the notice described in clause (a)
above the indemnifying party does not give written notice to the indemnified
party that it contests such indemnity, the amount of indemnity payable for such
claim shall be as set forth in the indemnified party's notice.  If the
indemnifying party provides written notice to the indemnified party within such
20-day period that it contests such indemnity, the parties shall attempt in good
faith to reach an agreement with regard thereto within thirty (30) days of
delivery of the indemnifying party's notice.  If the parties cannot reach
agreement within such 30-day period, the matter may be submitted by either party
for binding arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.10
hereof.


SECTION 11.  NOTICES.

     All notices and other communications required to be given hereunder, or
which may be given pursuant or relative to the provisions hereof, shall be in
writing and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in hand or mailed,
postage prepaid, by first class United States mail, certified return receipt
requested as follows:

          If to Seller:             GDR Enterprises, Inc.
          ------------              c/o ERI Net Online Communications
                                    5551 Far Hills Avenue
                                    Dayton, OH 45429
                                    Attn: Ronald M. Rose

                                       36
<PAGE>

          With a copy to:           Sebaly, Shillito & Dyer
                                    1300 Courthouse Place NE
                                    Dayton, OH 45402
                                    Attn: Gale S. Finley, Esq.

          If to the Shareholders'   Ronald M. Rose
          -----------------------   6790 Vienna Woods Trail
          Representative:           Dayton, OH 45459
          --------------

          With a copy to:           Sebaly, Shillito & Dyer
                                    1300 Courthouse Place NE
                                    Dayton, OH 45402
                                    Attn: Gale S. Finley, Esq.

          If to the Shareholders:   Ronald M. Rose
          ----------------------    6790 Vienna Woods Trail
                                    Dayton, OH 45459

                                    Luke A. Gain
                                    325 North Monroe
                                    Xenia, OH 45385

                                    Stephen L. Dona
                                    8934 Kingsridge Drive
                                    Dayton, OH 45458

          With a copy to:           Sebaly, Shillito & Dyer
                                    1300 Courthouse Place NE
                                    Dayton, OH 45402
                                    Attn: Gale S. Finley, Esq.

          If to Buyer:              Voyager Information Networks, Inc.
          -----------
                                    4660 S. Hagadorn Road
                                    Suite 320
                                    East Lansing, MI 48823
                                    Attn: Christopher Torto

          With a copy to:           Goodwin, Procter & Hoar LLP
                                    Exchange Place
                                    Boston, Massachusetts  02109
                                    Attn:  David F. Dietz, P.C.

                                       37
<PAGE>

SECTION 12. MISCELLANEOUS.

     12.1  Assignability; Binding Effect.  This Agreement shall not be
           -----------------------------
assignable by Buyer or Seller except with the written consent of the other,
except that Buyer may assign its rights hereunder either (a) to any affiliate of
Buyer or its owners, (b) as a result of any merger, reorganization or other
consolidation, or (c) in connection with the granting of a security interest to
its senior lenders. This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the
benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors, and assigns.

     12.2  Headings.  The subject headings used in this Agreement are included
           --------
for purposes of convenience only and shall not affect the construction or
interpretation of any of its provisions.

     12.3  Amendments; Waivers.  This Agreement may not be amended or modified,
           -------------------
nor may compliance with any condition or covenant set forth herein be waived,
except by a writing duly and validly executed by Buyer and the Shareholders'
Representative, or, in the case of a waiver, the party waiving compliance.  No
delay on the part of any party in exercising any right, power or privilege
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of
any party of any such right, power or privilege, or any single or partial
exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

     12.4  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement, together with the schedules and
           ----------------
exhibits hereto, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with
respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes and cancels any and all
prior or contemporaneous arrangements, understandings and agreements between
them relating to the subject matter hereof.

     12.5  Severability.  In the event that any provision or any portion of any
           ------------
provision of this Agreement shall be held to be void or unenforceable, then the
remaining provisions of this Agreement (and the remaining portion of any
provision held to be void or unenforceable in part only) shall continue in full
force and effect.

     12.6  Governing Law.  This Agreement and the transactions contemplated
           -------------
hereby shall be governed and construed by and enforced in accordance with the
laws of the State of Ohio without regard to conflict of laws principles.

     12.7  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in two or more
           ------------
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which shall
constitute the same instrument.

     12.8  Expenses.  Each party shall pay its own expenses incident to the
           --------
negotiation, preparation and performance of this Agreement and the transactions
contemplated hereby, including all fees and expenses of its counsel and
accountants for all activities of such counsel and accountants undertaken
pursuant to this Agreement, whether or not the transactions

                                       38
<PAGE>

contemplated hereby are consummated. The Shareholders shall pay all of the fees
and expenses of both Seller and the Shareholders at or prior to the Closing.

     12.9  Remedies.  It is specifically understood and agreed that certain
           --------
breaches of this Agreement will result in irreparable injury to the parties
hereto, that the remedies available to the parties at law alone will be an
inadequate remedy for such breach, and that, in addition to any other legal or
equitable remedies which the parties may have, a party may enforce its rights by
an action for specific performance and the parties expressly waive the defense
that a remedy in damages will be adequate.

     12.10  Dispute Resolution.  Any dispute arising out of or relating to this
            ------------------
Agreement or the breach, termination or validity hereof shall be finally settled
solely and exclusively by arbitration conducted expeditiously in accordance with
the CPR Institute for Dispute Resolution Rules for Nonadministered Arbitration
of Business Disputes (the "CPR Rules").  The CPR Institute for Dispute
Resolution shall appoint a neutral advisor from its National CPR Panel. The
arbitration shall be governed by the United States Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.
(S)(S)1-16, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrators may be
entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.  The place of arbitration
shall be Columbus, Ohio.

     Such proceedings shall be administered by the neutral advisor in accordance
with the CPR Rules as he/she deems appropriate, however, such proceedings shall
be guided by the following agreed upon procedures:

          (a) Mandatory exchange of all relevant documents, to be accomplished
within forty-five (45) days of the initiation of the procedure;

          (b)  No other discovery;

          (c) Hearings before the neutral advisor which shall consist of a
summary presentation by each side of not more than three hours; such hearings to
take place in one or two days at a maximum; and

          (d) Decision to be rendered not later than ten (10) days following
such hearings.

     Each of the parties hereto (a) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably
submits to the jurisdiction of any United States District Court of competent
jurisdiction located in the State of Ohio for the purpose of enforcing the award
or decision in any such proceeding and (b) hereby waives, and agrees not to
assert in any civil action to enforce the award, any claim that it is not
subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named court, that its
property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that the civil action
is brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of the civil action is
improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced
in or by such court, and (c) hereby waives and agrees not to seek any review by
any court of any other jurisdiction which may be called upon to grant an
enforcement

                                       39
<PAGE>

of the judgment of any such court. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to
service of process by registered mail at the address to which notices are to be
given. Each of the parties hereto agrees that its submission to jurisdiction and
its consent to service of process by mail is made for the express benefit of the
other parties hereto. Final judgment against any party hereto in any such
action, suit or proceeding may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit,
action or proceeding on the judgment, or in any other manner provided by or
pursuant to the laws of such other jurisdiction.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, the parties may enforce their rights under
this Agreement in accordance with Section 12.9.

     12.11  Third Party Rights.  This Agreement is for the benefit of the
            ------------------
parties hereto and is not entered into for the benefit of, and shall not be
construed to confer any benefit upon, any other party or entity.

                                 [End of text]

                                       40
<PAGE>

  IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Seller, the Shareholders and Buyer have caused this Stock
     Purchase Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.

                                          SELLER:

                                          GDR ENTERPRISES, INC.


                                          By: /s/ Ronald M. Rose
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Name: Ronald M. Rose
                                              Title: President


                                          SHAREHOLDERS:


                                          /s/ Ronald M. Rose
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Ronald M. Rose


                                          /s/ Luke A. Gain
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Luke A. Gain


                                          /s/ Stephen L. Dona
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Stephen L. Dona


                                          BUYER:

                                          VOYAGER INFORMATION NETWORKS, INC.


                                          By: /s/ Dennis J. Stepaniak
                                              ---------------------------------
                                              Name: Dennis J. Stepaniak
                                              Title:   Chief Financial Officer


                                          SHAREHOLDERS' REPRESENTATIVE


                                          /s/ Ronald M. Rose
                                          -------------------------------------
                                          Ronald M. Rose

                                       41

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 21.1

                         SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT


Name                                  Jurisdiction of Incorporation
- ----                                  -----------------------------

Voyager Information Networks, Inc.    Michigan

Voyager Data Services, Inc.           Delaware

Horizon Telecommunications, Inc.      Delaware

GDR Enterprises, Inc.                 Ohio

Mall 2000, Inc.                       Ohio

EriNet Telecom, Inc.                  Ohio

TDIN, Inc.                            Ohio

<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 23.2

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

   We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of
our report dated March 5, 1999, except for Note 17 for which the date is June
10, 1999, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Voyager.net,
Inc., and our reports dated April 28, 1999 on our audits of Freeway, Inc.,
EXEC-PC, Inc. and Netlink Systems, L.L.C. and our report dated June 9, 1999 on
our audit of GDR Enterprises, Inc. which appear in such Registration Statement.
We also consent to the use of our report dated May 3, 1999 on the Financial
Statement Schedule for the three years ended December 31, 1998 listed under
Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement when such schedule is read in
conjunction with the financial statements referred to in our report. We also
consent to the references to us under the heading "Experts" in such
Registration Statement.

                                            /s/ PriceWaterhouseCoopers LLP

Grand Rapids, Michigan

June 11, 1999



© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission